WorldWideScience

Sample records for controls coordinated switching

  1. Coordination Control of Networked Euler-Lagrange Systems with Possible Switching Topology

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    MINHai-Bo; LIUZhi-Guo; LIUYuan; WANGShi-Cheng; YANGYan-Li

    2013-01-01

    This paper studies adaptive coordination control of Euler-Lagrange (EL) systems with unknown parameters in system dynamics and possible switching topology.By introducing a novel adaptive control architecture,decentralized controllers are developed,which allow for parametric uncertainties.Based upon graph theory,Lyapunov theory and switching control theory,the stability of the proposed algorithms are demonstrated.A distinctive feature of this work is to address the coordination control of EL systems with unknown parameters and switching topology in a unified theoretical framework.It is shown that both static and dynamic coordinations can be reached even when the communication is switching.Simulation results are provided to demonstrate the effectiveness of the obtained results.

  2. Fuzzy logic switching of thyristor controlled braking resistor considering coordination with SVC

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Hiyama, T.; Mishiro, M.; Kihara, H. [Kumamoto Univ. (Japan). Dept. of Electrical Engineering and Computer Science; Ortmeyer, T.H. [Clarkson Univ., Potsdam, NY (United States). Dept. of Electrical and Computer Engineering

    1995-10-01

    This paper presents a new switching control scheme for braking resistors using a fuzzy logic to enhance overall stability of electric power systems. In addition, the coordination with an SVC is also considered to achieve a wider stable region. The braking resistor is set on one of the generator busbars, where the real power output from the generator is measured to determine the firing-angle of the thyristor switch. The switching control scheme is simple so as not to require heavy computation on the micro-computer based switching controller. An SVC is set on one of the busbars in the transmission system. The switching of the SVC is performed by using a similar fuzzy logic control scheme to the one for the BR. Simulation results show the effectiveness of the proposed fuzzy logic switching control scheme.

  3. Coordinated control for regulation/protection mode-switching of ducted rockets

    Science.gov (United States)

    Qi, Yiwen; Bao, Wen; Zhao, Jun; Chang, Juntao

    2014-05-01

    This study is concerned with the coordinated control problem for regulation/protection mode-switching of a ducted rocket, in order to obtain the maximum system performance while ensuring safety. The proposed strategy has an inner/outer loop control structure which decomposes the contradiction between performance and safety into two modes of regulation and protection. Specifically, first, the mathematical model including the actuator (gas regulating system) and the plant (ducted rocket engine) is introduced. Second, taking the inlet buzz for instance, the ducted rocket coordinated control problem for thrust regulation and inlet buzz limit protection is formulated and discussed. Third, to solve the problem, based on the main inner loop, a limit protection controller (outer loop) design method is developed utilizing a linear quadratic optimal control technique, and a coordinated control logic is then presented. At last, the whole coordinated control strategy is applied to the ducted rocket control model, and simulation results demonstrate its effectiveness.

  4. Crystal Structures Reveal that the Reaction Mechanism of Imidazoleglycerol-Phosphate Dehydratase Is Controlled by Switching Mn(II) Coordination

    Science.gov (United States)

    Bisson, Claudine; Britton, K. Linda; Sedelnikova, Svetlana E.; Rodgers, H. Fiona; Eadsforth, Thomas C.; Viner, Russell C.; Hawkes, Tim R.; Baker, Patrick J.; Rice, David W.

    2015-01-01

    Summary Imidazoleglycerol-phosphate dehydratase (IGPD) catalyzes the Mn(II)-dependent dehydration of imidazoleglycerol phosphate (IGP) to 3-(1H-imidazol-4-yl)-2-oxopropyl dihydrogen phosphate during biosynthesis of histidine. As part of a program of herbicide design, we have determined a series of high-resolution crystal structures of an inactive mutant of IGPD2 from Arabidopsis thaliana in complex with IGP. The structures represent snapshots of the enzyme trapped at different stages of the catalytic cycle and show how substrate binding triggers a switch in the coordination state of an active site Mn(II) between six- and five-coordinate species. This switch is critical to prime the active site for catalysis, by facilitating the formation of a high-energy imidazolate intermediate. This work not only provides evidence for the molecular processes that dominate catalysis in IGPD, but also describes how the manipulation of metal coordination can be linked to discrete steps in catalysis, demonstrating one way that metalloenzymes exploit the unique properties of metal ions to diversify their chemistry. PMID:26095028

  5. Spin state switching in iron coordination compounds

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Philipp Gütlich

    2013-02-01

    Full Text Available The article deals with coordination compounds of iron(II that may exhibit thermally induced spin transition, known as spin crossover, depending on the nature of the coordinating ligand sphere. Spin transition in such compounds also occurs under pressure and irradiation with light. The spin states involved have different magnetic and optical properties suitable for their detection and characterization. Spin crossover compounds, though known for more than eight decades, have become most attractive in recent years and are extensively studied by chemists and physicists. The switching properties make such materials potential candidates for practical applications in thermal and pressure sensors as well as optical devices.The article begins with a brief description of the principle of molecular spin state switching using simple concepts of ligand field theory. Conditions to be fulfilled in order to observe spin crossover will be explained and general remarks regarding the chemical nature that is important for the occurrence of spin crossover will be made. A subsequent section describes the molecular consequences of spin crossover and the variety of physical techniques usually applied for their characterization. The effects of light irradiation (LIESST and application of pressure are subjects of two separate sections. The major part of this account concentrates on selected spin crossover compounds of iron(II, with particular emphasis on the chemical and physical influences on the spin crossover behavior. The vast variety of compounds exhibiting this fascinating switching phenomenon encompasses mono-, oligo- and polynuclear iron(II complexes and cages, polymeric 1D, 2D and 3D systems, nanomaterials, and polyfunctional materials that combine spin crossover with another physical or chemical property.

  6. Switching Between Multivariable Controllers

    DEFF Research Database (Denmark)

    Niemann, Hans Henrik; Stoustrup, Jakob; Abrahamsen, Rune

    2004-01-01

    it is possible to smoothly switch between multivariable controllers with guaranteed closed-loop stability. This includes also the case where one or more controllers are unstable. The concept for smooth online changes of multivariable controllers based on the YJBK architecture can also handle the start up...

  7. Switched Systems and Motion Coordination: Combinatorial Challenges

    Science.gov (United States)

    Sadovsky, Alexander V.

    2016-01-01

    Problems of routing commercial air traffic in a terminal airspace encounter different constraints: separation assurance, aircraft performance limitations, regulations. The general setting of these problems is that of a switched control system. Such a system combines the differentiable motion of the aircraft with the combinatorial choices of choosing precedence when traffic routes merge and choosing branches when the routes diverge. This presentation gives an overview of the problem, the ATM context, related literature, and directions for future research.

  8. Safe LPV Controller Switching

    DEFF Research Database (Denmark)

    Trangbæk, K

    2010-01-01

    Before switching to a new controller it is crucial to assure that the new closed loop will be stable. In this paper it is demonstrated how stability can be checked with limited measurement data available from the current closed loop. The paper extends an existing method to linear parameter varying...

  9. Control synthesis of switched systems

    CERN Document Server

    Zhao, Xudong; Niu, Ben; Wu, Tingting

    2017-01-01

    This book offers its readers a detailed overview of the synthesis of switched systems, with a focus on switching stabilization and intelligent control. The problems investigated are not only previously unsolved theoretically but also of practical importance in many applications: voltage conversion, naval piloting and navigation and robotics, for example. The book considers general switched-system models and provides more efficient design methods to bring together theory and application more closely than was possible using classical methods. It also discusses several different classes of switched systems. For general switched linear systems and switched nonlinear systems comprising unstable subsystems, it introduces novel ideas such as invariant subspace theory and the time-scheduled Lyapunov function method of designing switching signals to stabilize the underlying systems. For some typical switched nonlinear systems affected by various complex dynamics, the book proposes novel design approaches based on inte...

  10. Ultrafast isomerization in a difluoroboryl-coordinated molecular switch

    Science.gov (United States)

    Consani, Cristina; Berberich, Martin; Würthner, Frank; Brixner, Tobias

    2017-09-01

    Molecular switches based on light-induced isomerization cycles are promising materials for sensors and biomedical applications. Understanding the details of the isomerization photocycle and identifying the nuclear coordinates involved in the photoreaction are relevant topics. Here we characterize the cis → trans and trans → cis isomerization of a new type of BF2-coordinated azo-dye molecular switch by pump-probe spectroscopy. While cis → trans isomerization is ultrafast and proceeds via a conical intersection, the trans → cis photocycle is more complex and involves at least three reaction channels. Finally, we employ the vibrational wavepackets accompanying isomerization to infer information on the nuclear degrees of freedom involved in the photoreaction.

  11. Optimal Coordination of Automatic Line Switches for Distribution Systems

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Jyh-Cherng Gu

    2012-04-01

    Full Text Available For the Taiwan Power Company (Taipower, the margins of coordination times between the lateral circuit breakers (LCB of underground 4-way automatic line switches and the protection equipment of high voltage customers are often too small. This could lead to sympathy tripping by the feeder circuit breaker (FCB of the distribution feeder and create difficulties in protection coordination between upstream and downstream protection equipment, identification of faults, and restoration operations. In order to solve the problem, it is necessary to reexamine the protection coordination between LCBs and high voltage customers’ protection equipment, and between LCBs and FCBs, in order to bring forth new proposals for settings and operations. This paper applies linear programming to optimize the protection coordination of protection devices, and proposes new time current curves (TCCs for the overcurrent (CO and low-energy overcurrent (LCO relays used in normally open distribution systems by performing simulations in the Electrical Transient Analyzer Program (ETAP environment. The simulation results show that the new TCCs solve the coordination problems among high voltage customer, lateral, feeder, bus-interconnection, and distribution transformer. The new proposals also satisfy the requirements of Taipower on protection coordination of the distribution feeder automation system (DFAS. Finally, the authors believe that the system configuration, operation experience, and relevant criteria mentioned in this paper may serve as valuable references for other companies or utilities when building DFAS of their own.

  12. Switching Between Multivariable Controllers

    DEFF Research Database (Denmark)

    Niemann, H.; Stoustrup, Jakob; Abrahamsen, R.B.

    2004-01-01

    A concept for implementation of multivariable controllers is presented in this paper. The concept is based on the Youla-Jabr-Bongiorno-Kucera (YJBK) parameterization of all stabilizing controllers. By using this architecture for implementation of multivariable controllers, it is shown how...

  13. Coordination Control Of Complex Machines

    NARCIS (Netherlands)

    J.C.M. Baeten; B. van Beek; J. Markovski; L.J.A.M. Somers

    2015-01-01

    Control and coordination are important aspects of the development of complex machines due to an ever-increasing demand for better functionality, quality, and performance. In WP6 of the C4C project, we developed a synthesis-centric systems engineering framework suitable for supervisory coordination o

  14. Optimal switching using coherent control

    DEFF Research Database (Denmark)

    Kristensen, Philip Trøst; Heuck, Mikkel; Mørk, Jesper

    2013-01-01

    that the switching time, in general, is not limited by the cavity lifetime. Therefore, the total energy required for switching is a more relevant figure of merit than the switching speed, and for a particular two-pulse switching scheme we use calculus of variations to optimize the switching in terms of input energy....

  15. Mechanism and Experimental Observability of Global Switching Between Reactive and Nonreactive Coordinates at High Total Energies

    Science.gov (United States)

    Teramoto, Hiroshi; Toda, Mikito; Takahashi, Masahiko; Kono, Hirohiko; Komatsuzaki, Tamiki

    2015-08-01

    We present a mechanism of global reaction coordinate switching, namely, a phenomenon in which the reaction coordinate dynamically switches to another coordinate as the total energy of the system increases. The mechanism is based on global changes in the underlying phase space geometry caused by a switching of dominant unstable modes from the original reactive mode to another nonreactive mode in systems with more than 2 degrees of freedom. We demonstrate an experimental observability to detect a reaction coordinate switching in an ionization reaction of a hydrogen atom in crossed electric and magnetic fields. For this reaction, the reaction coordinate is a coordinate along which electrons escape and its switching changes the escaping direction from the direction of the electric field to that of the magnetic field and, thus, the switching can be detected experimentally by measuring the angle-resolved momentum distribution of escaping electrons.

  16. Coordination control of distributed systems

    CERN Document Server

    Villa, Tiziano

    2015-01-01

    This book describes how control of distributed systems can be advanced by an integration of control, communication, and computation. The global control objectives are met by judicious combinations of local and nonlocal observations taking advantage of various forms of communication exchanges between distributed controllers. Control architectures are considered according to  increasing degrees of cooperation of local controllers:  fully distributed or decentralized controlcontrol with communication between controllerscoordination control, and multilevel control.  The book covers also topics bridging computer science, communication, and control, like communication for control of networks, average consensus for distributed systems, and modeling and verification of discrete and of hybrid systems. Examples and case studies are introduced in the first part of the text and developed throughout the book. They include: control of underwater vehicles, automated-guided vehicles on a container terminal, contro...

  17. Description and verification of switched control systems

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    贺风华; 姚郁; 赵霞; 张猛

    2003-01-01

    A modeling framework has been constructed using the theory of hybrid control systems for the switched control systems (SCS) and it can be more effectively used to describe the behavior of the systems and to more easily realize the simulation of the closed loop SCS under the MATLAB environment. On the other hand, a hybrid automaton model is established to analyze and verify the switched control systems. The proposed method is illustrated by an example of switched inverted pendulum control system.

  18. Bumpless switching control for switched systems with partial actuator failures

    Science.gov (United States)

    Qi, Yiwen; Bao, Wen; Zhang, Qingxin; Chang, Juntao

    2016-11-01

    This study is concerned with the bumpless transfer problem for switched systems with partial actuator failures, in order to obtain smooth system performance output transition. Taking into account that the system requires a controller switching from current sub-controller to a fault-tolerant sub-controller after actuator fault. And bumpless transfer for control input cannot be traditionally designed when the actuator fault occurs, while performance smoothing can be considered and it is actually the ultimate goal of bumpless transfer. Specifically, the actuator fault model is firstly established and partial actuator fault is considered. Then, the system performance output signal is deemed as the main design variable of bumpless transfer, and closed-loop control systems both previous and after controller switching are constructed. Moreover, by using model matching thought and the adaptive sliding mode control technique, a bumpless transfer compensator design strategy is given to drive the performance output variable (after controller switching) to track the one of reference model. At last, simulation results of numeric and application examples demonstrate the effectiveness of the proposed bumpless transfer strategy.

  19. Coordinated switching of bacterial flagellar motors: evidence for direct motor-motor coupling?

    Science.gov (United States)

    Hu, Bo; Tu, Yuhai

    2013-01-01

    The swimming of Escherichia coli is powered by its multiple flagellar motors. Each motor spins either clockwise (CW) or counterclockwise (CCW), under the control of an intracellular regulator, CheY-P. There can be two mechanisms (extrinsic and intrinsic) to coordinate the switching of bacterial motors. The extrinsic one arises from the fact that different motors in the same cell sense a common input (CheY-P) which fluctuates near the motors' response threshold. An alternative, intrinsic mechanism is direct motor-motor coupling which makes synchronized switching energetically favorable. Here, we develop simple models for both mechanisms and uncover their different hallmarks. A quantitative comparison to the recent experiments suggest that the direct coupling mechanism may be accountable for the observed sharp correlation between motors in a single E. coli. Possible origins of this coupling (e.g., hydrodynamic interaction) are discussed. PMID:25167320

  20. Intentional switches between bimanual coordination patterns are primarily effectuated by the nondominant hand

    NARCIS (Netherlands)

    de Poel, HJ; Peper, CE; Beek, PJ

    2006-01-01

    Based on indications that hand dominance is characterized by asymmetrical interlimb coupling strength (with the dominant hand exerting stronger influences on the nondominant hand than vice versa), intentional switches between rhythmic bimanual coordination patterns were predicted to be mediated prim

  1. Gate-controlled conductance switching in DNA

    Science.gov (United States)

    Xiang, Limin; Palma, Julio L.; Li, Yueqi; Mujica, Vladimiro; Ratner, Mark A.; Tao, Nongjian

    2017-02-01

    Extensive evidence has shown that long-range charge transport can occur along double helical DNA, but active control (switching) of single-DNA conductance with an external field has not yet been demonstrated. Here we demonstrate conductance switching in DNA by replacing a DNA base with a redox group. By applying an electrochemical (EC) gate voltage to the molecule, we switch the redox group between the oxidized and reduced states, leading to reversible switching of the DNA conductance between two discrete levels. We further show that monitoring the individual conductance switching allows the study of redox reaction kinetics and thermodynamics at single molecular level using DNA as a probe. Our theoretical calculations suggest that the switch is due to the change in the energy level alignment of the redox states relative to the Fermi level of the electrodes.

  2. Fault tolerant control for switched linear systems

    CERN Document Server

    Du, Dongsheng; Shi, Peng

    2015-01-01

    This book presents up-to-date research and novel methodologies on fault diagnosis and fault tolerant control for switched linear systems. It provides a unified yet neat framework of filtering, fault detection, fault diagnosis and fault tolerant control of switched systems. It can therefore serve as a useful textbook for senior and/or graduate students who are interested in knowing the state-of-the-art of filtering, fault detection, fault diagnosis and fault tolerant control areas, as well as recent advances in switched linear systems.  

  3. ADAPTIVE GENERALIZED PREDICTIVE CONTROL OF SWITCHED SYSTEMS

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    WANG Yi-jing; WANG Long

    2005-01-01

    The problem of adaptive generalized predictive control which consists of output prediction errors for a class of switched systems is studied. The switching law is determined by the output predictive errors of a finite number of subsystems. For the single subsystem and multiple subsystems cases, it is proved that the given direct algorithm of generalized predictive control guarantees the global convergence of the system. This algorithm overcomes the inherent drawbacks of the slow convergence and large transient errors for the conventional adaptive control.

  4. Hierarchical robust nonlinear switching control design for propulsion systems

    Science.gov (United States)

    Leonessa, Alexander

    1999-09-01

    rigorous alternative to designing gain scheduled feedback controllers and guarantees local and global closed-loop system stability for general nonlinear systems. Furthermore, the hierarchical switching control framework is extended to include inverse optimality notions. Specifically, the hierarchical controller is parameterized with respect to a given system equilibrium manifold wherein an inverse optimal morphing strategy is constructed to coordinate the hierarchical switching. The overall approach is quite different from the quasivariational inequality methods for optimal switching systems developed in the literature in that our results provide hierarchical homotopic feedback controllers guaranteeing closed-loop stability via an underlying Lyapunov function. Finally, the proposed control framework is extended to account for system parametric uncertainty wherein the hierarchical switching architecture is parameterized over a set of moving nominal system equilibria.

  5. Finite-time quantised feedback asynchronously switched control of sampled-data switched linear systems

    Science.gov (United States)

    Wang, Ronghao; Xing, Jianchun; Li, Juelong; Xiang, Zhengrong

    2016-10-01

    This paper studies the problem of stabilising a sampled-data switched linear system by quantised feedback asynchronously switched controllers. The idea of a quantised feedback asynchronously switched control strategy originates in earlier work reflecting actual system characteristic of switching and quantising, respectively. A quantised scheme is designed depending on switching time using dynamic quantiser. When sampling time, system switching time and controller switching time are all not uniform, the proposed switching controllers guarantee the system to be finite-time stable by a piecewise Lyapunov function and the average dwell-time method. Simulation examples are provided to show the effectiveness of the developed results.

  6. Switching Control System Based on Robust Model Reference Adaptive Control

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    HU Qiong; FEI Qing; MA Hongbin; WU Qinghe; GENG Qingbo

    2016-01-01

    For conventional adaptive control,time-varying parametric uncertainty and unmodeled dynamics are ticklish problems,which will lead to undesirable performance or even instability and nonrobust behavior,respectively.In this study,a class of discrete-time switched systems with unmodeled dynamics is taken into consideration.Moreover,nonlinear systems are here supposed to be approximated with the class of switched systems considered in this paper,and thereby switching control design is investigated for both switched systems and nonlinear systems to assure stability and performance.For robustness against unmodeled dynamics and uncertainty,robust model reference aclaptive control (RMRAC) law is developed as the basis of controller design for each individual subsystem in the switched systems or nonlinear systems.Meanwhile,two different switching laws are presented for switched systems and nonlinear systems,respectively.Thereby,the authors incorporate the corresponding switching law into the RMRAC law to construct two schemes of switching control respectively for the two kinds of controlled systems.Both closed-loop analyses and simulation examples are provided to illustrate the validity of the two proposed switching control schemes.Furthermore,as to the proposed scheme for nonlinear systems,its potential for practical application is demonstrated through simulations of longitudinal control for F-16 aircraft.

  7. Optimal Control of Switched Systems based on Bezier Control Points

    OpenAIRE

    FatemeGhomanjani; Mohammad HadiFarahi

    2012-01-01

    This paper presents a new approach for solving optimal control problems for switched systems. We focus on problems in which a pre-specified sequence of active subsystems is given. For such problems, we need to seek both the optimal switching instants and the optimal continuous inputs. A Bezier control points method is applied for solving an optimal control problem which is supervised by a switched dynamic system. Two steps of approximation exist here. First, the time interval is divided into ...

  8. Magnetic switch for reactor control rod. [LMFBR

    Science.gov (United States)

    Germer, J.H.

    1982-09-30

    A magnetic reed switch assembly is described for activating an electromagnetic grapple utilized to hold a control rod in position above a reactor core. In normal operation the magnetic field of a permanent magnet is short-circuited by a magnetic shunt, diverting the magnetic field away from the reed switch. The magnetic shunt is made of a material having a Curie-point at the desired release temperature. Above that temperature the material loses its ferromagnetic properties, and the magnetic path is diverted to the reed switch which closes and short-circuits the control circuit for the control rod electro-magnetic grapple which allows the control rod to drop into the reactor core for controlling the reactivity of the core.

  9. Chemistry of stannylene-based Lewis pairs: dynamic tin coordination switching between donor and acceptor character.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Krebs, Kilian M; Freitag, Sarah; Schubert, Hartmut; Gerke, Birgit; Pöttgen, Rainer; Wesemann, Lars

    2015-03-16

    The coordination chemistry of cyclic stannylene-based intramolecular Lewis pairs is presented. The P→Sn adducts were treated with [Ni(COD)2] and [Pd(PCy3)2] (COD = 1,5-cyclooctadiene, PCy3 = tricyclohexylphosphine). In the isolated coordination compounds the stannylene moiety acts either as an acceptor or a donor ligand. Examples of a dynamic switch between these two coordination modes of the P-Sn ligand are illustrated and the structures in the solid state together with heteronuclear NMR spectroscopic findings are discussed. In the case of a Ni(0) complex, (119)Sn Mössbauer spectroscopy of the uncoordinated and coordinated phosphastannirane ligand is presented.

  10. Advanced Coordinating Control System for Power Plant

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    WU Peng; WEI Shuangying

    2006-01-01

    The coordinating control system is popular used in power plant. This paper describes the advanced coordinating control by control methods and optimal operation, introduces their principals and features by using the examples of power plant operation. It is wealthy for automation application in optimal power plant operation.

  11. SWITCHING CONTROL:FROM SIMPLE RULES TO COMPLEX CHAOTIC SYSTEMS

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    L(U) Jinhu

    2003-01-01

    This paper reviews and introduces some simple switching piecewise-linear controllers, which can generate complex chaotic behaviors from simple switching systems. The mechanism of simple switching rules creating complex chaotic behaviors is further investigated.

  12. Connections Between Singular Control and Optimal Switching

    OpenAIRE

    Guo, Xin; Tomecek, Pascal

    2007-01-01

    This paper builds a new theoretical connection between singular control of finite variation and optimal switching problems. This correspondence provides a novel method for solving high-dimensional singular control problems, and enables us to extend the theory of reversible investment: sufficient conditions are derived for the existence of optimal controls and for the regularity of value functions. Consequently, our regularity result links singular controls and Dynkin games through sequential ...

  13. Design of a bistable switch to control cellular uptake.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Oyarzún, Diego A; Chaves, Madalena

    2015-12-06

    Bistable switches are widely used in synthetic biology to trigger cellular functions in response to environmental signals. All bistable switches developed so far, however, control the expression of target genes without access to other layers of the cellular machinery. Here, we propose a bistable switch to control the rate at which cells take up a metabolite from the environment. An uptake switch provides a new interface to command metabolic activity from the extracellular space and has great potential as a building block in more complex circuits that coordinate pathway activity across cell cultures, allocate metabolic tasks among different strains or require cell-to-cell communication with metabolic signals. Inspired by uptake systems found in nature, we propose to couple metabolite import and utilization with a genetic circuit under feedback regulation. Using mathematical models and analysis, we determined the circuit architectures that produce bistability and obtained their design space for bistability in terms of experimentally tuneable parameters. We found an activation-repression architecture to be the most robust switch because it displays bistability for the largest range of design parameters and requires little fine-tuning of the promoters' response curves. Our analytic results are based on on-off approximations of promoter activity and are in excellent qualitative agreement with simulations of more realistic models. With further analysis and simulation, we established conditions to maximize the parameter design space and to produce bimodal phenotypes via hysteresis and cell-to-cell variability. Our results highlight how mathematical analysis can drive the discovery of new circuits for synthetic biology, as the proposed circuit has all the hallmarks of a toggle switch and stands as a promising design to control metabolic phenotypes across cell cultures. © 2015 The Author(s).

  14. Global power system control using generator excitation, PSS, FACTS devices and capacitor switching

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Leung, Joseph S.K. [Hong Kong City Univ., Dept. of Electronic Engineering, Kowloon, Hong Kong (China); Hill, David J. [Australian National Univ., Dept. of Information Engineering, Canberra, ACT (Australia); Yixin Ni [Hong Kong Univ., Dept. of Electrical and Electronic Engineering, Hong Kong (China)

    2005-07-01

    A novel power system control scheme is developed in this paper using a framework for coordinating dissimilar controllers at different locations. The control actions are formulated in the so-called global controller as a set of local controllers, namely the generator excitation controller, power system stabilizer (PSS), unified power flow controller (UPFC) and capacitor switching, which are coordinated to maintain transient angle stability, transient voltage stability and damping of long-term inter-area oscillations following a disturbance. The proposed coordinated control scheme is tested on a nine-bus example system. (Author)

  15. Switching control of an R/C hovercraft: stabilization and smooth switching.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Tanaka, K; Iwasaki, M; Wang, H O

    2001-01-01

    This paper presents stable switching control of an radio-controlled (R/C) hovercraft that is a nonholonomic (nonlinear) system. To exactly represent its nonlinear dynamics, more importantly, to maintain controllability of the system, we newly propose a switching fuzzy model that has locally Takagi-Sugeno (T-S) fuzzy models and switches them according to states, external variables, and/or time. A switching fuzzy controller is constructed by mirroring the rule structure of the switching fuzzy model of an R/C hovercraft. We derive linear matrix inequality (LMI) conditions for ensuring the stability of the closed-loop system consisting of a switching fuzzy model and controller. Furthermore, to guarantee smooth switching of control input at switching boundaries, we also derive a smooth switching condition represented in terms of LMIs. A stable switching fuzzy controller satisfying the smooth switching condition is designed by simultaneously solving both of the LMIs. The simulation and experimental results for the trajectory control of an R/C hovercraft show the validity of the switching fuzzy model and controller design, particularly, the smooth switching condition.

  16. In control of switching, motion, and organization

    NARCIS (Netherlands)

    Feringa, B.L.; Delden, R.A.van; Ter Wiel, M.K.J.

    2003-01-01

    Nature's solutions to control organization, switching, and linear and rotary motion are not only extremely elegant, but fascinating if one considers the design and synthesis of artificial molecular systems with such functions in order to add components to the nanotool-box. The synthesis of chiroptic

  17. ? stability of wind turbine switching control

    Science.gov (United States)

    Palejiya, Dushyant; Shaltout, Mohamed; Yan, Zeyu; Chen, Dongmei

    2015-01-01

    In order to maximise the wind energy capture, wind turbines are operated at variable speeds. Depending on the wind speed, a turbine switches between two operating modes: a low wind speed mode and a high wind speed mode. During the low wind speed mode, the control objective is to maximise wind energy capture by controlling both the blade pitch angle and the electrical generator torque. During the high wind speed mode, the control goal is to maintain the rated power generation by only adjusting the blade pitch angle. This paper establishes the stability criteria for the switching operation of wind turbines using ? gain under the nonlinear control framework. Also, the performance of the wind turbine system is analysed by using the step response, a well-known measure for second-order linear systems.

  18. Modeling, Control and Coordination of Helicopter Systems

    CERN Document Server

    Ren, Beibei; Chen, Chang; Fua, Cheng-Heng; Lee, Tong Heng

    2012-01-01

    Modeling, Control and Coordination of Helicopter Systems provides a comprehensive treatment of helicopter systems, ranging from related nonlinear flight dynamic modeling and stability analysis to advanced control design for single helicopter systems, and also covers issues related to the coordination and formation control of multiple helicopter systems to achieve high performance tasks. Ensuring stability in helicopter flight is a challenging problem for nonlinear control design and development. This book is a valuable reference on modeling, control and coordination of helicopter systems,providing readers with practical solutions for the problems that still plague helicopter system design and implementation. Readers will gain a complete picture of helicopters at the systems level, as well as a better understanding of the technical intricacies involved. This book also: Presents a complete picture of modeling, control and coordination for helicopter systems Provides a modeling platform for a general class of ro...

  19. Control coordination abilities in shock combat sports

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Natalya Boychenko

    2014-12-01

    Full Text Available Purpose: optimize the process control level of coordination abilities in martial arts. Material and Methods: analysis and compilation of scientific and methodological literature, interviews with coaches of drum martial arts, video analysis techniques, teacher observations. Results: identified specific types of coordination abilities in shock combat sports. Pod branny and offered specific and nonspecific tests to monitor the level of species athletes coordination abilities. Conclusion: it is determined that in order to achieve victory in the fight martial artists to navigate the space to be able to assess and manage dynamic and spatio-temporal parameters of movements, maintain balance, have a high coordination of movements. The proposed tests to monitor species coordination abilities athletes allow an objective assessment of not only the overall level of coordination, and the level of specific types of manifestations of this ability.

  20. A hybrid electromechanical solid state switch for ac power control

    Science.gov (United States)

    1972-01-01

    Bidirectional thyristor coupled to a series of actuator driven electromechanical contacts generates hybrid electromechanical solid state switch for ac power control. Device is useful in power control applications where zero crossover switching is required.

  1. CONTROL OF BOUNCING IN RF MEMS SWITCHES USING DOUBLE ELECTRODE

    KAUST Repository

    Abdul Rahim, Farhan

    2014-05-01

    MEMS based mechanical switches are seen to be the likely replacements for CMOS based switches due to the several advantages that these mechanical switches have over CMOS switches. Mechanical switches can be used in systems under extreme conditions and also provide more reliability and cause less power loss. A major problem with mechanical switches is bouncing. Bouncing is an undesirable characteristic which increases the switching time and causes damage to the switch structure affecting the overall switch life. This thesis proposes a new switch design that may be used to mitigate bouncing by using two voltage sources using a double electrode configuration. The effect of many switch’s tunable parameters is also discussed and an effective tuning technique is also provided. The results are compared to the current control schemes in literature and show that the double electrode scheme is a viable control option.

  2. Coordinated intelligent adaptive control of legged robots

    Science.gov (United States)

    McLauchlan, Lifford; Mehrübeoğlu, Mehrübe

    2006-05-01

    In planetary or hazardous environment exploration, there will be unforseen environmental circumstances which can not be planned. To overcome telerobotic control issues due to communication delays, autonomous robot control becomes necessary. Autonomously controlled landers and instrumentation can be used in exploration, such as lunar and martian missions. However, wheeled robots have difficulty in exploring uneven terrain; thus, legged robots can be used in such situations. This research develops intelligent and adaptive control of mobile robots to perform functions such as environmental exploration in coordination and obstacle avoidance. The coordinated control is demonstrated in simulations.

  3. Structural Controllability of Temporal Networks with a Single Switching Controller

    Science.gov (United States)

    Yao, Peng; Hou, Bao-Yu; Pan, Yu-Jian; Li, Xiang

    2017-01-01

    Temporal network, whose topology evolves with time, is an important class of complex networks. Temporal trees of a temporal network describe the necessary edges sustaining the network as well as their active time points. By a switching controller which properly selects its location with time, temporal trees are used to improve the controllability of the network. Therefore, more nodes are controlled within the limited time. Several switching strategies to efficiently select the location of the controller are designed, which are verified with synthetic and empirical temporal networks to achieve better control performance. PMID:28107538

  4. Optimal coordinated voltage control of power systems

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    LI Yan-jun; HILL David J.; WU Tie-jun

    2006-01-01

    An immune algorithm solution is proposed in this paper to deal with the problem of optimal coordination of local physically based controllers in order to preserve or retain mid and long term voltage stability. This problem is in fact a global coordination control problem which involves not only sequencing and timing different control devices but also tuning the parameters of controllers. A multi-stage coordinated control scheme is presented, aiming at retaining good voltage levels with minimal control efforts and costs after severe disturbances in power systems. A self-pattern-recognized vaccination procedure is developed to transfer effective heuristic information into the new generation of solution candidates to speed up the convergence of the search procedure to global optima. An example of four bus power system case study is investigated to show the effectiveness and efficiency of the proposed algorithm, compared with several existing approaches such as differential dynamic programming and tree-search.

  5. Switching coordination of distributed dc-dc converters for highly efficient photovoltaic power plants

    Science.gov (United States)

    Agamy, Mohammed; Elasser, Ahmed; Sabate, Juan Antonio; Galbraith, Anthony William; Harfman Todorovic, Maja

    2014-09-09

    A distributed photovoltaic (PV) power plant includes a plurality of distributed dc-dc converters. The dc-dc converters are configured to switch in coordination with one another such that at least one dc-dc converter transfers power to a common dc-bus based upon the total system power available from one or more corresponding strings of PV modules. Due to the coordinated switching of the dc-dc converters, each dc-dc converter transferring power to the common dc-bus continues to operate within its optimal efficiency range as well as to optimize the maximum power point tracking in order to increase the energy yield of the PV power plant.

  6. Optimal Control of Switched Systems based on Bezier Control Points

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    FatemeGhomanjani

    2012-06-01

    Full Text Available This paper presents a new approach for solving optimal control problems for switched systems. We focus on problems in which a pre-specified sequence of active subsystems is given. For such problems, we need to seek both the optimal switching instants and the optimal continuous inputs. A Bezier control points method is applied for solving an optimal control problem which is supervised by a switched dynamic system. Two steps of approximation exist here. First, the time interval is divided into k sub-intervals. Second, the trajectory and control functions are approximatedby Bezier curves in each subinterval. Bezier curves have been considered as piecewise polynomials of degree n, then they will be determined by n+1 control points on any subinterval. The optimal control problem is there by converted into a nonlinear programming problem (NLP, which can be solved by known algorithms. However in this paper the MATLAB optimization routine FMINCON is used for solving resulting NLP.

  7. Photoswitchable Magnetic Resonance Imaging Contrast by Improved Light-Driven Coordination-Induced Spin State Switch.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Dommaschk, Marcel; Peters, Morten; Gutzeit, Florian; Schütt, Christian; Näther, Christian; Sönnichsen, Frank D; Tiwari, Sanjay; Riedel, Christian; Boretius, Susann; Herges, Rainer

    2015-06-24

    We present a fully reversible and highly efficient on-off photoswitching of magnetic resonance imaging (MRI) contrast with green (500 nm) and violet-blue (435 nm) light. The contrast change is based on intramolecular light-driven coordination-induced spin state switch (LD-CISSS), performed with azopyridine-substituted Ni-porphyrins. The relaxation time of the solvent protons in 3 mM solutions of the azoporphyrins in DMSO was switched between 3.5 and 1.7 s. The relaxivity of the contrast agent changes by a factor of 6.7. No fatigue or side reaction was observed, even after >100,000 switching cycles in air at room temperature. Electron-donating substituents at the pyridine improve the LD-CISSS in two ways: better photostationary states are achieved, and intramolecular binding is enhanced.

  8. An Argonaute 2 Switch Regulates Circulating miR-210 to Coordinate Hypoxic Adaptation across Cells

    Science.gov (United States)

    Hale, Andrew; Lee, Changjin; Annis, Sofia; Min, Pil-Ki; Pande, Reena; Creager, Mark A.; Julian, Colleen G.; Moore, Lorna G.; Mitsialis, S. Alex; Hwang, Sarah J.; Kourembanas, Stella; Chan, Stephen Y.

    2014-01-01

    Complex organisms may coordinate molecular responses to hypoxia by specialized avenues of communication across multiple tissues, but these mechanisms are poorly understood. Plasma-based, extracellular microRNAs have been described, yet, their regulation and biological functions in hypoxia remain enigmatic. We found a unique pattern of release of the hypoxia-inducible microRNA-210 (miR-210) from hypoxic and reoxygenated cells. This microRNA is also elevated in human plasma in physiologic and pathologic conditions of altered oxygen demand and delivery. Released miR-210 can be delivered to recipient cells, and its direct suppression of its direct target ISCU and mitochondrial metabolism is primarily evident in hypoxia. To regulate these hypoxia-specific actions, prolyl-hydroxylation of Argonaute 2 acts as a molecular switch that reciprocally modulates miR-210 release and intracellular activity in source cells as well as regulates intracellular activity in recipient cells after miR-210 delivery. Therefore, Argonaute 2-dependent control of released miR-210 represents a unique communication system that integrates the hypoxic response across anatomically distinct cells, preventing unnecessary activity of delivered miR-210 in normoxia while still preparing recipient tissues for incipient hypoxic stress and accelerating adaptation. PMID:24983771

  9. The fasted/fed mouse metabolic acetylome: N6-acetylation differences suggest acetylation coordinates organ-specific fuel switching.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Yang, Li; Vaitheesvaran, Bhavapriya; Hartil, Kirsten; Robinson, Alan J; Hoopmann, Michael R; Eng, Jimmy K; Kurland, Irwin J; Bruce, James E

    2011-09-02

    The elucidation of extra-nuclear lysine acetylation has been of growing interest, as the cosubstrate for acetylation, acetyl CoA, is at a key metabolic intersection. Our hypothesis was that mitochondrial and cytoplasmic protein acetylation may be part of a fasted/re-fed feedback control system for the regulation of the metabolic network in fuel switching, where acetyl CoA would be provided by fatty acid oxidation, or glycolysis, respectively. To test this, we characterized the mitochondrial and cytoplasmic acetylome in various organs that have a high metabolic rate relative to their mass, and/or switch fuels, under fasted and re-fed conditions (brain, kidney, liver, skeletal muscle, heart muscle, white and brown adipose tissues). Using immunoprecipitation, coupled with LC-MS/MS label free quantification, we show there is a dramatic variation in global quantitative profiles of acetylated proteins from different organs. In total, 733 acetylated peptides from 337 proteins were identified and quantified, out of which 31 acetylated peptides from the metabolic proteins that may play organ-specific roles were analyzed in detail. Results suggest that fasted/re-fed acetylation changes coordinated by organ-specific (de)acetylases in insulin-sensitive versus -insensitive organs may underlie fuel use and switching. Characterization of the tissue-specific acetylome should increase understanding of metabolic conditions wherein normal fuel switching is disrupted, such as in Type II diabetes.

  10. Design of switched controllers for discrete singular bilinear systems

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    Xiuhua ZHANG; Qingling ZHANG

    2007-01-01

    In this paper, switched controllers are designed for a class of nonlinear discrete singular systems and a class of discrete singular bilinear systems. An invariant principle is presented for such switched nonlinear singular systems.The invariant principle and the switched controllers are used to globally stabilize a class of singular bilinear systems that are not open-loop stable.

  11. 49 CFR 236.732 - Controller, circuit; switch.

    Science.gov (United States)

    2010-10-01

    ... 49 Transportation 4 2010-10-01 2010-10-01 false Controller, circuit; switch. 236.732 Section 236... § 236.732 Controller, circuit; switch. A device for opening and closing electric circuits, operated by a rod connected to a switch, derail or movable-point frog....

  12. Observer-Based Robust Control of Uncertain Switched Fuzzy Systems with Combined Switching Controller

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Hong Yang

    2013-01-01

    Full Text Available The observer-based robust control for a class of switched fuzzy (SF time-delay systems involving uncertainties and external disturbances is investigated in this paper. A switched fuzzy system, which differs from existing ones, is firstly employed to describe a nonlinear system. Next, a combined switching controller is proposed. The designed controller based on the observer instead of the state information integrates the advantages of both the switching controllers and the supplementary controllers but eliminates their disadvantages. The proposed controller provides good performance during the transient period, and the chattering effect is removed when the system state approaches the origin. Sufficient condition for the solvability of the robust control problem is given for the case that the state of system is not available. Since convex combination techniques are used to derive the delay-independent criteria, some subsystems are allowed to be unstable. Finally, various comparisons of the elaborated examples are conducted to demonstrate the effectiveness of the proposed control design approach.

  13. Robust dynamic output feedback control for switched polytopic systems under asynchronous switching

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Yang Tingting

    2015-08-01

    Full Text Available The robust controller design problem for switched polytopic systems under asynchronous switching is addressed. These systems exist in many aviation applications, such as dynamical systems involving rapid variations. A switched polytopic system is established to describe the highly maneuverable technology vehicle within the full flight envelope and a robust dynamic output feedback control method is designed for the switched polytopic system. Combining the Lyapunov-like function method and the average dwell time method, a sufficient condition is derived for the switched polytopic system with asynchronous switching and data dropout to be globally, uniformly and asymptotically stable in terms of linear matrix inequality. The robust dynamic output feedback controller is then applied to the highly maneuverable technology vehicle to illustrate the effectiveness of the proposed approach. The simulation results show that the angle of attack tracking performance is acceptable over the time history and the control surface responses are all satisfying along the full flight trajectory.

  14. Influence of aging on bimanual coordination control.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Lin, Chueh-Ho; Chou, Li-Wei; Wei, Shun-Hwa; Lieu, Fu-Kong; Chiang, Shang-Lin; Sung, Wen-Hsu

    2014-05-01

    Degeneration in the neuromuscular system due to aging can affect daily activities that need to be controlled by bimanual coordination with both hands. However, little is known about the influence of aging on grip strength and bimanual coordination control between hands. The purpose of this study was to investigate the influence of aging on the maximum grip force output and capacity of coordination control of two hands. Ten healthy elderly and 21 young adults were recruited and asked to execute maximum grip force tests and bimanual coordination control tasks with reciprocal grasping, holding, and releasing of a dynamometer with both hands at three target force levels (10, 20 and 40% maximal voluntary contraction, MVC). Compared with the young group, the maximum grip force of the hands of the elderly group was significantly lower by 77.5% (pelderly adults also displayed a significantly longer alternating time control in the dominant to non-dominant and non-dominant to dominant hands at the 20% MVC target force level (pcoordination control of two hands, which may lead to difficulty with the execution of daily activities requiring both hands.

  15. Coordinated Voltage Control of Active Distribution Network

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Xie Jiang

    2016-01-01

    Full Text Available This paper presents a centralized coordinated voltage control method for active distribution network to solve off-limit problem of voltage after incorporation of distributed generation (DG. The proposed method consists of two parts, it coordinated primal-dual interior point method-based voltage regulation schemes of DG reactive powers and capacitors with centralized on-load tap changer (OLTC controlling method which utilizes system’s maximum and minimum voltages, to improve the qualified rate of voltage and reduce the operation numbers of OLTC. The proposed coordination has considered the cost of capacitors. The method is tested using a radial edited IEEE-33 nodes distribution network which is modelled using MATLAB.

  16. Coordination chemistry strategies for dynamic helicates: time-programmable chirality switching with labile and inert metal helicates.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Miyake, Hiroyuki; Tsukube, Hiroshi

    2012-11-01

    'Chirality switching' is one of the most important chemical processes controlling many biological systems. DNAs and proteins often work as time-programmed functional helices, in which specific external stimuli alter the helical direction and tune the time scale of subsequent events. Although a variety of organic foldamers and their hybrids with natural helices have been developed, we highlight coordination chemistry strategies for development of structurally and functionally defined metal helicates. These metal helicates have characteristic coordination geometries, redox reactivities and spectroscopic/magnetic properties as well as complex chiralities. Several kinds of inert metal helicates maintain rigid helical structures and their stereoisomers are separable by optical resolution techniques, while labile metal helicates offer dynamic inversion of their helical structures via non-covalent interactions with external chemical signals. The latter particularly have dynamically ordered helical structures, which are controlled by the combinations of metal centres and chiral ligands. They further function as time-programmable switches of chirality-derived dynamic rotations, translations, stretching and shape flipping, which are useful applications in nanoscience and related technology.

  17. Robust control for a class of uncertain switched fuzzy systems

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    Hong YANG; Jun ZHAO

    2007-01-01

    A model of uncertain switched fuzzy systems whose subsystems are uncertain fuzzy systems is presented.Robust controllers for a class of switched fuzzy systems are designed by using the Lyapunov function method. Stability conditions for global asymptotic stability are developed and a switching strategy is proposed. An example shows the effectiveness of the method.

  18. Phase controlled dc-ac converter with high frequency switching

    Science.gov (United States)

    Harada, Koosuke; Sakamoto, Hiroshi; Shoyama, Masahito

    A sinusoidal dc-ac converter is presented in which a pair of switches is placed on each side of the primary and secondary of the isolation transformer. This converter is controlled by the phase difference between the two pairs of switches. The transformer is miniaturized by making the switching frequency high. This converter is especially suitable for small uninterruptible power supply systems.

  19. Motor Control: CRF Regulates Coordination and Gait.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Manto, Mario

    2017-09-11

    The function of the olivo-cerebellar tract is not restricted to the supervision of plasticity in the cerebellar cortex. There is growing evidence that the climbing fibers also tune motor commands. A novel study unravels a role of corticotropin-releasing factor (CRF) in motor coordination and gait control. Copyright © 2017 Elsevier Ltd. All rights reserved.

  20. Neuromuscular Control and Coordination during Cycling

    Science.gov (United States)

    Li, Li

    2004-01-01

    The neuromuscular control aspect of cycling has been investigated through the effects of modifying posture and cadence. These studies show that changing posture has a more profound influence on neuromuscular coordination than does changing slope. Most of the changes with standing posture occur late in the downstroke: increased ankle and knee joint…

  1. Optimal control problems with switching points

    Science.gov (United States)

    Seywald, Hans

    1991-09-01

    An overview is presented of the problems and difficulties that arise in solving optimal control problems with switching points. A brief discussion of existing optimality conditions is given and a numerical approach for solving the multipoint boundary value problems associated with the first-order necessary conditions of optimal control is presented. Two real-life aerospace optimization problems are treated explicitly. These are altitude maximization for a sounding rocket (Goddard Problem) in the presence of a dynamic pressure limit, and range maximization for a supersonic aircraft flying in the vertical, also in the presence of a dynamic pressure limit. In the second problem singular control appears along arcs with active dynamic pressure limit, which in the context of optimal control, represents a first-order state inequality constraint. An extension of the Generalized Legendre-Clebsch Condition to the case of singular control along state/control constrained arcs is presented and is applied to the aircraft range maximization problem stated above. A contribution to the field of Jacobi Necessary Conditions is made by giving a new proof for the non-optimality of conjugate paths in the Accessory Minimum Problem. Because of its simple and explicit character, the new proof may provide the basis for an extension of Jacobi's Necessary Condition to the case of the trajectories with interior point constraints. Finally, the result that touch points cannot occur for first-order state inequality constraints is extended to the case of vector valued control functions.

  2. Switched-Observer-Based Adaptive Neural Control of MIMO Switched Nonlinear Systems With Unknown Control Gains.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Long, Lijun; Zhao, Jun

    2016-05-02

    In this paper, the problem of adaptive neural output-feedback control is addressed for a class of multi-input multioutput (MIMO) switched uncertain nonlinear systems with unknown control gains. Neural networks (NNs) are used to approximate unknown nonlinear functions. In order to avoid the conservativeness caused by adoption of a common observer for all subsystems, an MIMO NN switched observer is designed to estimate unmeasurable states. A new switched observer-based adaptive neural control technique for the problem studied is then provided by exploiting the classical average dwell time (ADT) method and the backstepping method and the Nussbaum gain technique. It effectively handles the obstacle about the coexistence of multiple Nussbaum-type function terms, and improves the classical ADT method, since the exponential decline property of Lyapunov functions for individual subsystems is no longer satisfied. It is shown that the technique proposed is able to guarantee semiglobal uniformly ultimately boundedness of all the signals in the closed-loop system under a class of switching signals with ADT, and the tracking errors converge to a small neighborhood of the origin. The effectiveness of the approach proposed is illustrated by its application to a two inverted pendulum system.

  3. Cue-switch costs in task-switching: cue priming or control processes?

    Science.gov (United States)

    Grange, James A; Houghton, George

    2010-09-01

    In the explicitly cued task-switching paradigm, two cues per task allow separation of costs associated with switching cues from costs of switching tasks. Whilst task-switch costs have become controversial, cue-switch costs are robust. The processes that contribute to cue-switch costs are under-specified in the literature: they could reflect perceptual priming of cue properties, or priming of control processes that form relevant working memory (WM) representations of task demands. Across two experiments we manipulated cue-transparency in an attention-switching design to test the contrasting hypotheses of cue-switch costs, and show that such costs emerge from control processes of establishing relevant WM representations, rather than perceptual priming of the cue itself. When the cues were maximally transparent, cue-switch costs were eradicated. We discuss the results in terms of recent theories of cue encoding, and provide a formal definition of cue-transparency in switching designs and its relation to WM representations that guide task performance.

  4. Coordination of multi-agent systems under switching topologies via disturbance observer-based approach

    Science.gov (United States)

    Tang, Yutao

    2016-12-01

    In this paper, a leader-following coordination problem of heterogeneous multi-agent systems is considered under switching topologies where each agent is subject to some local (unbounded) disturbances. While these unknown disturbances may disrupt the performance of agents, a disturbance observer-based approach is employed to estimate and reject them. Varying communication topologies are also taken into consideration, and their byproduct difficulties are overcome by using common Lyapunov function techniques. According to the available information in difference cases, two disturbance observer-based protocols are proposed to solve this problem. Their effectiveness is verified by simulations.

  5. Coordinated formation control of multiple nonlinear systems

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    Wei KANG; Ning XI; Jindong TAN; Yiwen ZHAO; Yuechao WANG

    2005-01-01

    A general method of controller design is developed for the purpose of formation keeping and reconfiguration of nonlinear systems with multiple subsystems,such as the formation of multiple aircraft,ground vehicles,or robot arms.The model consists of multiple nonlinear systems.Controllers are designed to keep the subsystems in a required formation and to coordinate the subsystems in the presence of environmental changes.A step-by-step algorithm of controller design is developed.Sufficient conditions for the stability of formation tracking are proved.Simulations and experiments are conducted to demonstrate some useful coordination strategies such as movement with a leader,simultaneous movement,series connection of formations,and human-machine interaction.

  6. The coordinate system for force control.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Saha, Devjani J; Hu, Xiao; Perreault, Eric; Murray, Wendy; Mussa-Ivaldi, Ferdinando A

    2015-03-01

    The primary objective of this study was to establish the coordinate frame for force control by observing how parameters of force that are not explicitly specified by a motor task vary across the workspace. We asked subjects to apply a force of a specific magnitude with their hand. Subjects could complete the task by applying forces in any direction of their choice in the transverse plane. They were tested with the arm in seven different configurations. To estimate whether contact forces are represented in extrinsic or intrinsic coordinates, we applied the parallel transport method of differential geometry to the net joint torques applied during the task. This approach allowed us to compare the force variability observed at different arm configurations with the force variability that would be expected if the control system were applying an invariant pattern of joint torques at the tested configurations. The results indicate that for the majority of the subjects, the predominant pattern was consistent with an invariant representation in joint coordinates. However, two out of eleven subjects also demonstrated a preference for extrinsic representation. These findings suggest that the central nervous system can represent contact forces in both coordinate frames, with a prevalence toward intrinsic representations.

  7. Multiple-Model Adaptive Switching Control for Uncertain Multivariable Systems

    NARCIS (Netherlands)

    Baldi, Simone; Battistelli, Giorgio; Mari, Daniele; Mosca, Edoardo; Tesi, Pietro

    2011-01-01

    This paper addresses the problem of controlling an uncertain multi-input multi-output (MIMO) system by means of adaptive switching control schemes. In particular, the paper aims at extending the approach of multiple-model unfalsified adaptive switched control, so far restricted to single-input singl

  8. H-infinity control for switched and impulsive singular systems

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    Yujuan YIN; Jun ZHAO; Yuzhong LIU

    2008-01-01

    A new model of dynamical systems is proposed which consists of singular systems with impulsive effects, i.e., switched and impulsive singular systems (SISS). By using the switched Lyapunov functions method, a sufficient condition for the solvability of the H-infinity control problem for SISSs is given which generalizes the H-infinity control theory for singular systems to switched singular systems with impulsive effects. Then the sufficient condition of solvablity of the H-infinity control problem is presented in terms of linear matrix inequalities. Finally, the effectiveness of the developed approach for switched and impulsive singular systems is illustrated by a numerical example.

  9. Mode Switching Control for Personal Mobility Robot

    Science.gov (United States)

    Hirose, Noriaki; Sukigara, Kazutoshi; Kajima, Hideki; Yamaoka, Masaaki

    The present paper introduces a novel standing-up control strategy based on Initial Value Compensation (IVC) for a Personal Mobility Robot (PMR). PMRs, which are wheeled-inverted-pendulum-type mobility-assist devices, offer the following advantages: (1) they can turn at a point; (2) they can maintain a level seating posture on a slope; and (3) they have a smaller footprint than conventional electric wheelchairs with four wheels. On the other hand, the user must maintain the posture of the PMR by using additional assist wheels on the ground when mounting/dismounting the PMR and working while seated on the PMR. In order to satisfy these requirements, we propose the following approach. First, the PMR accelerates to lift its assist wheels off the ground and determines whether the assist wheels are in contact with the ground. The feedback controller is then switched to wheeled-inverted-pendulum mode using the proposed IVC. The proposed IVC is designed such that the transient responses are improved and the amplitude of the control input and the jerk component are suppressed, in order to reduce the shock felt by the driver. The effectiveness of the proposed approach has been verified by conducting numerical simulations and experiments using a prototype PMR.

  10. Vibration control via stiffness switching of magnetostrictive transducers

    Science.gov (United States)

    Scheidler, Justin J.; Asnani, Vivake M.; Dapino, Marcelo J.

    2016-04-01

    In this paper, a computational study is presented of structural vibration control that is realized by switching a magneto-strictive transducer between high and low stiffness states. Switching is accomplished by either changing the applied magnetic field with a voltage excitation or changing the shunt impedance on the transducer's coil (i.e., the magneto-strictive material's magnetic boundary condition). Switched-stiffness vibration control is simulated using a lumped mass supported by a damper and the magneto-strictive transducer (mount), which is represented by a nonlinear, electromechanical model. Free vibration of the mass is calculated while varying the mount's stiffness according to a reference switched-stiffness vibration control law. The results reveal that switching the magnetic field produces the desired change in stiffness, but also an undesired actuation force that can significantly degrade the vibration control. Hence, a modified switched-stiffness control law that accounts for the actuation force is proposed and implemented for voltage-controlled stiffness switching. The influence of the magneto-mechanical bias condition is also discussed. Voltage-controlled stiffness switching is found to introduce damping equivalent to a viscous damping factor up to about 0.13; this is shown to primarily result from active vibration reduction caused by the actuation force. The merit of magneto-strictive switched-stiffness vibration control is then quantified by comparing the results of voltage- and shunt-controlled stiffness switching to the performance of optimal magneto-strictive shunt damping. For the cases considered, optimal resistive shunt damping performed considerably better than both voltage- and shunt-controlled stiffness switching.

  11. Robust controller for a class of uncertain switched fuzzy systems

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    YANG Hong; ZHAO Jun

    2007-01-01

    A robustness control of uncertain switched fuzzy systems is presented.Using the switching technique and the Lyapunov function method,a continuous state feedback controller is built to ensure that for all allowable uncertainties the relevant closed-loop system is asymptotically stable.Furthermore,a switching strategy that achieves system global asymptotic stability of the uncertain switched fuzzy system is given.In this model,each subsystem of the switched system is an uncertain fuzzy system,and a common parallel distributed compensation controller is presented.The main condition is given in the form of convex combinations which are more solvable.This method transforms a certain switched system and has strong robustness for various system parameters.Simulations show the feasibility and the effectiveness of this method.

  12. Hybrid Switching Controller Design for the Maneuvering and Transit of a Training Ship

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Tomera Mirosław

    2017-03-01

    Full Text Available The paper presents the design of a hybrid controller used to control the movement of a ship in different operating modes, thereby improving the performance of basic maneuvers. This task requires integrating several operating modes, such as maneuvering the ship at low speeds, steering the ship at different speeds in the course or along the trajectory, and stopping the ship on the route. These modes are executed by five component controllers switched on and off by the supervisor depending on the type of operation performed. The desired route, containing the coordinates of waypoints and tasks performed along consecutive segments of the reference trajectory, is obtained by the supervisory system from the system operator. The former supports switching between component controllers and provides them with new set-points after each change in the reference trajectory segment, thereby ensuring stable operation of the entire hybrid switching controller.

  13. Decentralized Coordinated Control Strategy of Islanded Microgrids

    DEFF Research Database (Denmark)

    Wu, Dan

    as grid voltage/frequency regulation. In order to enhance the reliability of overall islanded Microgrid operation, basic functions of coordinated control which taking into account the state of charge (SoC) limitation and power availability of renewable energy sources is implemented in a distributed level...... control strategies in this thesis, in order to promote the decentralization of the overall system. Especially the consensus algorithm based secondary level is investigated in the thesis in order to simplify the communication configuration which only flood information through the neighboring units...

  14. High-Speed Computer-Controlled Switch-Matrix System

    Science.gov (United States)

    Spisz, E.; Cory, B.; Ho, P.; Hoffman, M.

    1985-01-01

    High-speed computer-controlled switch-matrix system developed for communication satellites. Satellite system controlled by onboard computer and all message-routing functions between uplink and downlink beams handled by newly developed switch-matrix system. Message requires only 2-microsecond interconnect period, repeated every millisecond.

  15. Stability of Unfalsified Adaptive Switching Control in Noisy Environments

    NARCIS (Netherlands)

    Battistelli, Giorgio; Mosca, Edoardo; Safonov, Michael G.; Tesi, Pietro

    2010-01-01

    In recent years, unfalsified adaptive switching control has emerged as a promising technique for the control of uncertain plants only on the basis of plant I/O data. This note analyzes the input-output stability of the resulting switched system in a noisy environment, and discusses the issue of equi

  16. Cu(II) coordination structure determinants of the fibrillization switch in Abeta peptides

    Science.gov (United States)

    Hernandez-Guzman, Jessica; Sun, Li; Mehta, Anil; Lynn, David; Warncke, Kurt

    2010-03-01

    Alzheimer's Disease (AD) is associated with the aggregation and fibrillization of the beta-amyloid protein (Abeta). The coordination of Cu(II) by peptide histidine imidazole sidechains is proposed to play an important role in determining the fibrillization ``switch'' [1]. We have developed techniques of powder X-band electron spin echo envelope modulation (ESEEM) spectroscopy to determine the 3D molecular structure of the Cu(II)-histidine imidazole coordination in cryotrapped soluble and fibrillar forms of Abeta peptides, in order to gain insight into the factors that govern fibrillization. We use hybrid optimization-based OPTESIM [2] simulation of the double quantum harmonic feature to determine the mutual orientation of the imidazole rings in Cu(II)--bis-imidazole complexes and in Abeta(13-21) peptides. The Cu(II) coordination mode and assembly constraints in fibrils are revealed. [1] Dong , J., et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci., 2007, 104, 13313. [2] Sun, L., et al., J. Magn. Reson. 2009, 200, 21.

  17. Guaranteed cost control with constructing switching law of uncertain discrete-time switched systems

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    Zhang Ying; Duan Guangren

    2007-01-01

    A guaranteed cost control problem for a class of linear discrete-time switched systems with normbounded uncertainties is considered in this article. The purpose is to construct a switching rule and design a state feedback control law, such that, the closed-loop system is asymptotically stable and the closed-loop cost function value is not more than a specified upper bound for all admissible uncertainties under the constructed switching rule.A sufficient condition for the existence of guaranteed cost controllers and switching rules is derived based on the Lyapunov theory together with the linear matrix inequality (LMI) approach. Furthermore, a convex optimization problem with LMI constraints is formulated to select the suboptimal guaranteed cost controller. A numerical example demonstrates the validity of the proposed design approach.

  18. Reduction of Switching Surge by Controlled Shunt Reactor Switching of Gas Circuit Breaker

    Science.gov (United States)

    Kohyama, Haruhiko; Ito, Hiroki; Asai, Jun; Hidaka, Mikio; Yonezawa, Takashi

    Controlled switching system (CSS) with a 204kV gas circuit breaker (GCB) demonstrates to reduce an inrush current and to eliminate re-ignitions in shunt reactor switching. Target closing and opening instants for controlled switching are determined by the electrical and mechanical characteristics of GCB. Idle time dependence of the operating time, which gives a sufficient impact on controlling accuracy, is evaluated and successfully compensated by synchronous switching controller (SSC). Field operation of CSS for a year shows an effective suppression of inrush current on closing and prevention of re-ignitions on opening of shunt reactor. The operations also proved that the CSS has a satisfactory performance for electro-magnetic disturbance imposed in practical field.

  19. Optimization problems for switched systems with impulsive control

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    Junhao HU; Huayou WANG; Xinzhi LIU; Bin LIU

    2005-01-01

    By using Impulsive Maximum Principal and three stage optimization method,this paper discusses optimization problems for linear impulsive switched systems with hybrid controls,which includes continuous control and impulsive control.The linear quadratic optimization problems without constraints such as optimal hybrid control,optimal stability and optimal switching instants are addressed in detail.These results are applicable to optimal control problems in economics,mechanics,and management.

  20. Hierarchical cooperative control for multiagent systems with switching directed topologies.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Hu, Jianqiang; Cao, Jinde

    2015-10-01

    The hierarchical cooperative control problem is concerned for a two-layer networked multiagent system under switching directed topologies. The group cooperative objective is to achieve finite-time formation control for the upper layer of leaders and containment control for the lower layer of followers. Two kinds of cooperative strategies, including centralized-distributed control and distributed-distributed control, are proposed for two types of switching laws: 1) random switching law with the dwell time and 2) Markov switching law with stationary distribution. Utilizing the state transition matrix methods and matrix measure techniques, some sufficient conditions are derived for asymptotical containment control and exponential almost sure containment control, respectively. Finally, some numerical examples are provided to demonstrate the effectiveness of the proposed control schemes.

  1. Control and Interference in Task Switching--A Review

    Science.gov (United States)

    Kiesel, Andrea; Steinhauser, Marco; Wendt, Mike; Falkenstein, Michael; Jost, Kerstin; Philipp, Andrea M.; Koch, Iring

    2010-01-01

    The task-switching paradigm offers enormous possibilities to study cognitive control as well as task interference. The current review provides an overview of recent research on both topics. First, we review different experimental approaches to task switching, such as comparing mixed-task blocks with single-task blocks, predictable task-switching…

  2. Control of delay dominant systems with costs related to switching

    DEFF Research Database (Denmark)

    Deng, Honglian; Larsen, Lars Finn Sloth; Stoustrup, Jakob

    2010-01-01

    The objective of this paper is to extend a novel low complexity method for optimizing switch control developed by the authors earlier to work with delay dominant systems and demonstrate that the method works in practice with a refrigeration test system. The extended method solves switching problems...

  3. Motor skill experience modulates executive control for task switching.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Yu, Qiuhua; Chan, Chetwyn C H; Chau, Bolton; Fu, Amy S N

    2017-09-15

    This study aimed to investigate the effect of types of motor skills, including open and closed skills on enhancing proactive and reactive controls for task switching. Thirty-six athletes in open (n=18) or closed (n=18) sports and a control group (n=18) completed the task-switching paradigm and the simple reaction task. The task-switching paradigm drew on the proactive and reactive control of executive functions, whereas the simple reaction task assessed the processing speed. Significant Validity×Group effect revealed that the participants with open skills had a lower switch cost of response time compared to the other two groups when the task cue was 100% valid; whereas the participants regardless of motor skills had a lower switch cost of response time compared to the control group when the task cue was 50% valid. Hierarchical stepwise regression analysis further confirmed these findings. For the simple reaction task, there were no differences found among the three groups. These findings suggest that experience in open skills has benefits of promoting both proactive and reactive controls for task switching, which corresponds to the activity context exposed by the participants. In contrast, experience in closed skills appears to only benefit development of reactive control for task switching. The neural mechanisms for the proactive and reactive controls of executive functions between experts with open and closed skills call for future study. Copyright © 2017. Published by Elsevier B.V.

  4. The design of traffic signal coordinated control

    Science.gov (United States)

    Guo, Xueting; Sun, Hongsheng; Wang, Xifu

    2017-05-01

    Traffic as the tertiary industry is an important pillar industry to support the normal development of the economy. But now China's road traffic development and economic development has shown a great imbalance and fault phenomenon, which greatly inhibited the normal development of China's economy. Now in many large and medium-sized cities in China are implementing green belt construction. The so-called green band is when the road conditions to meet the conditions for the establishment of the green band, the sections of the intersection of several planning to a traffic coordination control system, so that when the driver at a specific speed can be achieved without stopping the continuous Through the intersection. Green belt can effectively reduce the delay and queuing length of vehicle driving, the normal function of urban roads and reduce the economic losses caused by traffic congestion is a great help. In this paper, the theoretical basis of the design of the coordinated control system is described. Secondly, the green time offset is calculated by the analytic method and the green band is established. And then the VISSIM software is used to simulate the traffic system before and after the improvement. Finally, the results of the two simulations are compared.

  5. Switch Control between Different Speeds for a Passive Dynamic Walker

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Limei Liu

    2012-12-01

    Full Text Available To make a biped robot walk stably at various speeds, a novel switch control approach is proposed to make the gaits switch smoothly between different walking speeds. The switch controller is designed based on the Lyapunov stability theory and the sufficient condition is given to make the closed-loop system stable. This controller can allow the robot to reach the stable gaits corresponding to the various speeds and improve the robustness of switch process. Potential energy compensation control has been studied in the dynamic model of a passive dynamic walking robot with knees. The functional relationship between the initial states and the walking speed is obtained. Numerical simulations are provided to verify the effectiveness of the control strategy.

  6. High-performance quantitative robust switching control for optical telescopes

    Science.gov (United States)

    Lounsbury, William P.; Garcia-Sanz, Mario

    2014-07-01

    This paper introduces an innovative robust and nonlinear control design methodology for high-performance servosystems in optical telescopes. The dynamics of optical telescopes typically vary according to azimuth and altitude angles, temperature, friction, speed and acceleration, leading to nonlinearities and plant parameter uncertainty. The methodology proposed in this paper combines robust Quantitative Feedback Theory (QFT) techniques with nonlinear switching strategies that achieve simultaneously the best characteristics of a set of very active (fast) robust QFT controllers and very stable (slow) robust QFT controllers. A general dynamic model and a variety of specifications from several different commercially available amateur Newtonian telescopes are used for the controller design as well as the simulation and validation. It is also proven that the nonlinear/switching controller is stable for any switching strategy and switching velocity, according to described frequency conditions based on common quadratic Lyapunov functions (CQLF) and the circle criterion.

  7. Switch Control Between Different Speeds for a Passive Dynamic Walker

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Limei Liu

    2012-12-01

    Full Text Available To make a biped robot walk stably at various speeds, a novel switch control approach is proposed to make the gaits switch smoothly between different walking speeds. The switch controller is designed based on the Lyapunov stability theory and the sufficient condition is given to make the closed‐loop system stable. This controller can allow the robot to reach the stable gaits corresponding to the various speeds and improve the robustness of switch process. Potential energy compensation control has been studied in the dynamic model of a passive dynamic walking robot with knees. The functional relationship between the initial states and the walking speed is obtained. Numerical simulations are provided to verify the effectiveness of the control strategy.

  8. Coordinated Control of Cross-Flow Turbines

    Science.gov (United States)

    Strom, Benjamin; Brunton, Steven; Polagye, Brian

    2016-11-01

    Cross-flow turbines, also known as vertical-axis turbines, have several advantages over axial-flow turbines for a number of applications including urban wind power, high-density arrays, and marine or fluvial currents. By controlling the angular velocity applied to the turbine as a function of angular blade position, we have demonstrated a 79 percent increase in cross-flow turbine efficiency over constant-velocity control. This strategy uses the downhill simplex method to optimize control parameter profiles during operation of a model turbine in a recirculating water flume. This optimization method is extended to a set of two turbines, where the blade motions and position of the downstream turbine are optimized to beneficially interact with the coherent structures in the wake of the upstream turbine. This control scheme has the potential to enable high-density arrays of cross-flow turbines to operate at cost-effective efficiency. Turbine wake and force measurements are analyzed for insight into the effect of a coordinated control strategy.

  9. Hysteresis controller with constant switching frequency

    DEFF Research Database (Denmark)

    Poulsen, Søren; Andersen, Michael Andreas E.

    2005-01-01

    Switch mode audio power amplifiers are showing up on market in still greater numbers because of advantages in form of high efficiency and low total system cost, especially for high power amplifiers. Several different modulator topologies have been made, ranging from standard PWM to various self-o...

  10. Design of adaptive switching control for hypersonic aircraft

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Xin Jiao

    2015-10-01

    Full Text Available This article proposes a novel adaptive switching control of hypersonic aircraft based on type-2 Takagi–Sugeno–Kang fuzzy sliding mode control and focuses on the problem of stability and smoothness in the switching process. This method uses full-state feedback to linearize the nonlinear model of hypersonic aircraft. Combining the interval type-2 Takagi–Sugeno–Kang fuzzy approach with sliding mode control keeps the adaptive switching process stable and smooth. For rapid stabilization of the system, the adaptive laws use a direct constructive Lyapunov analysis together with an established type-2 Takagi–Sugeno–Kang fuzzy logic system. Simulation results indicate that the proposed control scheme can maintain the stability and smoothness of switching process for the hypersonic aircraft.

  11. Chiral heteropoly blues and controllable switching of achiral polyoxometalate clusters.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Wang, Yizhan; Li, Haolong; Wu, Che; Yang, Yang; Shi, Lei; Wu, Lixin

    2013-04-22

    Managing the blues: Chiral heteropoly blues of achiral polyoxometalate clusters were created through an intermolecular interaction with a chiral organic compound. Controllable chiroptical switching of the cluster complexes was possible through reversible photochromism of the polyoxometalates (see picture).

  12. A switched system approach to stabilization f networked control systems

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    2006-01-01

    A switched system approach is proposed to model networked control systems (NCSs) with communication constraints. This enables us to apply the rich theory of switched systems to analyzing such NCSs. Sufficient conditions are presented on the stabilization of NCSs. Stabilizing state/output feedback controllers can be constructed by using the feasible solutions of some linear matrix inequalities (LMIs). The merit of our proposed approach is that the behavior of the NCSs can be studied by considering switched system without augmenting the system. A simulation example is worked out to illustrate the effectiveness of the proposed approach.

  13. Control synthesis of linear distributed parameter switched systems

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    Leping Bao; Shumin Fei; Lin Chai

    2015-01-01

    The control synthesis for switched systems is extended to distributed parameter switched systems in Hilbert space. Based on semigroup and operator theory, by means of multiple Lyapunov method incorporated average dwel time approach, sufficient con-ditions are derived in terms of linear operator inequalities frame-work for distributed parameter switched systems. Being applied to one dimensional heat propagation switched systems, these lin-ear operator inequalities are reduced to linear matrix inequalities subsequently. In particular, the state feedback gain matrices and the switching law are designed, and the state decay estimate is explicitly given whose decay coefficient completely depends on the system’s parameter and the boundary condition. Final y, two numerical examples are given to il ustrate the proposed method.

  14. Qualitative differences between bilingual language control and executive control: evidence from task switching

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Marco eCalabria

    2012-01-01

    Full Text Available Previous research has shown that highly-proficient bilinguals have comparable switch costs in both directions when they switch between languages (L1 and L2, the so called ‘symmetrical switch cost’ effect. Interestingly, the same symmetry is also present when they switch between L1 and a much weaker L3. These findings suggest that highly proficient bilinguals develop a language control system that seems to be insensitive to language proficiency. In the present study, we explore whether the pattern of symmetrical switch costs in language switching tasks generalizes to a non-linguistic switching task in the same group of highly-proficient bilinguals. The end goal of this is to assess whether bilingual language control (bLC can be considered as subsidiary to domain-general executive control (EC. We tested highly-proficient Catalan-Spanish bilinguals both in a linguistic switching task and in a non-linguistic switching task. In the linguistic task, participants named pictures in L1 and L2 (Experiment 1 or L3 (Experiment 2 depending on a cue presented with the picture (a flag. In the non-linguistic task, the same participants had to switch between two card sorting rule-sets (colour and shape. Overall, participants showed symmetrical switch costs in the linguistic switching task, but not in the non-linguistic switching task. In a further analysis, we observed that in the linguistic switching task the asymmetry of the switch costs changed across blocks, while in the non-linguistic switching task an asymmetrical switch cost was observed throughout the task. The observation of different patterns of switch costs in the linguistic and the non-linguistic switching tasks suggest that the bLC system is not completely subsidiary to the domain-general EC system.

  15. State feedback control of switched linear systems: An LMI approach

    Science.gov (United States)

    Montagner, V. F.; Leite, V. J. S.; Oliveira, R. C. L. F.; Peres, P. L. D.

    2006-10-01

    This paper addresses the problem of state feedback control of continuous-time switched linear systems with arbitrary switching rules. A quadratic Lyapunov function with a common matrix is used to derive a stabilizing switching control strategy that guarantees: (i) the assignment of all the eigenvalues of each linear subsystem inside a chosen circle in the left-hand half of the complex plane; (ii) a minimum disturbance attenuation level for the closed-loop switched system. The proposed design conditions are given in terms of linear matrix inequalities that encompass previous results based on quadratic stability conditions with fixed control gains. Although the quadratic stability based on a fixed Lyapunov matrix has been widely used in robust control design, the use of this condition to provide a convex design method for switching feedback gains has not been fully investigated. Numerical examples show that the switching control strategy can cope with more stringent design specifications than the fixed gain strategy, being useful to improve the performance of this class of systems.

  16. Switched Quantization Level Control of Networked Control Systems with Packet Dropouts

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Shuo Wang

    2014-01-01

    Full Text Available This paper investigates the relationship between the maximum allowable dropout bound and the quantization density. Networked Control System (NCS is described as a time-delay switched system with constrained switching signals. A switched dynamic output feedback controller with prescribed disturbance attenuation level is designed via a cone complement linearization approach. A novel stability criterion is obtained by switched system theory. Furthermore, finding an appropriate quantization density used when packet dropout occurs is converted to an optimization problem.

  17. Closed Loop Control of Soft Switched Interleaved Buck Converter

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    R. Shenbagalakshmi

    2012-06-01

    Full Text Available Design, Modeling and Simulation of a closed loop control is presented for Interleaved Buck Converter with Soft Switching. The features of the closed loop system are to reduce the switching losses and load current sharing among the parallel connected converters. The control system of the converter is designed using PWM technique. In order to improve the transient response and dynamic stability of the converters, the controller parameters are designed based on current mode control. Resonant components thus designed enable the application of zero current switching for both the converters connected in parallel thereby maintaining greater efficiency and minimizing voltage and current oscillations. The system analysis, design and performance are verified through simulation using MATLAB/Simulink environment. The simulation approach reveals the high speed dynamic performance of the closed loop system designed using robust PID controller. The laboratory prototype of the Buck converter is developed to verify the controller platform using PIC16F877A microcontroller.

  18. Controller Based Observer in Switched System with Norm Bounded Uncertainty

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Mongi Besbes

    2012-01-01

    Full Text Available Problem statement: This study discusses the robust stabilization of norm bounded discrete switched systems. Approach: The proposed method is using the second Lyapunov approach and the poly-quadratic function concept. The stabilization conditions are written through linear matrix inequality relations. The control law is based on a static output feedback with the use of a switched observer. The synthesis conditions of the controller are written in the form of linear matrix inequalities difficult to resolve by current numerical solvers. That’s why relaxations are proposed to mitigate the pessimism of LMI conditions obtained. Results: The poly-quadratic Lyapunov approach provides a constructive way to tackle uncertainty in the switched framework. The feasibility is illustrated by the example of discrete uncertain switched systems. Conclusion: With these results, the study of stability can be achieved for arbitrary switching laws, state-dependent, time dependent or generated by a controller. However, the implementation of the control law is possible only if the switching status is well known in real time.

  19. An Electron-Beam Controlled Semiconductor Switch

    Science.gov (United States)

    1989-11-01

    of the Seventeenth Power Modulator Symposium, Seattle, WA, pp. 214-218. 1986. 21. Bovino , L., ’ioumans,R., Weiner, H., Burke, T . , "Optica lly... Bovino , R. Youmans, M. Weiner, and T. Burke, ’ ’Optically Co ntrolled Semiconducto r Switch for ~lulti-~legawatt Rep-Rated Pulse r s ," Conf. Record...p. 615. (II 1 W. N. Carr, IEEE Trans. Electron Devices, vol. ED-12, p. 531 , 1965. (121 T. Burke, M. Weiner. L. Bovino , and R. Youmans, in Proc

  20. Tracking Control for Switched Cascade Nonlinear Systems

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Xiaoxiao Dong

    2015-01-01

    Full Text Available The issue of H∞ output tracking for switched cascade nonlinear systems is discussed in this paper, where not all the linear parts of subsystems are stabilizable. The conditions of the solvability for the issue are given by virtue of the structural characteristics of the systems and the average dwell time method, in which the total activation time for stabilizable subsystems is longer than that for the unstabilizable subsystems. At last, a simulation example is used to demonstrate the validity and advantages of the proposed approach.

  1. Feedback control and output feedback control for the stabilisation of switched Boolean networks

    Science.gov (United States)

    Li, Fangfei; Yu, Zhaoxu

    2016-02-01

    This paper presents the feedback control and output feedback control for the stabilisation of switched Boolean network. A necessary condition for the existence of a state feedback controller for the stabilisation of switched Boolean networks under arbitrary switching signal is derived first, and constructive procedures for feedback control and output feedback control design are provided. An example is introduced to show the effectiveness of this paper.

  2. Multi-model unfalsified switching control of uncertain multivariable systems

    NARCIS (Netherlands)

    Baldi, S.; Battistelli, G.; Mari, D.; Mosca, E.; Tesi, P.

    2012-01-01

    This paper addresses the problem of controlling an uncertain multi-input multi-output system by means of adaptive switching control schemes. In particular, the paper aims at extending the multi-model unfalsified control approach, so far restricted to single-input single-output systems, to a general

  3. A Novel Torque Coordination Control Strategy of a Single-Shaft Parallel Hybrid Electric Vehicle Based on Model Predictive Control

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Jing Sun

    2015-01-01

    Full Text Available The torque coordination control during mode transition is a very important task for hybrid electric vehicle (HEV with a clutch serving as the key enabling actuator element. Poor coordination will deteriorate the drivability of the driver and lead to excessive wearing to the clutch friction plates. In this paper, a novel torque coordination control strategy for a single-shaft parallel hybrid electric vehicle is presented to coordinate the motor torque, engine torque, and clutch torque so that the seamless mode switching can be achieved. Different to the existing model predictive control (MPC methods, only one model predictive controller is needed and the clutch torque is taken as an optimized variable rather than a known parameter. Furthermore, the successful idea of model reference control (MRC is also used for reference to generate the set-point signal required by MPC. The parameter sensitivity is studied for better performance of the proposed model predictive controller. The simulation results validate that the proposed novel torque coordination control strategy has less vehicle jerk, less torque interruption, and smaller clutch frictional losses, compared with the baseline method. In addition, the sensitivity and adaptiveness of the proposed novel torque coordination control strategy are evaluated.

  4. A distributed implementation of a mode switching control program

    DEFF Research Database (Denmark)

    Holdgaard, Michael; Eriksen, Thomas Juul; Ravn, Anders P.

    1995-01-01

    according to the schedule, and a final one monitors the system for exceptions that shall lead to a halt. The implementation uses four transputers with a distribution of phases of the automatons over the individual processors. The main technical result of the paper is calculations that illustrate how......A distributed implementation of a mode switched control program for a robot is described. The design of the control program is given by a set of real-time automatons. One of them plans a schedule for switching between a fixed set of control functions, another dispatches the control functions...

  5. Pigeon interaction mode switch-based UAV distributed flocking control under obstacle environments.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Qiu, Huaxin; Duan, Haibin

    2017-07-28

    Unmanned aerial vehicle (UAV) flocking control is a serious and challenging problem due to local interactions and changing environments. In this paper, a pigeon flocking model and a pigeon coordinated obstacle-avoiding model are proposed based on a behavior that pigeon flocks will switch between hierarchical and egalitarian interaction mode at different flight phases. Owning to the similarity between bird flocks and UAV swarms in essence, a distributed flocking control algorithm based on the proposed pigeon flocking and coordinated obstacle-avoiding models is designed to coordinate a heterogeneous UAV swarm to fly though obstacle environments with few informed individuals. The comparative simulation results are elaborated to show the feasibility, validity and superiority of our proposed algorithm. Copyright © 2017 ISA. Published by Elsevier Ltd. All rights reserved.

  6. Hybrid zero-voltage switching (ZVS) control for power inverters

    Science.gov (United States)

    Amirahmadi, Ahmadreza; Hu, Haibing; Batarseh, Issa

    2016-11-01

    A power inverter combination includes a half-bridge power inverter including first and second semiconductor power switches receiving input power having an intermediate node therebetween providing an inductor current through an inductor. A controller includes input comparison circuitry receiving the inductor current having outputs coupled to first inputs of pulse width modulation (PWM) generation circuitry, and a predictive control block having an output coupled to second inputs of the PWM generation circuitry. The predictive control block is coupled to receive a measure of Vin and an output voltage at a grid connection point. A memory stores a current control algorithm configured for resetting a PWM period for a switching signal applied to control nodes of the first and second power switch whenever the inductor current reaches a predetermined upper limit or a predetermined lower limit.

  7. Robust H∞ output feedback controller design for uncertain discrete-time switched systems via switched Lyapunov functions

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    2007-01-01

    The H∞ output feedback control problem for uncertain discrete-time switched systems is reasearched. A new characterization of stability and H∞ performance for the switched system under arbitrary switching is obtained by using switched Lyapunov function.Then,based on the characterization,a linear matrix inequality (LMI)approach is developed to design a switched output feedback controller which guarantees the stability and H∞ performance of the closed-loop system.A numerical example is presented to demonstrate the application of the proposed method.

  8. 49 CFR 236.207 - Electric lock on hand-operated switch; control.

    Science.gov (United States)

    2010-10-01

    ... 49 Transportation 4 2010-10-01 2010-10-01 false Electric lock on hand-operated switch; control... switch; control. Electric lock on hand-operated switch shall be controlled so that it cannot be unlocked until control circuits of signals governing movements over such switch have been opened. Approach...

  9. Development of the Coordination between Posture and Manual Control

    Science.gov (United States)

    Haddad, Jeffrey M.; Claxton, Laura J.; Keen, Rachel; Berthier, Neil E.; Riccio, Gary E.; Hamill, Joseph; Van Emmerik, Richard E. A.

    2012-01-01

    Studies have suggested that proper postural control is essential for the development of reaching. However, little research has examined the development of the coordination between posture and manual control throughout childhood. We investigated the coordination between posture and manual control in children (7- and 10-year-olds) and adults during…

  10. Optimal control of switched systems arising in fermentation processes

    CERN Document Server

    Liu, Chongyang

    2014-01-01

    The book presents, in a systematic manner, the optimal controls under different mathematical models in fermentation processes. Variant mathematical models – i.e., those for multistage systems; switched autonomous systems; time-dependent and state-dependent switched systems; multistage time-delay systems and switched time-delay systems – for fed-batch fermentation processes are proposed and the theories and algorithms of their optimal control problems are studied and discussed. By putting forward novel methods and innovative tools, the book provides a state-of-the-art and comprehensive systematic treatment of optimal control problems arising in fermentation processes. It not only develops nonlinear dynamical system, optimal control theory and optimization algorithms, but can also help to increase productivity and provide valuable reference material on commercial fermentation processes.

  11. Improved Four-Switch BLDCM Direct Current Control

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Pan Lei

    2013-08-01

    Full Text Available The main purpose of this study is to describe a low cost four-switch brushless dc motor (BLDCM drive. An improved direct current controlled scheme is designed and implemented to produce the desired dynamic and static current and speed characteristics. Eight voltage vectors are summarized, which are selected to control BLDCM in SVPWM pattern. This method avoids the undesired current distortion which is caused by uncontrollable phase. The operational principle of the four-switch BLDC motor drive and the developed control scheme are theoretically analyzed and the performance is demonstrated by both simulation and experimental results.

  12. Design and advanced control of switched reluctance motor; Design og avanceret styring af switched reluctance motor

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Blaabjerg, F.; Jensen, F.; Kierkegaard, P.; Pedersen, J.K.; Rasmussen, P.O.; Simonsen, L.

    1999-03-01

    The aim of the project is to design, construct and optimise the control of Switched Reluctance Motors with and without permanent magnets. The expectation was an increased efficiency and a decreased material consumption. The project included originally three types of SR-motors, two with a nominal number of revolutions of 3.000 rpm and one motor with a nominal number of revolutions of 50.000 rpm. The project was changed to focus on one motor with a nominal number of revolutions of 6.000 rpm, one with a nominal number of revolutions of 50.000 rpm and one two-phased low-voltage motor with a nominal number of revolutions of 2.000 rpm. The motors had different outputs of 2,7 kW, 0,9 kW and 3 kW, respectively. For this purpose an advanced simulation programme for Switched Reluctance Motors is developed. The programme differs from other programmes by being able to simulate multi-disciplinary such as vibrations and acoustic noise. It is even possible to play the sound. In this connection completely new models are developed. It is also possible to simulate different grid connected converters. Input to the simulation programme is finite element calculations, geometry of the motor and calculations or data from an advanced characterisation system for Switched Reluctance Motors. New methods to control the current in Switched Reluctance Motors are developed, which particularly make quick dynamics possible in a digitally controlled current without use of special noise filters. The method will soon have industrial use. Other new methods have emerged, which secure that the system all the time works with the maximum efficiency irrespective of load. In some cases an efficiency improvement of 10 % is obtained compared to a classic control of the Switched Reluctance Motor. (EHS) EFP-94; EFP-95; EFP-98. 16 refs.

  13. Optogenetic switches for light-controlled gene expression in yeast.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Salinas, Francisco; Rojas, Vicente; Delgado, Verónica; Agosin, Eduardo; Larrondo, Luis F

    2017-04-01

    Light is increasingly recognized as an efficient means of controlling diverse biological processes with high spatiotemporal resolution. Optogenetic switches are molecular devices for regulating light-controlled gene expression, protein localization, signal transduction and protein-protein interactions. Such molecular components have been mainly developed through the use of photoreceptors, which upon light stimulation undergo conformational changes passing to an active state. The current repertoires of optogenetic switches include red, blue and UV-B light photoreceptors and have been implemented in a broad spectrum of biological platforms. In this review, we revisit different optogenetic switches that have been used in diverse biological platforms, with emphasis on those used for light-controlled gene expression in the budding yeast Saccharomyces cerevisiae. The implementation of these switches overcomes the use of traditional chemical inducers, allowing precise control of gene expression at lower costs, without leaving chemical traces, and positively impacting the production of high-value metabolites and heterologous proteins. Additionally, we highlight the potential of utilizing this technology beyond laboratory strains, by optimizing it for use in yeasts tamed for industrial processes. Finally, we discuss how fungal photoreceptors could serve as a source of biological parts for the development of novel optogenetic switches with improved characteristics. Although optogenetic tools have had a strong impact on basic research, their use in applied sciences is still undervalued. Therefore, the invitation for the future is to utilize this technology in biotechnological and industrial settings.

  14. Inhibitory Control Predicts Language Switching Performance in Trilingual Speech Production

    Science.gov (United States)

    Linck, Jared A.; Schwieter, John W.; Sunderman, Gretchen

    2012-01-01

    This study investigated the role of domain-general inhibitory control in trilingual speech production. Taking an individual differences approach, we examined the relationship between performance on a non-linguistic measure of inhibitory control (the Simon task) and a multilingual language switching task for a group of fifty-six native English (L1)…

  15. Coordinating control of multiple rigid bodies based on motion primitives

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    Fan Wu; Zhi-Yong Geng

    2012-01-01

    This paper studies the problem of coordinated motion generation for a group of rigid bodies.Two classes of coordinated motion primitives,relative equilibria and maneuvers,are given as building blocks for generating coordinated motions.In a motion-primitive based planning framework,a control method is proposed for the robust execution of a coordinated motion plan in the presence of perturbations,The control method combines the relative equilibria stabilization with maneuver design,and results in a closeloop motion planning framework.The performance of the control method has been illustrated through a numerical simulation.

  16. Application of Fuzzy Logic in Control of Switched Reluctance Motor

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Pavel Brandstetter

    2006-01-01

    Full Text Available The flux linkage of switched reluctance motor (SRM depends on the stator current and position between the rotor and stator poles. The fact determines that during control of SRM current with the help of classical PI controllers in a wide regulation range unsatisfied results occur. The main reasons of the mentioned situation are big changes of the stator inductance depending on the stator current and rotor position. In a switched reluctance motor the stator phase inductance is a non-linear function of the stator phase current and rotor position. Fuzzy controller and fuzzy logic are generally non-linear systems; hence they can provide better performance in this case. Fuzzy controller is mostly presented as a direct fuzzy controller or as a system, which realizes continued changing parameters of other controller, so-called fuzzy supervisor. Referring to the usage of fuzzy logic as a supervisor of conventional PI controller in control of SRM possible improvement occurs.

  17. Active Molecular Plasmonics: Controlling Plasmon Resonances with Molecular Switches

    KAUST Repository

    Zheng, Yue Bing

    2009-02-11

    A gold nanodisk array, coated with bistable, redox-controllable [2]rotaxane molecules, when exposed to chemical oxidants and reductants, undergoes switching of its plasmonic properties reversibly. By contrast, (i) bare gold nanodisks and (ii) disks coated with a redox-active, but mechanically inert, control compound do not display surface-plasmon-based switching. Along with calculations based on time-dependent density functional theory, these experimental observations suggest that the nanoscale movements within surface-bound “molecular machines” can be used as the active components in plasmonic devices.

  18. Device for dynamic switching of robot control points

    DEFF Research Database (Denmark)

    2015-01-01

    The invention comprises a system for switching between control points of a robotic system involving an industrial robot including a robot arm with a number of joints and provided with a tool interest point movable in a plurality of degrees of freedom.......The invention comprises a system for switching between control points of a robotic system involving an industrial robot including a robot arm with a number of joints and provided with a tool interest point movable in a plurality of degrees of freedom....

  19. Switching Control of Wind Turbine Sub-Controllers Based on an Active Disturbance Rejection Technique

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Yancai Xiao

    2016-10-01

    Full Text Available Wind power generation systems require complex control systems with multiple working conditions and multiple controllers. Under different operating conditions, switching without disturbancebetweenthesub-controllersplaysacriticalroleinensuringthestabilityofpowersystems. The sub-controllers of two typical cases in the permanent magnet direct drive (PMDD wind turbine running process are studied, one is the proportional integral (PI controller in the maximum power points tracking (MPPT stage, the other is the fuzzy pitch angle controller in the constant power stage. The switching strategy of the two sub-controllers is the emphasis in this research. Based on the active disturbance rejection control (ADRC, the switching mode of the sub-controllers is proposed, which can effectively restrain the sudden changes of the rotor current during the switching process, and improve the quality of power generation. The feasibility and effectiveness of the sub-controller switching strategy is verified by Matlab/Simulink simulation for a 2 MW PMDD wind turbine.

  20. A fluorescence switch based on a controllable photochromic naphthopyran group

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Chen Lizhen [Faculty of Chemistry, Northeast Normal University, Changchun 130024 (China); Wang Guang, E-mail: wangg923@nenu.edu.cn [Faculty of Chemistry, Northeast Normal University, Changchun 130024 (China); Zhao Xiancai [Faculty of Chemistry, Northeast Normal University, Changchun 130024 (China)

    2011-08-15

    A fluorescence switch based on photoisomerization of naphthopyran (NP) has been designed by employing 2-(pyridin-2-yl)-benzimidazole (BPI) and the naphthopyran containing two pyran rings (NP) as fluorescent dye and photochromic compound, respectively. The fluorescence switch of benzimidazole derivative can be modulated either by controlling the irradiation time of UV light or by adjusting the amount ratio of fluorescent benzimidazole derivative to photochromic naphthopyran in both solution and polymethyl methacrylate (PMMA) film. The experimental results indicated that the decrease of fluorescence intensity of benzimidazole derivative is attributed to the interaction of benzimidazole with naphthopyran. - Highlights: > Naphthopyran was first used to fabricate fluorescence switch with benzimidazole derivative. > Fluorescence intensity can be modulated by controlling the UV irradiation time. > Fluorescence intensity can be adjusted by changing the ratio of benzimidazole derivative to naphthopyran. > Decrease of fluorescence intensity is attributed to the interaction of benzimidazole derivative and naphthopyran.

  1. Appendage modal coordinate truncation criteria in hybrid coordinate dynamic analysis. [for spacecraft attitude control

    Science.gov (United States)

    Likins, P.; Ohkami, Y.; Wong, C.

    1976-01-01

    The paper examines the validity of the assumption that certain appendage-distributed (modal) coordinates can be truncated from a system model without unacceptable degradation of fidelity in hybrid coordinate dynamic analysis for attitude control of spacecraft with flexible appendages. Alternative truncation criteria are proposed and their interrelationships defined. Particular attention is given to truncation criteria based on eigenvalues, eigenvectors, and controllability and observability. No definitive resolution of the problem is advanced, and exhaustive study is required to obtain ultimate truncation criteria.

  2. Attractor switching by neural control of chaotic neurodynamics.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Pasemann, F; Stollenwerk, N

    1998-11-01

    Chaotic attractors of discrete-time neural networks include infinitely many unstable periodic orbits, which can be stabilized by small parameter changes in a feedback control. Here we explore the control of unstable periodic orbits in a chaotic neural network with only two neurons. Analytically, a local control algorithm is derived on the basis of least squares minimization of the future deviations between actual system states and the desired orbit. This delayed control allows a consistent neural implementation, i.e. the same types of neurons are used for chaotic and controlling modules. The control signal is realized with one layer of neurons, allowing selective switching between different stabilized periodic orbits. For chaotic modules with noise, random switching between different periodic orbits is observed.

  3. AN INVESTIGATION ON SWITCHING BEHAVIOURS OF VECTOR CONTROLLED INDUCTION MOTORS

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Yilmaz Korkmaz

    2014-11-01

    Full Text Available Field oriented control and direct torque control are the most popular methods in high performance industrial control applications for induction motors. Naturally, the strengths and weaknesses of each control method are available. Therefore, the selection of optimum control method is vitally important for many industrial applications. So, the advantages and the disadvantages of both control methods have to be well defined. In this paper, a new and different perspective has been presented regarding the comparison of the inverter switching behaviours on the FOC and the DTC drivers. For this purpose, the experimental studies have been carried out to compare the inverter switching frequencies and torque responses of induction motors in the FOC and the DTC systems. The dSPACE 1103 controller board has been programmed with Matlab/Simulink software. As expected, the experimental studies have showed that the FOC controlled motors have had a lessened torque ripple. On the other hand, the FOC controlled motor switching frequency has about 75% more than the DTC controlled.

  4. Switch Reluctance Motor Control Based on Fuzzy Logic System

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    S. Aleksandrovsky

    2012-01-01

    Full Text Available Due to its intrinsic simplicity and reliability, the switched reluctance motor (SRM has now become a promising candidate for variable-speed drive applications as an alternative induction motor in various industrial application. However, the SRM has the disadvantage of nonlinear characteristic and control. It is suggested to use controller based on fuzzy logic system. Design of FLS controller and simulation model presented.

  5. Bus coordination holding control for transit hubs under APTS

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    TENG Jing; ZHAO Ming

    2009-01-01

    To increase the passenger transferring efficiency, the bus coordination holding control for transit hubs,hich is as an important dynamic dispatching method for improving the service level of transit hubs, was studied in the framework of bus coordination dispatching mode. Firstly, the bus coordination holding control flow was studied based on Advanced Public Transportation Systems (APTS) environment. Then a control model was presented to optimize the bus vehicle holding time, and a genetic algorithm was designed as the solving method. In the end, an example was given to illustrate the effectiveness of the control strategy and the algorithm.

  6. In Control of Motion : From Molecular Switches to Molecular Motors

    NARCIS (Netherlands)

    Feringa, Bernard

    2001-01-01

    The design of molecular systems in which controlled linear and rotary motion can be achieved under the influence of an external signal is a major endeavor toward future nanoscale machinery. In this Account we describe the development of molecular switches and the discoveries that culminated in the

  7. Topochemical control in desolvation of coordination polymers

    OpenAIRE

    Matteo Lusi

    2015-01-01

    Reactions in the solid state are at the core of crystal engineering as they can result in new crystalline phases that are not always accessible by traditional solution methods. The work of Brammer and co-workers [Wright et al. (2015), IUCrJ, 2, 188–197] represents a clear example of this potential as applied to the synthesis of a silver–phenazine coordination polymer.

  8. Active switching in metamaterials using polarization control of light

    CERN Document Server

    Xu, Hua

    2010-01-01

    We demonstrate on-demand control of localized surface plasmons in metamaterials by means of incident light polarization. An asymmetric mode, selectively excited by s-polarized light, interfere destructively with a bright element, thereby allowing the incident light to propagate at a fairly low loss, corresponding to electromagnetically induced transparency (EIT) in an atomic system. In contrast, a symmetric mode, excited by p-polarized light, directly couples with the incident light, which is analogous to the switch-off of EIT. The light polarization-dependent excitation of asymmetric and symmetric plasmon modes holds potential for active switching applications of plasmon hybridization.

  9. Multistable decision switches for flexible control of epigenetic differentiation.

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Raúl Guantes

    2008-11-01

    Full Text Available It is now recognized that molecular circuits with positive feedback can induce two different gene expression states (bistability under the very same cellular conditions. Whether, and how, cells make use of the coexistence of a larger number of stable states (multistability is however largely unknown. Here, we first examine how autoregulation, a common attribute of genetic master regulators, facilitates multistability in two-component circuits. A systematic exploration of these modules' parameter space reveals two classes of molecular switches, involving transitions in bistable (progression switches or multistable (decision switches regimes. We demonstrate the potential of decision switches for multifaceted stimulus processing, including strength, duration, and flexible discrimination. These tasks enhance response specificity, help to store short-term memories of recent signaling events, stabilize transient gene expression, and enable stochastic fate commitment. The relevance of these circuits is further supported by biological data, because we find them in numerous developmental scenarios. Indeed, many of the presented information-processing features of decision switches could ultimately demonstrate a more flexible control of epigenetic differentiation.

  10. New mode switching algorithm for the JPL 70-meter antenna servo controller

    Science.gov (United States)

    Nickerson, J. A.

    1988-01-01

    The design of control mode switching algorithms and logic for JPL's 70 m antenna servo controller are described. The old control mode switching logic was reviewed and perturbation problems were identified. Design approaches for mode switching are presented and the final design is described. Simulations used to compare old and new mode switching algorithms and logic show that the new mode switching techniques will significantly reduce perturbation problems.

  11. Switching Tracking Control for Planar Systems with Transient Performance Constraints

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    SU Qing-Yu; SUN Xi-Ming; ZHAO Jun

    2013-01-01

    This paper studies the output tracking problem for a class of planar systems with some given transient performance constraints which are determined by the overshoot and the settling time.The problem of switched static output feedback tracking with output constraints (SSOFTOC) is proposed and solved for the first time.The static output feedback controllers and a so-called conic switching law are designed under which the output of the closed-loop switched system can track the step signal asymptotically without violating the transient performance constraints.Furthermore,an optimal weighted transient performance is obtained by.solving a nonlinear programming problem.Finally,a numerical example and an application to aircraft turbofan engine are given to illustrate the effectiveness and the applicability of the proposed method.

  12. A Novel FPSM Controller for DC-DC Switching Converters

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    Yong Feng; Shun-Ping Wang; Ping Luo; Quan-Ming Niu; Zhao-Ji Li

    2007-01-01

    This paper presents a novel fuzzy pulse skip modulation (FPSM) controller for switching direct current to direct current (DC-DC) converters based on fuzzy ratiocination modeling approach. Owing to the optimal consideration during the design and the nonlinear characteristics of the controller, improved dynamic responses of the FPSM controller can be achieved over conventional controllers. Compared with conventional proportion integral derivative (PID) control, FPSM control has 60% lower overshoot and 10% lower setting time under the same input voltage and output load change. The presented approach is general and can be applied to other types of DC-DC converters.

  13. Position Control of Switched Reluctance Motor Using Super Twisting Algorithm

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Muhammad Rafiq Mufti

    2016-01-01

    Full Text Available The inherent problem of chattering in traditional sliding mode control is harmful for practical application of control system. This paper pays a considerable attention to a chattering-free control method, that is, higher-order sliding mode (super twisting algorithm. The design of a position controller for switched reluctance motor is presented and its stability is assured using Lyapunov stability theorem. In order to highlight the advantages of higher-order sliding mode controller (HOSMC, a classical first-order sliding mode controller (FOSMC is also applied to the same system and compared. The simulation results reflect the effectiveness of the proposed technique.

  14. Hacking control systems, switching lights off!

    CERN Multimedia

    Computer Security Team

    2013-01-01

    Have you ever heard about “Stuxnet”? “Stuxnet” was a very sophisticated cyber-attack against the Iranian nuclear programme. Like in a spy movie, the attackers infiltrated the uranium enrichment plant at Natanz, arranged for infected USB sticks to be inserted into local PCs, and then the USB viruses did the rest.   Not only did the virus employ four distinct - so far unknown - weaknesses in the Windows operating system, but each weakness could have been sold on the underground market for up to $250,000 each. The virus was targeted to disrupt Iran's uranium production. At first, it scanned the infected PCs for dedicated SCADA (Supervisory Control and Data Acquisition) software from Siemens. Once the virus hit upon that software, it tried to identify any control system components, i.e. so-called PLCs (programmable logic controllers), attached to that PC. If the PLC matched a certain brand (Siemens S7) and configuration, the virus downloaded additi...

  15. A Coordinated LVRT Control for a PMSG Wind Turbine

    DEFF Research Database (Denmark)

    Kim, Chunghun; Gui, Yonghao; Chung, Chung Choo

    2017-01-01

    This paper proposes a coordinated controller for a permanent-magnet synchronous generator wind turbine to enhance its low voltage ride through capability. In the proposed method, both rotor side and grid side converters are cooperatively controlled to regulate the DC link voltage during the grid ...... of the DC link voltage could be obtained with less rotor acceleration. We validated the proposed method using MATLAB/Simulink SimPowerSystems and compared the performances of with and without the coordinated control....

  16. Development of the Coordination between Posture and Manual Control

    OpenAIRE

    Haddad, Jeffrey M.; Claxton, Laura J.; Keen, Rachel; Berthier, Neil; Riccio, Gary E.; Hamill, Joseph; Van Emmerik, Richard

    2011-01-01

    Studies have suggested that proper postural control is essential for the development of reaching. However, little research has examined the development of the coordination between posture and manual control throughout childhood. We investigated the coordination between posture and manual control in 7- and 10- year-old children, and adults during a precision fitting task as task constraints became more difficult. Participants fit a block through an opening as arm kinematics, trunk kinematics a...

  17. A Switching Controller System for a Wheeled Mobile Robot

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    Masanori Sato; Atushi Kanda; Kazuo Ishii

    2007-01-01

    A wheeled mobile mechanism with a passive and/or active linkage mechanism for rough terrain environment is developed and evaluated. The wheeled mobile mechanism which has high mobility in rough terrain needs sophisticated system to adapt various environments.We focus on the development of a switching controller system for wheeled mobile robots in rough terrain. This system consists of two sub-systems: an environment recognition system using link angles and an adaptive control system. In the environment recognition system, we introduce a Self-Organizing Map (SOM) for clustering link angles. In the adaptive controllers, we introduce neural networks to calculate the inverse model of the wheeled mobile robot.The environment recognition system can recognize the environment in which the robot travels, and the adjustable controllers are tuned by experimental results for each environment. The dual sub-system switching controller system is experimentally evaluated. The system recognizes its environment and adapts by switching the adjustable controllers. This system demonstrates superior performance to a well-tuned single PID controller.

  18. Methods for Coordinated Inventory Control in Supply Chain Management

    DEFF Research Database (Denmark)

    Larsen, Christian; Thorstenson, Anders

    2010-01-01

    and heuristic control methods for coordination. The numerical results obtained by simulation are compared with the solutions found when inventories in the supply chain are controlled independently of each other. Findings Coordinated inventory control can offer a significant potential for cost reduction...... in a supply chain. However, the resulting inventory allocations are not always obvious without thorough analyses of the coordination effects. Research limitations/implications Some of the conclusions are formed on the basis of numerical examples and future research could involve investigation of a wider set...

  19. Direct energy converter controllers for switched reluctance motor operation

    OpenAIRE

    Goodman, Andrew Simon

    2007-01-01

    There is increasing demand for simple motor drives offering high reliability and fault tolerance in applications such as the aerospace actuator industry, with the development of `more electric aircraft'. This thesis presents a motor drive employing a switched reluctance motor, the novel single sided matrix converter, and a novel double band hysteresis based control scheme for control of the converter, implemented using a field programmable gate array (FPGA). The single sided matrix co...

  20. Switched reluctance machines control with a minimized sampling frequency

    OpenAIRE

    Rain, Xavier; Hilairet, Mickaël; Arias Pujol, Antoni

    2014-01-01

    This paper is focused on reducing the Switched Reluctance Machines (SRMs) control sampling frequency in order to save processor real time resources, while keeping the stability and also the performance, in terms of average torque and torque ripple. Reducing the CPU cost either by implementing the control algorithm in a less performing CPU or more importantly reducing the percentage of the CPU demand is an attractive goal, especially for the electrical vehicle industry from where the SRM used ...

  1. Sliding mode control of switching power converters techniques and implementation

    CERN Document Server

    Tan, Siew-Chong; Tse, Chi-Kong

    2011-01-01

    Sliding Mode Control of Switching Power Converters: Techniques and Implementation is perhaps the first in-depth account of how sliding mode controllers can be practically engineered to optimize control of power converters. A complete understanding of this process is timely and necessary, as the electronics industry moves toward the use of renewable energy sources and widely varying loads that can be adequately supported only by power converters using nonlinear controllers.Of the various advanced control methods used to handle the complex requirements of power conversion systems, sliding mode c

  2. Nonlinear control of chaotic systems:A switching manifold approach

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Jin-Qing Fang

    2000-01-01

    Full Text Available In this paper, a switching manifold approach is developed for nonlinear feed-back control of chaotic systems. The design strategy is straightforward, and the nonlinear control law is the simple bang–bang control. Yet, this control method is very effective; for instance, several desired equilibria can be stabilized by using one control law with different initial conditions. Its effectiveness is verified by both theoretical analysis and numerical simulations. The Lorenz system simulation is shown for the purpose of illustration.

  3. Plasticity of executive control through task switching training in adolescents

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Katharina eZinke

    2012-03-01

    Full Text Available Research has shown that cognitive training can enhance performance in executive control tasks. Current study was designed to explore whether executive control can also be trained in adolescents, what particular aspects of executive control may underlie training and transfer effects, and whether acute bouts of exercise directly prior to cognitive training enhance training effects. For that purpose, a task switching training was employed that has been shown to be effective in other age groups. A group of adolescents (10-14 years, n = 20 that received a three-week TS training was compared to a group (n = 20 that received the same TS training but who exercised on a stationary bike before each training session. Additionally, a no-contact and an exercise-only control group were included (both ns = 20. Analyses indicated that both training groups significantly reduced their switching costs over the course of the training sessions and also reduced their mixing costs in a near transfer task. The reduction in mixing costs in the near transfer task was larger in the trained groups than in the non-trained control groups. Far transfer of cognitive training was limited to a choice reaction time task and a tendency for faster reaction times in an updating task. Findings indicate that executive control can be enhanced in adolescents through training and that updating may be of particular relevance for the effects of task switching training.

  4. Coordinated Control of Wave Energy Converters Subject to Motion Constraints

    OpenAIRE

    2016-01-01

    In this paper, a generic coordinated control method for wave energy converters is proposed, and the constraints on motion amplitudes and the hydrodynamic interaction between converters are considered. The objective of the control problem is to maximize the energy converted from ocean waves, and this is achieved by coordinating the power take-off (PTO) damping of each wave energy converter in the frequency domain in each sea state. In a case study, a wave energy farm consisting of four convert...

  5. Motion Planning Based Coordinated Control for Hydraulic Excavators

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    GAO Yingjie; JIN Yanchao; ZHANG Qin

    2009-01-01

    Hydraulic excavator is one type of the most widely applied construction equipment for various applications mainly because of its versatility and mobility. Among the tasks performed by a hydraulic excavator, repeatable level digging or flat surface finishing may take a large percentage. Using automated functions to perform such repeatable and tedious jobs will not only greatly increase the overall productivity but more importantly also improve the operation safety. For the purpose of investigating the technology without loss of generality, this research is conducted to create a coordinate control method for the boom, arm and bucket cylinders on a hydraulic excavator to perform accurate and effective works. On the basis of the kinematic analysis of the excavator linkage system, the tip trajectory of the end-effector can be determined in terms of three hydraulic cylinders coordinated motion with a visualized method. The coordination of those hydraulic cylinders is realized by controlling three electro-hydranlic proportional valves coordinately. Therefore,the complex control algorithm of a hydraulic excavator can be simplified into coordinated motion control of three individual systems.This coordinate control algorithm was validated on a wheeled hydraulic excavator, and the validation results indicated that this developed control method could satisfaetorily accomplish the auto-digging function for level digging or flat surface finishing.

  6. Interaction of multiple actuators for synchronized switching damping control

    Science.gov (United States)

    Cazzulani, Gabriele; Braghin, Francesco; Mazzocchi, Fabrizio

    2016-04-01

    The semi-active Synchronized Switching Damping (SSD) family is based on a nonlinear shunting circuit applied to piezoelectric actuators, where the circuit characteristics are switched along the vibration cycles of the structure. SSD offers many advantages with respect to other vibration suppression techniques using piezoelectric actuators. Indeed, multiple modes can be suppressed with a relatively simple system and with very low power consumption. This allows the realization of self-powered control systems, without the need of wiring and external power supply. Moreover, the characteristics of this control strategy make it very robust to the variation of the dynamic characteristics of the structure, outperforming the classic passive linear shunts. Different SSD techniques have been developed, varying the circuit characteristics and the switching logic. Although this control family has been studied for many years, all the works are limited to the single actuator case, losing in generality with respect to many practical cases. For this reason, the aim of this work is to apply SSD control with multiple actuators and to study the interaction of the actuators and their shunting circuits in order to optimize the damping performance. The study will be performed numerically and then an experimental setup will be realized to test the proposed solutions.

  7. Adaptive coordinated control of engine speed and battery charging voltage

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    Jiangyan ZHANG; Xiaohong JIAO

    2008-01-01

    In this paper, the control problem of auxiliary power unit (APU) for hybrid electric vehicles is investigated. An adaptive controller is provided to achieve the coordinated control between the engine speed and the battery charging voltage. The proposed adaptive coordinated control laws for the throttle angle of the engine and the voltage of the power-converter can guarantee not only the asymptotic tracking performance of the engine speed and the regulation of the battery charging voltage, but also the robust stability of the closed loop system under external load changes. Simulation results are given to verify the performance of the proposed adaptive controller.

  8. Computer Controlled Switching Device for Deep Brain Stimulation

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    J. Tauchmanová

    2007-01-01

    Full Text Available This paper has two goals. The practical part deals with the design of a computer controlled switching device for an external stimulator for deep brain stimulation. The switching device is used during investigations with functional magnetic resonance for controlling signals leading to the deep brain stimulation (DBS electrode in the patient's brain. The motivation for designing this device was improve measured data quality and to enable new types of experiments.The theoretical part reports on early attempts to approach the problem of modeling and localizing the neural response of the human brain as a system identification and estimation task. The parametric identification method and real fMRI data are used for modeling the hemodynamic response.The project is in cooperation with 1st Faculty of Medicine, Charles University in Prague and Na Homolce hospital in Prague.

  9. Towards Coordination and Control of Multi-robot Systems

    DEFF Research Database (Denmark)

    Quottrup, Michael Melholt

    This thesis focuses on control and coordination of mobile multi-robot systems (MRS). MRS can often deal with tasks that are difficult to be accomplished by a single robot. One of the challenges is the need to control, coordinate and synchronize the operation of several robots to perform some...... specified task. This calls for new strategies and methods which allow the desired system behavior to be specified in a formal and succinct way. Two different frameworks for the coordination and control of MRS have been investigated. Framework I - A network of robots is modeled as a network of multi......-modal hybrid automata. The notion of bisimulations is used to abstract robots in the network. The result is a network of interacting timed automata which allows coordination among the robots and timing constraints to be considered. The model checker UPPAAL is used for formal symbolic model checking against...

  10. Switch wear leveling

    Science.gov (United States)

    Wu, Hunter; Sealy, Kylee; Gilchrist, Aaron

    2015-09-01

    An apparatus for switch wear leveling includes a switching module that controls switching for two or more pairs of switches in a switching power converter. The switching module controls switches based on a duty cycle control technique and closes and opens each switch in a switching sequence. The pairs of switches connect to a positive and negative terminal of a DC voltage source. For a first switching sequence a first switch of a pair of switches has a higher switching power loss than a second switch of the pair of switches. The apparatus includes a switch rotation module that changes the switching sequence of the two or more pairs of switches from the first switching sequence to a second switching sequence. The second switch of a pair of switches has a higher switching power loss than the first switch of the pair of switches during the second switching sequence.

  11. Switched Control of a Time Delayed Compass Gait Robot

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Elyes Maherzi

    2016-07-01

    Full Text Available the analysis and control of delayed systems are becoming more and more research topics in progress. This is mainly due to the fact that the delay is frequently encountered in technological systems. Most control command laws are based on current digital computers and delays are intrinsic to the process or in the control loop caused by the transmission time control sequences, or computing time. In other hand, the controls of humanoid walking robot present a common problem in robotics because it involves physical interaction between an articulated system and its environment. This close relationship is actually a common set of fundamental problems such as the implementation of robust stable dynamic control. This paper presents acomplete approach, based on switched system theory, for the stabilization of a compass gait robot subject to time delays transmission. The multiple feedback gains designed are based on multiple linear systems governed by a switching control law. The establishment of control law in real time is affected by the unknown pounded random delay. The results obtained from this method show that the control law stabilize the compass robot walk despite a varying delay reaching six times sampling period.

  12. Improvement of Hydraulic Edge Position Control System by Proportion Sliding Mode of Self-tuning Switching Gain

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Jin Baoquan

    2012-11-01

    Full Text Available Aiming at the problem of tracking performance degradation of hydraulic EPC system caused by time-varying inertia parameters, nonlinear and external disturbances, the proportion sliding mode control of fuzzy self-tuning gain was proposed. The EPC system state space model on deviation parameters was established and the main feedback sliding mode switching algorithm was designed. The fuzzy method was used to dynamically adjust the proportion sliding mode switching gain by product of the switching function and its derivative state and to adaptive compensate for the uncertainty of the system. At the same time to ensure the effectiveness of the design strategy, the controller model and physical model worked together to simulate the actual conditions. The fixed switching gain switch was, respectively greater and smaller and compared with the fuzzy self-tuning gain, in which the latter achieves a fast and coordinated control of chattering. The results show that after comprehensive consideration all interference the system is stable, fast response, high accuracy and to solve chattering problem caused by the traditional large switching gain of proportion sliding mode.

  13. Control of Bouncing in MEMS Switches Using Double Electrodes

    KAUST Repository

    Abdul Rahim, Farhan

    2016-08-09

    This paper presents a novel way of controlling the bouncing phenomenon commonly present in the Radio Frequency Microelectromechanical Systems (RF MEMS) switches using a double-electrode configuration. The paper discusses modeling bouncing using both lumped parameter and beam models. The simulations of bouncing and its control are discussed. Comparison between the new proposed method and other available control techniques is also made. The Galerkin method is applied on the beam model accounting for the nonlinear electrostatic force, squeeze film damping, and surface contact effect. The results indicate that it is possible to reduce bouncing and hence beam degradation, by the use of double electrodes.

  14. Time dependent optimal switching controls in online selling models

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Bradonjic, Milan [Los Alamos National Laboratory; Cohen, Albert [MICHIGAN STATE UNIV

    2010-01-01

    We present a method to incorporate dishonesty in online selling via a stochastic optimal control problem. In our framework, the seller wishes to maximize her average wealth level W at a fixed time T of her choosing. The corresponding Hamilton-Jacobi-Bellmann (HJB) equation is analyzed for a basic case. For more general models, the admissible control set is restricted to a jump process that switches between extreme values. We propose a new approach, where the optimal control problem is reduced to a multivariable optimization problem.

  15. Reduced basal ganglia function when elderly switch between coordinated movement patterns.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Coxon, James P; Goble, Daniel J; Van Impe, Annouchka; De Vos, Jeroen; Wenderoth, Nicole; Swinnen, Stephan P

    2010-10-01

    Structural and neurochemical changes in frontostriatal circuits are thought to underlie age-related behavioral deficits on cognitive tasks. Here, we test the hypothesis that age-related motor switching deficits are associated with reduced basal ganglia (BG) function. Right-handed volunteers (15 Old, and 15 Young) made spatially and temporally coupled bimanual circular motions during event-related FMRI. A visual cue signaled the right hand to Switch or Continue its circling direction. Switching from mirror symmetric to asymmetric (SW»ASYMM) took longer and resulted in more contralateral (left-) hand disruptions than vice versa. These effects were more pronounced in the elderly, showing that the ability to suppress and flexibly adapt motor behavior (agility) declines with age. For both groups, switching activated the BG and a typical network for task-set implementation, including dorsal anterior cingulate cortex/supplementary motor area (pre-SMA, SMA-proper) and anterior insula/inferior frontal gyrus. A region of interest analysis revealed significantly reduced SW»ASYMM activation in bilateral subthalamic nucleus and right globus pallidus, only in the elderly. Age-related behavioral deficits may be related to inefficient recruitment of cortico-BG loops to suppress undesired movements. The elderly may use an alternative strategy to select the required movement pattern as indicated by increased activation of prefrontal cortex.

  16. State-dependent switching control of switched positive fractional-order systems.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Zhao, Xudong; Yin, Yunfei; Zheng, Xiaolong

    2016-05-01

    In this paper, the problem of switching stabilization for a class of continuous-time switched positive fractional-order systems is studied by using state-dependent switching. First, the asymptotic stability condition of switched positive fractional-order systems with state-dependent switching is given, which is based on the fractional co-positive Lyapunov method. Moreover, by the sliding sector method, the stability condition of switched positive fractional-order systems whose subsystems are possibly all unstable is obtained. A variable structure (VS) switching law with sliding sector is also proposed to guarantee the switched positive fractional-order system to be asymptotically stable. Finally, two numerical examples are given to demonstrate the advantages and effectiveness of our developed results.

  17. An improved PID switching control strategy for type 1 diabetes.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Marchetti, Gianni; Barolo, Massimiliano; Jovanovic, Lois; Zisser, Howard; Seborg, Dale E

    2008-03-01

    In order for an "artificial pancreas" to become a reality for ambulatory use, a practical closed-loop control strategy must be developed and validated. In this paper, an improved PID control strategy for blood glucose control is proposed and critically evaluated in silico using a physiologic model of Hovorka et al. [1]. The key features of the proposed control strategy are: 1) a switching strategy for initiating PID control after a meal and insulin bolus; 2) a novel time-varying setpoint trajectory; 3) noise and derivative filters to reduce sensitivity to sensor noise; and 4) a practical controller tuning strategy. Simulation results demonstrate that proposed control strategy compares favorably to alternatives for realistic conditions that include meal challenges, incorrect carbohydrate meal estimates, changes in insulin sensitivity, and measurement noise.

  18. Stochastic wind turbine control in multiblade coordinates

    DEFF Research Database (Denmark)

    Thomsen, Sven Creutz; Niemann, Hans Henrik; Poulsen, Niels Kjølstad

    2010-01-01

    In this paper we consider wind turbine load attenuation through model based control. Asymmetric loads caused by the wind field can be reduced by pitching the blades individually. To this end we investigate the use of stochastic models of the wind which can be included in a model based individual ...

  19. Modeling and control of switching max-plus-linear systems with random and deterministic switching

    NARCIS (Netherlands)

    Van den Boom, T.J.J.; De Schutter, B.

    2012-01-01

    Switching max-plus-linear (SMPL) systems are discrete-event systems that can switch between different modes of operation. In each mode the system is described by a max-plus-linear state equation and a max-plus-linear output equation, with different system matrices for each mode. The switching may

  20. Modeling and control of switching max-plus-linear systems with random and deterministic switching

    NARCIS (Netherlands)

    Van den Boom, T.J.J.; De Schutter, B.

    2012-01-01

    Switching max-plus-linear (SMPL) systems are discrete-event systems that can switch between different modes of operation. In each mode the system is described by a max-plus-linear state equation and a max-plus-linear output equation, with different system matrices for each mode. The switching may de

  1. H-infinity control for cascade minimum-phase switched nonlinear systems

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    Shengzhi ZHAO; Jun ZHAO

    2005-01-01

    This paper is concerned with the H-infinity control problem for a class of cascade switched nonlinear systems.Each switched system in this class is composed of a zero-input asymptotically stable nonlinear part,which is also a switched system,and a linearizable part which is controllable.Conditions under which the H-infinity control problem is solvable under arbitrary switching law and under some designed switching law are derived respectively.The nonlinear state feedback and switching law are designed.We exploit the structural characteristics of the switched nonlinear systems to construct common Lyapunov functions for arbitrary switching and to find a single Lyapunov function for designed switching law.The proposed methods do not rely on the solutions of Hamilton-Jacobi inequalities.

  2. A common control signal and a ballistic stage can explain the control of coordinated eye-hand movements.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Gopal, Atul; Murthy, Aditya

    2016-06-01

    Voluntary control has been extensively studied in the context of eye and hand movements made in isolation, yet little is known about the nature of control during eye-hand coordination. We probed this with a redirect task. Here subjects had to make reaching/pointing movements accompanied by coordinated eye movements but had to change their plans when the target occasionally changed its position during some trials. Using a race model framework, we found that separate effector-specific mechanisms may be recruited to control eye and hand movements when executed in isolation but when the same effectors are coordinated a unitary mechanism to control coordinated eye-hand movements is employed. Specifically, we found that performance curves were distinct for the eye and hand when these movements were executed in isolation but were comparable when they were executed together. Second, the time to switch motor plans, called the target step reaction time, was different in the eye-alone and hand-alone conditions but was similar in the coordinated condition under assumption of a ballistic stage of ∼40 ms, on average. Interestingly, the existence of this ballistic stage could predict the extent of eye-hand dissociations seen in individual subjects. Finally, when subjects were explicitly instructed to control specifically a single effector (eye or hand), redirecting one effector had a strong effect on the performance of the other effector. Taken together, these results suggest that a common control signal and a ballistic stage are recruited when coordinated eye-hand movement plans require alteration.

  3. Control Coordination of Large Scale Hereditary Systems.

    Science.gov (United States)

    1985-07-01

    SIAM J. Contr. Opt., 16 (1978), 599-645. [8] A. N. Michel , On the status of stability of interconnected systems, IEEE Trans. Automat. Contr. AC-28...Salamon, On controllability and observability of time delay systems, IEEE Trans Automat. Contr., AC-29 (1984), 432-438. [14] N. R. Sandell , P. Varaiya...John Wiley and Sons, New York, hi(T)-b I and h2 (T)-b 2 with limited information 1980." exchanged between components. (2) N. R. Sandell , P. Varaiya, M

  4. Dynamics and Control of Switched Electronic Systems Advanced Perspectives for Modeling, Simulation and Control of Power Converters

    CERN Document Server

    Iannelli, Luigi

    2012-01-01

    The increased efficiency and quality constraints imposed on electrical energy systems have inspired a renewed research interest in the study of formal approaches to the analysis and control of power electronics converters. Switched systems represent a useful framework for modeling these converters and the peculiarities of their operating conditions and control goals justify the specific classification of “switched electronic systems”. Indeed, idealized switched models of power converters introduce problems not commonly encountered when analyzing generic switched models or non-switched electrical networks. In that sense the analysis of switched electronic systems represents a source for new ideas and benchmarks for switched and hybrid systems generally. Dynamics and Control of Switched Electronic Systems draws on the expertise of an international group of expert contributors to give an overview of recent advances in the modeling, simulation and control of switched electronic systems. The reader is provided...

  5. Decentralized Receding Horizon Control and Coordination of Autonomous Vehicle Formations

    NARCIS (Netherlands)

    Keviczky, T.; Borelli, F.; Fregene, K.; Godbole, D.; Bals, G.J.

    2008-01-01

    This paper describes the application of a novel methodology for high-level control and coordination of autonomous vehicle teams and its demonstration on high-fidelity models of the organic air vehicle developed at Honeywell Laboratories. The scheme employs decentralized receding horizon controllers

  6. Adaptive neuro-fuzzy controller of switched reluctance motor

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Tahour Ahmed

    2007-01-01

    Full Text Available This paper presents an application of adaptive neuro-fuzzy (ANFIS control for switched reluctance motor (SRM speed. The ANFIS has the advantages of expert knowledge of the fuzzy inference system and the learning capability of neural networks. An adaptive neuro-fuzzy controller of the motor speed is then designed and simulated. Digital simulation results show that the designed ANFIS speed controller realizes a good dynamic behaviour of the motor, a perfect speed tracking with no overshoot and a good rejection of impact loads disturbance. The results of applying the adaptive neuro-fuzzy controller to a SRM give better performance and high robustness than those obtained by the application of a conventional controller (PI.

  7. Hysteresis Current Control of Switched Reluctance Motor in Aircraft Applications

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Maged N. F. Nashed

    2014-05-01

    Full Text Available The switched reluctance motor (SRM drives have been widely used in aircraft applications due to the motor advantages like high speed operation, simple construction, no windings on rotor. But high torque ripples and acoustic noise are main disadvantages. The current hysteresis chopping control is one of the important control methods for SRM drives. These disadvantages can be limited using the hysteresis or chopping current control. This control strategy makes the torque of SRM maintained within a set of hysteresis bands by applying suitable source voltage. This paper introduces two hysteresis control modes; hard chopping and soft chopping mode. The SRM drive system is modeled in Simulink model using MATLAB/SIMULINK software package.

  8. The Design of the M-B-Quadro Optical Switch and Its Access Control Strategies

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    2003-01-01

    This paper proposes a new simple contention resolution switching architecture, M-B-Quadro, and its underlying access control strategies. By incorporating delay and buffer lines, the switching node can effectively obtain very low packet deflection probability.

  9. Variable Neural Adaptive Robust Control: A Switched System Approach

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Lian, Jianming; Hu, Jianghai; Zak, Stanislaw H.

    2015-05-01

    Variable neural adaptive robust control strategies are proposed for the output tracking control of a class of multi-input multi-output uncertain systems. The controllers incorporate a variable-structure radial basis function (RBF) network as the self-organizing approximator for unknown system dynamics. The variable-structure RBF network solves the problem of structure determination associated with fixed-structure RBF networks. It can determine the network structure on-line dynamically by adding or removing radial basis functions according to the tracking performance. The structure variation is taken into account in the stability analysis of the closed-loop system using a switched system approach with the aid of the piecewise quadratic Lyapunov function. The performance of the proposed variable neural adaptive robust controllers is illustrated with simulations.

  10. Robust Fault-Tolerant Tracking Control for Nonlinear Networked Control System: Asynchronous Switched Polytopic Approach

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Chaoyang Dong

    2015-01-01

    Full Text Available This paper is concerned with the robust fault-tolerant tracking control problem for networked control system (NCS. Firstly, considering the locally overlapped switching law widely existed in engineering applications, the NCS is modeled as a locally overlapped switched polytopic system to reduce designing conservatism and solving complexity. Then, switched parameter dependent fault-tolerant tracking controllers are constructed to deal with the asynchronous switching phenomenon caused by the updating delays of the switching signals and weighted coefficients. Additionally, the global uniform asymptotic stability in the mean (GUAS-M and desired weighted l2 performance are guaranteed by combining the switched parameter dependent Lyapunov functional method with the average dwell time (ADT method, and the feasible conditions for the fault-tolerant tracking controllers are obtained in the form of linear matrix inequalities (LMIs. Finally, the performance of the proposed approach is verified on a highly maneuverable technology (HiMAT vehicle’s tracking control problem. Simulation results show the effectiveness of the proposed method.

  11. Herd Those Sheep: Emergent Multiagent Coordination and Behavioral-Mode Switching.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Nalepka, Patrick; Kallen, Rachel W; Chemero, Anthony; Saltzman, Elliot; Richardson, Michael J

    2017-05-01

    Effectively coordinating one's behaviors with those of others is essential for successful multiagent activity. In recent years, increased attention has been given to understanding the dynamical principles that underlie such coordination because of a growing interest in behavioral synchrony and complex-systems phenomena. Here, we examined the behavioral dynamics of a novel, multiagent shepherding task, in which pairs of individuals had to corral small herds of virtual sheep in the center of a virtual game field. Initially, all pairs adopted a complementary, search-and-recover mode of behavioral coordination, in which both members corralled sheep predominantly on their own sides of the field. Over the course of game play, however, a significant number of pairs spontaneously discovered a more effective mode of behavior: coupled oscillatory containment, in which both members synchronously oscillated around the sheep. Analysis and modeling revealed that both modes were defined by the task's underlying dynamics and, moreover, reflected context-specific realizations of the lawful dynamics that define functional shepherding behavior more generally.

  12. Coordinated Control of Wave Energy Converters Subject to Motion Constraints

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Liguo Wang

    2016-06-01

    Full Text Available In this paper, a generic coordinated control method for wave energy converters is proposed, and the constraints on motion amplitudes and the hydrodynamic interaction between converters are considered. The objective of the control problem is to maximize the energy converted from ocean waves, and this is achieved by coordinating the power take-off (PTO damping of each wave energy converter in the frequency domain in each sea state. In a case study, a wave energy farm consisting of four converters based on the concept developed by Uppsala University is studied. In the solution, motion constraints, including constraints on the amplitudes of displacement and velocity, are included. Twelve months of sea states, based on measured wave data at the Lysekil test site on the Swedish west coast, are used in the simulation to evaluate the performance of the wave energy farm using the new method. Results from the new coordinated control method and traditional control method are compared, indicating that the coordinated control of wave energy converters is an effective way to improve the energy production of wave energy farm in harmonic waves.

  13. Investigating Characteristics of the Static Tri-Switches Tactile Probing Structure for Micro-Coordinate Measuring Machine (CMM

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Yin Tung Albert Sun

    2016-07-01

    Full Text Available This paper describes the fabrication of a series of micro ball-ended stylus tips by applying micro-EDM (Electrical Discharge Machining and OPED (One Pulse Electrical Discharge processes, followed by a manual assembly process of a static tri-switches tactile structure on a micro-CMM (Coordinate Measuring Machine. This paper further proves that the essential performance of the proposed system meets an acceptable benchmark among peer micro-CMM systems with a low cost. The system also adjusts for ambient temperature and humidity as the ordinary lab environmental conditions. For demonstration, several experiments used a randomly selected glass stylus with the diameters of stem and sphere of 0.07 mm and 0.12 mm, respectively. By leveraging research guidelines and common practice, this paper further investigates the probing relationship between measurement accuracy and its associated critical characteristics, namely triggering scenarios and geometric feature probing validation. The experimental results show that repeated detections in the uncertainty, in vertical and horizontal directions of the same point, achieved as small as 0.11 μm and 0.29 μm, respectively. This customized tri-switches tactile probing structure was also capable of measuring geometric features of micro-components, such as the inner profile and depth of a micro-hole. Finally, extensions of the proposed approach to pursue higher accuracy measurement are discussed.

  14. Control of Stochastic and Induced Switching in Biophysical Networks

    Science.gov (United States)

    Wells, Daniel K.; Kath, William L.; Motter, Adilson E.

    2015-01-01

    Noise caused by fluctuations at the molecular level is a fundamental part of intracellular processes. While the response of biological systems to noise has been studied extensively, there has been limited understanding of how to exploit it to induce a desired cell state. Here we present a scalable, quantitative method based on the Freidlin-Wentzell action to predict and control noise-induced switching between different states in genetic networks that, conveniently, can also control transitions between stable states in the absence of noise. We apply this methodology to models of cell differentiation and show how predicted manipulations of tunable factors can induce lineage changes, and further utilize it to identify new candidate strategies for cancer therapy in a cell death pathway model. This framework offers a systems approach to identifying the key factors for rationally manipulating biophysical dynamics, and should also find use in controlling other classes of noisy complex networks. PMID:26451275

  15. Control of Stochastic and Induced Switching in Biophysical Networks

    Science.gov (United States)

    Wells, Daniel K.; Kath, William L.; Motter, Adilson E.

    2015-07-01

    Noise caused by fluctuations at the molecular level is a fundamental part of intracellular processes. While the response of biological systems to noise has been studied extensively, there has been limited understanding of how to exploit it to induce a desired cell state. Here we present a scalable, quantitative method based on the Freidlin-Wentzell action to predict and control noise-induced switching between different states in genetic networks that, conveniently, can also control transitions between stable states in the absence of noise. We apply this methodology to models of cell differentiation and show how predicted manipulations of tunable factors can induce lineage changes, and further utilize it to identify new candidate strategies for cancer therapy in a cell death pathway model. This framework offers a systems approach to identifying the key factors for rationally manipulating biophysical dynamics, and should also find use in controlling other classes of noisy complex networks.

  16. Control switching in high performance and fault tolerant control

    DEFF Research Database (Denmark)

    Niemann, Hans Henrik; Poulsen, Niels Kjølstad

    2010-01-01

    The problem of reliability in high performance control and in fault tolerant control is considered in this paper. A feedback controller architecture for high performance and fault tolerance is considered. The architecture is based on the Youla-Jabr-Bongiorno-Kucera (YJBK) parameterization. By usi...

  17. Modelling and control of two coordinated robot arms

    Science.gov (United States)

    Tarn, T. J.; Yun, X.; Bejczy, A. K.

    1988-01-01

    Two coordinated robot arms are modeled by considering the two arms as working on the same object simultaneously and as a closed kinematic chain. In both formulations, a novel dynamic control method is used which is based on feedback linearization and simultaneous output decoupling.

  18. Controlled isotropic or anisotropic nanoscale growth of coordination polymers: formation of hybrid coordination polymer particles.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Lee, Hee Jung; Cho, Yea Jin; Cho, Won; Oh, Moonhyun

    2013-01-22

    The ability to fabricate multicompositional hybrid materials in a precise and controlled manner is one of the primary goals of modern materials science research. In addition, an understanding of the phenomena associated with the systematic growth of one material on another can facilitate the evolution of multifunctional hybrid materials. Here, we demonstrate precise manipulation of the isotropic and/or anisotropic nanoscale growth of various coordination polymers (CPs) to obtain heterocompositional hybrid coordination polymer particles. Chemical composition analyses conducted at every growth step reveal the formation of accurately assembled hybrid nanoscale CPs, and microscopy images are used to examine the morphology of the particles and visualize the hybrid structures. The dissimilar growth behavior, that is, growth in an isotropic or anisotropic fashion, is found to be dependent on the size of the metal ions involved within the CPs.

  19. Design for aircraft engine multi-objective controllers with switching characteristics

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Liu Xiaofeng

    2014-10-01

    Full Text Available The aircraft engine multi-loop control system is described and the switching control theory is introduced to solve the regulating and protecting control problems in this paper. The aircraft engine multi-loop control system is firstly described and the control problems are formulated. Secondly, the theory of the smooth switching control is devoted and a new extended scheme for the smooth switching of a switched control system is introduced. Then, for the key technologies of aero-engines switching control, a design algorithm is presented which can determine which candidate controller should be put in feedback with the plant to achieve a desired performance and the procedure to design the aircraft engine multi-loop control system is detailed. The switching performance objectives and the switching scheme are given and a family of PID controllers and compensators is designed. The simulation shows that using the switching control design method can not only improve the dynamic performance of the aircraft engine control system and reduce the switching times, but also guarantee the stability in some peculiar occasions.

  20. Design for aircraft engine multi-objective controllers with switching characteristics

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    Liu Xiaofeng; Shi Jing; Qi Yiwen; Yuan Ye

    2014-01-01

    The aircraft engine multi-loop control system is described and the switching control theory is introduced to solve the regulating and protecting control problems in this paper. The aircraft engine multi-loop control system is firstly described and the control problems are formu-lated. Secondly, the theory of the smooth switching control is devoted and a new extended scheme for the smooth switching of a switched control system is introduced. Then, for the key technologies of aero-engines switching control, a design algorithm is presented which can determine which candidate controller should be put in feedback with the plant to achieve a desired performance and the procedure to design the aircraft engine multi-loop control system is detailed. The switching performance objectives and the switching scheme are given and a family of PID controllers and compensators is designed. The simulation shows that using the switching control design method can not only improve the dynamic performance of the aircraft engine control system and reduce the switching times, but also guarantee the stability in some peculiar occasions.

  1. Kinematics-coordinated walking pattern based on embedded controls.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Mishra, S; Joshi, D; Ribeiro, R; Anand, S

    2010-01-01

    Electromechanical above-knee prosthetics are widely available, and are reliant on repetitive knee movements of fixed length/angle. This work explores the viability of developing adaptive movements on existing prototypes, through embedded controls from 8051-class 8-bit microcontroller units (MCUs). The system includes an integrated goniometer, intended for measuring the knee angle of the sound limb. The phase delay is subsequently processed to bring about kinematic coordination in the proposed echo-controlled prosthetic.

  2. The Power Unit Coordinated Control via Uniform Differential Evolution

    OpenAIRE

    Zain Abdalla Zahran; Rui Feng Shi; Xiang Jie Liu

    2013-01-01

    This paper modified the differential evolution (DE) algorithm adaptively to solve the power unit coordinated control (PUCC) problem. It was modified in two aspects: 1) a uniform initialization, which was controlled and regulated by a zone factor (m), 2) a regular mutation process, to develop an effective searching process and improve the convergence of the basic DE algorithm. A numerical case study was employed to verify the performance of our proposed uniform differential evolution (UDE) a...

  3. Switching teraherz waves with gate-controlled active graphene metamaterials

    CERN Document Server

    Lee, Seung Hoon; Kim, Teun-Teun; Lee, Seungwoo; Liu, Ming; Yin, Xiaobo; Choi, Hong Kyw; Lee, Seung S; Choi, Choon-Gi; Choi, Sung-Yool; Zhang, Xiang; Min, Bumki

    2012-01-01

    The extraordinary electronic properties of graphene, such as its continuously gate-variable ambipolar field effect and the resulting steep change in resistivity, provided the main thrusts for the rapid advance of graphene electronics. The gate-controllable electronic properties of graphene provide a route to efficiently manipulate the interaction of low-energy photons with massless Dirac fermions, which has recently sparked keen interest in graphene plasmonics. However, the electro-optic tuning capability of unpatterned graphene alone is still not strong enough for practical optoelectronic applications due to its nonresonant Drude-like behaviour. Here, we experimentally demonstrate that substantial gate-induced persistent switching and linear modulation of terahertz waves can be achieved in a two-dimensional artificial material, referred to as a metamaterial, into which an atomically thin, gated two-dimensional graphene layer is integrated. The gate-controllable light-matter interaction in the graphene layer ...

  4. Optically controlled multiple switching operations of DNA biopolymer devices

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Hung, Chao-You; Tu, Waan-Ting; Lin, Yi-Tzu [Institute of Photonics Technologies, National Tsing Hua University, Hsinchu 30013, Taiwan (China); Fruk, Ljiljana [Department of Chemical Engineering and Biotechnology, University of Cambridge, Pembroke Street, Cambridge CB2 3RA (United Kingdom); Hung, Yu-Chueh, E-mail: ychung@ee.nthu.edu.tw [Institute of Photonics Technologies, National Tsing Hua University, Hsinchu 30013, Taiwan (China); Department of Electrical Engineering, National Tsing Hua University, Hsinchu 30013, Taiwan (China)

    2015-12-21

    We present optically tunable operations of deoxyribonucleic acid (DNA) biopolymer devices, where a single high-resistance state, write-once read-many-times memory state, write-read-erase memory state, and single low-resistance state can be achieved by controlling UV irradiation time. The device is a simple sandwich structure with a spin-coated DNA biopolymer layer sandwiched by two electrodes. Upon irradiation, the electrical properties of the device are adjusted owing to a phototriggered synthesis of silver nanoparticles in DNA biopolymer, giving rise to multiple switching scenarios. This technique, distinct from the strategy of doping of pre-formed nanoparticles, enables a post-film fabrication process for achieving optically controlled memory device operations, which provides a more versatile platform to fabricate organic memory and optoelectronic devices.

  5. A Novel Distributed Secondary Coordination Control Approach for Islanded Microgrids

    DEFF Research Database (Denmark)

    Lu, Xiaoqing; Yu, Xinghuo; Lai, Jingang

    2017-01-01

    This paper develops a new distributed secondary cooperative control scheme to coordinate distributed generators (DGs) in islanded microgrids (MGs). A finite time frequency regulation strategy containing a consensus-based distributed active power regulator is presented, which can not only guarantee...... controllers are equipped with bounded control inputs to suppress the transient overshoot, and they are implemented through sparse communication networks. The effectiveness of the control in case of load variation, plug-and-play capability, communication topology change, link failure, time delays and data drop...

  6. Multi-telerobot collaboration based on coordinated controller

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    2006-01-01

    A coordinated controller used for multi-telerobots collaboration was presented based on the strategy of shared control. First, it can overcome the effect of time delay. And, it combines the intelligence of the master side and the slave side, which cannot only increase the efficiency and the safety of the system but also relieve the burden and requirements of the operator. The controller can also cope with the collision between two telerobots. A simulation experiment was carried out to verify the validity of the controller for two slave robots.

  7. Arm coordination in octopus crawling involves unique motor control strategies.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Levy, Guy; Flash, Tamar; Hochner, Binyamin

    2015-05-04

    To cope with the exceptional computational complexity that is involved in the control of its hyper-redundant arms [1], the octopus has adopted unique motor control strategies in which the central brain activates rather autonomous motor programs in the elaborated peripheral nervous system of the arms [2, 3]. How octopuses coordinate their eight long and flexible arms in locomotion is still unknown. Here, we present the first detailed kinematic analysis of octopus arm coordination in crawling. The results are surprising in several respects: (1) despite its bilaterally symmetrical body, the octopus can crawl in any direction relative to its body orientation; (2) body and crawling orientation are monotonically and independently controlled; and (3) contrasting known animal locomotion, octopus crawling lacks any apparent rhythmical patterns in limb coordination, suggesting a unique non-rhythmical output of the octopus central controller. We show that this uncommon maneuverability is derived from the radial symmetry of the arms around the body and the simple pushing-by-elongation mechanism by which the arms create the crawling thrust. These two together enable a mechanism whereby the central controller chooses in a moment-to-moment fashion which arms to recruit for pushing the body in an instantaneous direction. Our findings suggest that the soft molluscan body has affected in an embodied way [4, 5] the emergence of the adaptive motor behavior of the octopus.

  8. Active Power and DC-link Voltage Coordinative Control for Cascaded DC-AC Converter with Bidirectional Power Application

    DEFF Research Database (Denmark)

    Tian, Yanjun; Chen, Zhe; Deng, Fujin;

    2015-01-01

    Two stage cascaded converters are widely used in DC/AC hybrid systems to achieve the bidirectional power transmission. The topology of dual active bridge cascaded with inverter (DABCI) is commonly used in this application. This paper proposes a coordinative control method for DABCI and it’s able...... to reduce the DC-link voltage fluctuation between the DAB and inverter, then reduce the stress on the switching devices, as well as improve the system dynamic performance. In the proposed control method, the DAB and inverter are coordinated to control the DC-link voltage and the power......, and this responsibility sharing control can effectively suppress the impact of the power variation on the DC-link voltage, without sacrificing stability. The proposed control method is also effective for DABCI in unidirectional power transmission. The effectiveness of the propose control has been validated by both...

  9. Advanced Electric Distribution, Switching, and Conversion Technology for Power Control

    Science.gov (United States)

    Soltis, James V.

    1998-01-01

    The Electrical Power Control Unit currently under development by Sundstrand Aerospace for use on the Fluids Combustion Facility of the International Space Station is the precursor of modular power distribution and conversion concepts for future spacecraft and aircraft applications. This unit combines modular current-limiting flexible remote power controllers and paralleled power converters into one package. Each unit includes three 1-kW, current-limiting power converter modules designed for a variable-ratio load sharing capability. The flexible remote power controllers can be used in parallel to match load requirements and can be programmed for an initial ON or OFF state on powerup. The unit contains an integral cold plate. The modularity and hybridization of the Electrical Power Control Unit sets the course for future spacecraft electrical power systems, both large and small. In such systems, the basic hybridized converter and flexible remote power controller building blocks could be configured to match power distribution and conversion capabilities to load requirements. In addition, the flexible remote power controllers could be configured in assemblies to feed multiple individual loads and could be used in parallel to meet the specific current requirements of each of those loads. Ultimately, the Electrical Power Control Unit design concept could evolve to a common switch module hybrid, or family of hybrids, for both converter and switchgear applications. By assembling hybrids of a common current rating and voltage class in parallel, researchers could readily adapt these units for multiple applications. The Electrical Power Control Unit concept has the potential to be scaled to larger and smaller ratings for both small and large spacecraft and for aircraft where high-power density, remote power controllers or power converters are required and a common replacement part is desired for multiples of a base current rating.

  10. Square-pyramidal iron coordination modules as potential spin switches for the chemisorption on gold

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Kaempf, Holger; Daunke, Daniel; Grohmann, Andreas [Technische Universitaet Berlin, Institut fuer Chemie, Berlin (Germany); Heinemann, Frank W. [Universitaet Erlangen-Nuernberg, Institut fuer Anorganische Chemie, Erlangen (Germany)

    2008-11-15

    Octahedral iron(II) complexes of a unique pyridine-derived tetrapodal pentadentate polyamine ligand, 2,6-C{sub 5}H{sub 3}N(CMe[CH{sub 2}NH{sub 2}]{sub 2}){sub 2}, show temperature-dependent spin crossover (SCO) depending on the nature of a sixth monodentate ligand L (imidazol or pyridine derivative). For L=1-methylimidazol, the redox behaviour of the complex, as determined by cyclic voltammetry, suggests an accompanying ligand exchange. Pyridine-4-thiol and the disulphides: 4-(2-methyldisulphanyl)pyridine, 4-(2-hexadecyldisulphanyl)pyridine and 1,2-bis([pyridine-4-yl]methyl)disulphane, were studied as mono-dentate ligands L, with a view to enable chemisorption of iron(II) complexes on a gold surface. In the case of pyridine-4-thiol, the participation of the thiolate functional group in iron coordination is difficult to suppress, whereas the disulphides enter into yet unrecorded redox chemistry with iron(II), yielding a di-iron(III) complex containing a persulphide bridge (S{sub 2}{sup 2-}). (orig.)

  11. Switch probability context (in)sensitivity within the cognitive control network.

    Science.gov (United States)

    De Baene, Wouter; Brass, Marcel

    2013-08-15

    Cognitive control processes refer to the ability to flexibly adapt one's thoughts and actions in the pursuit of an internal goal. Task preparation is a central aspect of cognitive control and has generally been studied using explicitly cued task-switching paradigms. Over the last decade, numerous fMRI studies have identified a fronto-parietal network to exhibit greater activity during the preparation of task switches than during the preparation of task repetitions, which is assumed to reflect endogenous cognitive control processes. There is, however, a huge variability in preparatory switch-specific brain activity reported in the imaging literature on task-switching. One factor that might explain this heterogeneity is the difference in switch probability across studies. In the current fMRI study, we examined which preparation-related cognitive control areas are susceptible to such contextual differences by manipulating the switch probability within subjects. In the low switch probability (30% switch trials) blocks, we found the frequently observed switch-related preparatory activation in fronto-parietal areas. In the high switch probability (50% switch trials) blocks, however, only part of these areas (more particularly the (pre-) SMA, extending into the dorsal ACC and the superior parietal lobule) showed higher activation in switch compared to repeat trials. The activation levels in the other areas (the lateral prefrontal cortex, inferior parietal lobule and middle temporal gyrus) were very similar for switch and repeat trials. Our results suggest a functional dissociation within the cognitive control network with some brain areas being sensitive to the switch probability context while others are not.

  12. Statistical process control (SPC) for coordinate measurement machines

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Escher, R.N.

    2000-01-04

    The application of process capability analysis, using designed experiments, and gage capability studies as they apply to coordinate measurement machine (CMM) uncertainty analysis and control will be demonstrated. The use of control standards in designed experiments, and the use of range charts and moving range charts to separate measurement error into it's discrete components will be discussed. The method used to monitor and analyze the components of repeatability and reproducibility will be presented with specific emphasis on how to use control charts to determine and monitor CMM performance and capability, and stay within your uncertainty assumptions.

  13. Observer-based robust H-infinity control for uncertain switched systems

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    Zhengyi SONG; Jun ZHAO

    2007-01-01

    The problem of observer-based robust H-infinity control is addressed for a class of linear discrete-time switched systems with time-varying norm-bounded uncertainties by using switched Lyapunov function method. None of the individual subsystems is assumed to be robustly H-infinity solvable. A novel switched Lypunov function matrix with diagonal-block form is devised to overcome the difficulties in designing switching laws. For robust H-infinity stability analysis, two linear-matrix-inequality-based sufficient conditions are derived by only using the smallest region function strategy if some parameters are preselected. Then, the robust H-infinity control synthesis is studied using a switching state feedback and an observer-based switching dynamical output feedback. All the switching laws are simultaneously constructively designed. Finally, a simulation example is given to illustrate the validity of the results.

  14. [Bionic model for coordinated head-eye motion control].

    Science.gov (United States)

    Mao, Xiaobo; Chen, Tiejun

    2011-10-01

    The relationships between eye movements and head movements of the primate during gaze shifts are analyzed in detail in the present paper. Applying the mechanisms of neurophysiology to engineering domain, we have improved the robot eye-head coordination. A bionic control strategy of coordinated head-eye motion was proposed. The processes of gaze shifts are composed of an initial fast phase followed by a slow phase. In the fast phase saccade eye movements and slow head movements were combined, which cooperate to bring gaze from an initial resting position toward the new target rapidly, while in the slow phase the gaze stability and target fixation were ensured by the action of the vestibulo-ocular reflex (VOR) where the eyes and head rotate by equal amplitudes in opposite directions. A bionic gaze control model was given. The simulation results confirmed the effectiveness of the model by comparing with the results of neurophysiology experiments.

  15. Performance of static var compensator control type thyristor controlled reactor and thyristor switched capacitor

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Araujo, Josias M. de; Yung, Chou Shaw; Rose, Eber H.; Pantoja, Antonio L.A. [ELETRONORTE, Belem, PA (Brazil); Fouesnant, Thomas; Boissier, Luc

    1994-12-31

    This paper has the objective of presenting the philosophy of Static Var Compensator (SVC) Control as well the necessary adjustments in the project of control system to guarantee suitable performance under different operating conditions. The verification on the performance of the SVC control has been done by Transient Network Analyzer (TNA/CEPEL) studies, commissioning tests and a factory tests. The SVC is the type of Thyristor Controlled Reactor (TCR) and Thyristor Switched Capacitor (TSC). (author) 3 refs., 12 figs.

  16. Control Code for Bearingless Switched-Reluctance Motor

    Science.gov (United States)

    Morrison, Carlos R.

    2007-01-01

    A computer program has been devised for controlling a machine that is an integral combination of magnetic bearings and a switched-reluctance motor. The motor contains an eight-pole stator and a hybrid rotor, which has both (1) a circular lamination stack for levitation and (2) a six-pole lamination stack for rotation. The program computes drive and levitation currents for the stator windings with real-time feedback control. During normal operation, two of the four pairs of opposing stator poles (each pair at right angles to the other pair) levitate the rotor. The remaining two pairs of stator poles exert torque on the six-pole rotor lamination stack to produce rotation. This version is executable in a control-loop time of 40 s on a Pentium (or equivalent) processor that operates at a clock speed of 400 MHz. The program can be expanded, by addition of logic blocks, to enable control of position along additional axes. The code enables adjustment of operational parameters (e.g., motor speed and stiffness, and damping parameters of magnetic bearings) through computer keyboard key presses.

  17. Dealing with plant variations in multi-model unfalsified switching control via adaptive memory selection

    NARCIS (Netherlands)

    Battistelli, Giorgio; Mosca, Edoardo; Tesi, Pietro

    2011-01-01

    In this paper, a multi-model unfalsified adaptive switching control scheme is proposed for controlling uncertain plants subject to time variations. In the adopted approach, the switching between the candidate controllers is orchestrated according to a hysteresis logic variant wherein the memory leng

  18. Postural Control in Children With Developmental Coordination Disorder

    OpenAIRE

    Geuze, Reint H.

    2005-01-01

    The development of static balance is a basic characteristic of normal motor development. Most developmental motor tests include a measure of static balance. Children with Developmental Coordination Disorder (DCD) often fail this item. This study reviews the balance problems of children with DCD. The general conclusion is drawn that under normal conditions static balance control is not a problem for children with DCD. Only in difficult, unattended, or novel situations such children seem to suf...

  19. Fast and controllable switching the circulation and polarity of magnetic vortices

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Wen, Y.; Feng, Z.; Miao, B.F.; Cao, R.X.; Sun, L.; You, B.; Wu, D.; Zhang, W.; Jiang, Z.S. [National Laboratory of Solid State Microstructures and Department of Physics, Nanjing University, 22 Hankou Road., Nanjing 210093 (China); Cheng, R. [Department of Physics, Indiana University–Purdue University—Indianapolis, 402N Blackford St. Indianapolis, IN 46202 (United States); Ding, H.F., E-mail: hfding@nju.edu.cn [National Laboratory of Solid State Microstructures and Department of Physics, Nanjing University, 22 Hankou Road., Nanjing 210093 (China)

    2014-12-15

    We report a method to switch both the circulation and polarity of magnetic vortices in a controlled manner within a nanosecond utilizing micromagnetic simulations. The controllable switching is achieved with the combination of two different types of magnetic field pulses on submicron permalloy disks with heptagonal shape. When a magnetic field pulse of ∼100 mT is applied along one of the edge directions of the heptagon, the circulation of the vortex can be manipulated according to the pulse direction. When a pair of pulses with a few tens of mT in magnitude and relative delay of about 100 ps is applied in orthogonal directions, the polarity can be further controlled without influencing the circulation. The different magnitude of switching fields allows for the combination of both types of pulses in the control of both the circulation and polarity of magnetic vortices. The switching mechanism and the controlling parameters for disks with diameters of 500 and 700 nm are discussed. - Highlights: • We demonstrate a method to switch the circulation and polarity of magnetic vortex. • The switching is fast (<1 ns) and controllable (independent of its prior state). • The switching is achieved by the combination of two different field pulses. • The circulation is switched by a strong single pulse according to its direction. • The polarity is further switched controllably by a pair of small orthogonal pulses.

  20. Controlling orbital-selective Kondo effects in a single molecule through coordination chemistry

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Tsukahara, Noriyuki; Kawai, Maki; Takagi, Noriaki, E-mail: n-takagi@k.u-tokyo.ac.jp [Department of Advanced Materials Science, The University of Tokyo, 5-1-5 Kashiwanoha, Kashiwa, Chiba 277-8561 (Japan); Minamitani, Emi; Kim, Yousoo [RIKEN, 2-1 Hirosawa, Saitama 351-0198 (Japan)

    2014-08-07

    Iron(II) phthalocyanine (FePc) molecule causes novel Kondo effects derived from the unique electronic structure of multi-spins and multi-orbitals when attached to Au(111). Two unpaired electrons in the d{sub z}{sup 2} and the degenerate dπ orbitals are screened stepwise, resulting in spin and spin+orbital Kondo effects, respectively. We investigated the impact on the Kondo effects of the coordination of CO and NO molecules to the Fe{sup 2+} ion as chemical stimuli by using scanning tunneling microscopy (STM) and density functional theory calculations. The impacts of the two diatomic molecules are different from each other as a result of the different electronic configurations. The coordination of CO converts the spin state from triplet to singlet, and then the Kondo effects completely disappear. In contrast, an unpaired electron survives in the molecular orbital composed of Fe d{sub z}{sup 2} and NO 5σ and 2π* orbitals for the coordination of NO, causing a sharp Kondo resonance. The isotropic magnetic response of the peak indicates the origin is the spin Kondo effect. The diatomic molecules attached to the Fe{sup 2+} ion were easily detached by applying a pulsed voltage at the STM junction. These results demonstrate that the single molecule chemistry enables us to switch and control the spin and the many-body quantum states reversibly.

  1. All-electric-controlled spin current switching in single-molecule magnet-tunnel junctions

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    Zhang Zheng-Zhong; Shen Rui; Sheng Li; Wang Rui-Qiang; Wang Bai-Gen; Xing Ding-Yu

    2011-01-01

    A single-molecule magnet (SMM)coupled to two normal metallic electrodes can both switch spin-up and spindown electronic currents within two different windows of SMM gate voltage. Such spin current switching in the SMM tunnel junction arises from spin-selected single electron resonant tunneling via the lowest unoccupied molecular orbit of the SMM. Since it is not magnetically controlled but all-electrically controlled, the proposed spin current switching effect may have potential applications in future spintronics.

  2. Switching terahertz waves with gate-controlled active graphene metamaterials.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Lee, Seung Hoon; Choi, Muhan; Kim, Teun-Teun; Lee, Seungwoo; Liu, Ming; Yin, Xiaobo; Choi, Hong Kyw; Lee, Seung S; Choi, Choon-Gi; Choi, Sung-Yool; Zhang, Xiang; Min, Bumki

    2012-11-01

    The extraordinary electronic properties of graphene provided the main thrusts for the rapid advance of graphene electronics. In photonics, the gate-controllable electronic properties of graphene provide a route to efficiently manipulate the interaction of photons with graphene, which has recently sparked keen interest in graphene plasmonics. However, the electro-optic tuning capability of unpatterned graphene alone is still not strong enough for practical optoelectronic applications owing to its non-resonant Drude-like behaviour. Here, we demonstrate that substantial gate-induced persistent switching and linear modulation of terahertz waves can be achieved in a two-dimensional metamaterial, into which an atomically thin, gated two-dimensional graphene layer is integrated. The gate-controllable light-matter interaction in the graphene layer can be greatly enhanced by the strong resonances of the metamaterial. Although the thickness of the embedded single-layer graphene is more than six orders of magnitude smaller than the wavelength (metamaterial, can modulate both the amplitude of the transmitted wave by up to 47% and its phase by 32.2° at room temperature. More interestingly, the gate-controlled active graphene metamaterials show hysteretic behaviour in the transmission of terahertz waves, which is indicative of persistent photonic memory effects.

  3. Switched Control Strategies of Aggregated Commercial HVAC Systems for Demand Response in Smart Grids

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Kai Ma

    2017-07-01

    Full Text Available This work proposes three switched control strategies for aggregated heating, ventilation, and air conditioning (HVAC systems in commercial buildings to track the automatic generation control (AGC signal in smart grid. The existing control strategies include the direct load control strategy and the setpoint regulation strategy. The direct load control strategy cannot track the AGC signal when the state of charge (SOC of the aggregated thermostatically controlled loads (TCLs exceeds their regulation capacity, while the setpoint regulation strategy provides flexible regulation capacity, but causes larger tracking errors. To improve the tracking performance, we took the advantages of the two control modes and developed three switched control strategies. The control strategies switch between the direct load control mode and the setpoint regulation mode according to different switching indices. Specifically, we design a discrete-time controller and optimize the controller parameter for the setpoint regulation strategy using the Fibonacci optimization algorithm, enabling us to propose two switched control strategies across multiple time steps. Furthermore, we extend the switched control strategies by introducing a two-stage regulation in a single time step. Simulation results demonstrate that the proposed switched control strategies can reduce the tracking errors for frequency regulation.

  4. Coordinated design and performance evaluation of UPFC supplementary modulation controllers

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Padiyar, K.R.; Saikumar, H.V. [Indian Inst. of Science, Dept. of Electrical Engineering, Bangalore (India)

    2005-02-01

    Mitigation of low-frequency electro-mechanical oscillations is essential for secure operation of power systems. The fast acting, power electronics based FACTS controllers which are capable of improving both steady state and dynamic performance permit newer approaches to system stabilization. The objective of the work presented in this paper is to carry out a coordinated design of supplementary modulation controllers (SMCs) for UPFC and to evaluate their performance. The effectiveness of the SMCs in damping the critical modes is tested on a four machine, 10 bus system. (Author)

  5. Time-dependent switched discrete-time linear systems control and filtering

    CERN Document Server

    Zhang, Lixian; Shi, Peng; Lu, Qiugang

    2016-01-01

    This book focuses on the basic control and filtering synthesis problems for discrete-time switched linear systems under time-dependent switching signals. Chapter 1, as an introduction of the book, gives the backgrounds and motivations of switched systems, the definitions of the typical time-dependent switching signals, the differences and links to other types of systems with hybrid characteristics and a literature review mainly on the control and filtering for the underlying systems. By summarizing the multiple Lyapunov-like functions (MLFs) approach in which different requirements on comparisons of Lyapunov function values at switching instants, a series of methodologies are developed for the issues on stability and stabilization, and l2-gain performance or tube-based robustness for l∞ disturbance, respectively, in Chapters 2 and 3. Chapters 4 and 5 are devoted to the control and filtering problems for the time-dependent switched linear systems with either polytopic uncertainties or measurable time-varying...

  6. Switching control for post-harvest food storage

    NARCIS (Netherlands)

    Mourik, van S.; Zwart, H.; Keesman, K.J.

    2007-01-01

    Abstract: Harvested products inside a storage room are kept cool by a fan that blows air through a heat exchanger. The air and product temperature are regulated by switching the fan on and off. The corresponding mathematical model is nonlinear and discontinuous due to the switching of the fan. For c

  7. Microgrids and distributed generation systems: Control, operation, coordination and planning

    Science.gov (United States)

    Che, Liang

    Distributed Energy Resources (DERs) which include distributed generations (DGs), distributed energy storage systems, and adjustable loads are key components in microgrid operations. A microgrid is a small electric power system integrated with on-site DERs to serve all or some portion of the local load and connected to the utility grid through the point of common coupling (PCC). Microgrids can operate in both grid-connected mode and island mode. The structure and components of hierarchical control for a microgrid at Illinois Institute of Technology (IIT) are discussed and analyzed. Case studies would address the reliable and economic operation of IIT microgrid. The simulation results of IIT microgrid operation demonstrate that the hierarchical control and the coordination strategy of distributed energy resources (DERs) is an effective way of optimizing the economic operation and the reliability of microgrids. The benefits and challenges of DC microgrids are addressed with a DC model for the IIT microgrid. We presented the hierarchical control strategy including the primary, secondary, and tertiary controls for economic operation and the resilience of a DC microgrid. The simulation results verify that the proposed coordinated strategy is an effective way of ensuring the resilient response of DC microgrids to emergencies and optimizing their economic operation at steady state. The concept and prototype of a community microgrid that interconnecting multiple microgrids in a community are proposed. Two works are conducted. For the coordination, novel three-level hierarchical coordination strategy to coordinate the optimal power exchanges among neighboring microgrids is proposed. For the planning, a multi-microgrid interconnection planning framework using probabilistic minimal cut-set (MCS) based iterative methodology is proposed for enhancing the economic, resilience, and reliability signals in multi-microgrid operations. The implementation of high-reliability microgrids

  8. Multimodal Perception and Multicriterion Control of Nested Systems. 1; Coordination of Postural Control and Vehicular Control

    Science.gov (United States)

    Riccio, Gary E.; McDonald, P. Vernon

    1998-01-01

    The purpose of this report is to identify the essential characteristics of goal-directed whole-body motion. The report is organized into three major sections (Sections 2, 3, and 4). Section 2 reviews general themes from ecological psychology and control-systems engineering that are relevant to the perception and control of whole-body motion. These themes provide an organizational framework for analyzing the complex and interrelated phenomena that are the defining characteristics of whole-body motion. Section 3 of this report applies the organization framework from the first section to the problem of perception and control of aircraft motion. This is a familiar problem in control-systems engineering and ecological psychology. Section 4 examines an essential but generally neglected aspect of vehicular control: coordination of postural control and vehicular control. To facilitate presentation of this new idea, postural control and its coordination with vehicular control are analyzed in terms of conceptual categories that are familiar in the analysis of vehicular control.

  9. Chaos control via feeding switching in an omnivory system.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Chattopadhyay, Joydev; Pal, Nikhil; Samanta, Sudip; Venturino, Ezio; Khan, Q J A

    2015-12-01

    Tanabe and Namba (Ecology, 86, 3411-3414) studied a three species Lotka-Volterra model with omnivory and explored that omnivory can create chaos. It is well documented that predator switching is a similar biological phenomenon to omnivory and likely to occur simultaneously. In the present paper, the tri-trophic Lotka-Volterra food web model with omnivory and predator switching is re-investigated. We observe that if we incorporate predator switching in the system and the intensity of predator switching increases above a threshold value, then the system will be stable from chaotic dynamics. To study the global dynamics of the system extensive numerical simulations are performed. Our analytical and numerical results suggest that predator switching mechanism enhances the stability and the persistence of a food chain system.

  10. Synchronization of Switched Neural Networks With Communication Delays via the Event-Triggered Control.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Wen, Shiping; Zeng, Zhigang; Chen, Michael Z Q; Huang, Tingwen

    2017-10-01

    This paper addresses the issue of synchronization of switched delayed neural networks with communication delays via event-triggered control. For synchronizing coupled switched neural networks, we propose a novel event-triggered control law which could greatly reduce the number of control updates for synchronization tasks of coupled switched neural networks involving embedded microprocessors with limited on-board resources. The control signals are driven by properly defined events, which depend on the measurement errors and current-sampled states. By using a delay system method, a novel model of synchronization error system with delays is proposed with the communication delays and event-triggered control in the unified framework for coupled switched neural networks. The criteria are derived for the event-triggered synchronization analysis and control synthesis of switched neural networks via the Lyapunov-Krasovskii functional method and free weighting matrix approach. A numerical example is elaborated on to illustrate the effectiveness of the derived results.

  11. Coordination of baseload power plant group control with static reactive power compensator control

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Zbigniew Szczerba

    2012-06-01

    Full Text Available Reactive power sources in power system nodes: generators and static reactive power compensators, are controlled by control systems. Generators – by generator node group controllers, compensators – by voltage controllers. The paper presents issues of these control systems’ coordination and proposals for its implementation.

  12. Electrophysiological evidence for endogenous control of attention in switching between languages in overt picture naming

    NARCIS (Netherlands)

    Verhoef, K.M.W.; Roelofs, A.P.A.; Chwilla, D.J.

    2010-01-01

    Language switching in bilingual speakers requires attentional control to select the appropriate language, for example, in picture naming. Previous language-switch studies used the color of pictures to indicate the required language thereby confounding endogenous and exogenous control. To investigate

  13. 75 FR 37453 - Notice of Issuance of Final Determination Concerning Dimmer and Fan Speed Switch Controls

    Science.gov (United States)

    2010-06-29

    ... Agreements Act of 1979; Country of Origin of Titan dimmer and fan speed switch control; substantial.... This case involves two models: the Titan model dimmer and fan speed switch control and the Harmony... components into the finished product. The titan dimmer has a total of 34 components in addition to the...

  14. Control of systems with costs related to switching: applications to air-condition systems

    DEFF Research Database (Denmark)

    Thybo (Deng), Honglian; Larsen, Lars Finn Sloth; Stoustrup, Jakob

    2009-01-01

    The objective of this paper is to investigate a low complexity method for controlling systems with binary inputs that have costs related to switching. The control objective for this type of systems is often a trade off between the deviation from the reference and the number of switches (weariness...

  15. Discretization behavior analysis of a switching control system from a unified mathematical approach

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    Xinghuo YU; Ling YANG; Guanrong CHEN

    2003-01-01

    A useful unified analysis framework is proposed for exploring the intriguing behaviors of a second-order switching control system. Complex discretization behaviors of the switching control system are explored in detail, and some intrinsic relationships between the system periodic behaviors and their associated symbolic sequences are studied.

  16. Switched adaptive tracking control of robot manipulators with friction and changing loads

    Science.gov (United States)

    Wang, Xia; Zhao, Jun

    2015-04-01

    A switched adaptive controller is designed for robot manipulators with friction and changing loads. The nonlinear friction is depicted by a nonlinear friction model, and a switched nonlinear system is used to model the parameter jump caused by load change. Hyperstability theory is used in the designing procedure, which provides more options for adaptive laws than Lyapunov theory. In the presence of friction and changing loads, asymptotic tracking is achieved under arbitrary switching, which is not able to accomplish by a non-switched adaptive controller. The proposed method is validated by a simulation of a 2 degree of freedom manipulator.

  17. Properties of Controllable Soliton Switching in Optical Lattices with Longitudinal Exponential-Asymptotic Modulation

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    ZHOU Jun; XUE Chun-Hua; QI Yi-Hong; LOU Sen-Yue

    2008-01-01

    The properties of controllable soliton switching in Kerr-type optical lattices with different modulation are investigated theoretically and simulated numerically. The results show that the optical lattices can be available for all-optical soliton switching through utilization for length-scale competition effects. And through longitudinal exponential-asymptotic modulation for the linear refractive index, the properties of soliton switching in the optical lattices can be improved. The number of output channels of soliton switching can be controlled by the parameters such as incident angle, asymptotic rate of longitudinal modulation, guiding parameter and form factor.

  18. Proposal for all-optical controllable switch using dipole induced transparency (DIT)

    Science.gov (United States)

    Eftekhari, K.; Abbasian, K.; Rostami, A.

    2010-05-01

    We propose a novel all-optical controllable switch using photonic crystal cavity. For doing this work, the dipole induced transparency phenomenon realized through interaction of light with multilevel nanocrystals is used. Multilevel nanocrystals are doped to photonic crystal rods. Using the proposed structure and applying the control field, the absorbing medium converts to transparent one and switching operation is obtained. Analytical relation for evaluation of the proposed device considering quantum optical effects is presented and studied by investigation of effects of parameters on switching characteristics. We show that high quality all-optical switching operation can be obtained.

  19. Fuzzy Controllers for Nonaffine-in-Control Singularly Perturbed Switched Systems

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Linna Zhou

    2015-01-01

    Full Text Available This paper investigates the problem of fuzzy controller design for nonaffine-in-control singularly perturbed switched systems (NCSPSSs. First, the NCSPSS is approximated by Takagi-Sugeno (T-S models which include not only state but also control variables in the premise part of the rules. Then, a dynamic state feedback controller design method is proposed in terms of linear matrix inequalities. Under the controller, stability bound estimation problem of the closed-loop system is solved. Finally, an example is given to show the feasibility and effectiveness of the obtained methods.

  20. Optimal design of coordination control strategy for distributed generation system

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    WANG Ai-hua; Norapon Kanjanapadit

    2009-01-01

    This paper presents a novel design procedure for optimizing the power distribution strategy in distributed generation system. A coordinating controller, responsible to distribute the total load power request among multiple DG units, is suggested based on the conception of hierarchical control structure in the dynamic system.The optimal control problem was formulated as a nonlinear optimization problem subject to set of constraints.The resulting problem was solved using the Kutm-Tucker method. Computer simulation results demonstrate that the proposed method can provide better efficiency in terms of reducing total costs compared to existing methods.In addition, the proposed optimal load distribution strategy can be easily implemented in real-time thanks to the simplicity of closed-form solutions.

  1. Coordinated control of wind power and energy storage

    DEFF Research Database (Denmark)

    Zhao, Haoran

    the coordinated control of wind power and ESS. Due to the different technical characteristics, such as power and energy density, ESS can play different roles either in generation-side, grid-side or demand side. This thesis focuses on the following two scenarios:• Scenario 1: As a part of wind farm, the ESS plays...... a generation-side role which aims to improve the grid-friendliness of the wind farm. • Scenario 2: As a part of microgrid, the ESS is used to efficiently accommodate the wind power fluctuation.Around the main objective, the relevant research fields including the wind turbine modeling and control, wind farm...... modeling and control, planning of ESS are also studied in this thesis. The implementation and validation of the International Electrotechnical Commission (IEC) generic Type 1A are presented in this thesis. It is shown that the implemented IEC generic Type 1 models in PowerFactory (PF) can represent...

  2. Communications for Coordinative Control of Wind Power Systems

    DEFF Research Database (Denmark)

    Wei, Mu

    system control strategies for wind power integration, in order to achieve coordinative control for a secure and efficient power system. The project basically contains three main aspects: studies on DGS (Distributed Generation System) characteristics, analysis of communication technologies......, and integration of power system and communication system. For the DGS studies, the main components, such as WTs (Wind Turbines) and CHPs (Combined Head and Power), are modelled. Since WTs are sensitive to disturbances, one focus of this PhD study is the investigation of WTs characteristics; mainly covering FSIG...... (Fixed Speed Induction Generator) and DFIG (Doubly-Fed Induction Generator) based wind turbine systems. Based on the study, the critical points to stabilize FSWTs (Fixed Speed Wind Turbines), after disturbances, are determined. This demands the latency requirements on the possible control and protection...

  3. Quantifying coordination and coordination variability in backward versus forward running: Implications for control of motion.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Mehdizadeh, Sina; Arshi, Ahmed Reza; Davids, Keith

    2015-07-01

    The aims of this study were to compare coordination and coordination variability in backward and forward running and to investigate the effects of speed on coordination variability in both backward and forward running. Fifteen healthy male participants took part in this study to run forwards and backwards on a treadmill at 80%, 100% and 120% of their preferred running speeds. The coordinate data of passive reflective markers attached to body segments were recorded using motion capture systems. Coordination of shank-foot and thigh-shank couplings in sagittal plane was quantified using the continuous relative phase method. Coordination variability was calculated as the standard deviation of a coordination pattern over 50 strides. Cross-correlation coefficients and associated phase shifts were determined to quantify similarity in coordination patterns between forward and backward running. Our results demonstrated that the coordination pattern in a gait cycle of backward running was in reverse to that of forward running at all speeds implying that the same neural circuitry is responsible for regulating both forward and backward running gaits. In addition, results demonstrated that there was an average of approximately 11% phase shift between the coordination patterns of backward and forward running which indicates that a single underlying mechanism might be responsible for generating motor patterns in both forward and backward running. Finally, backward running had significantly higher magnitude of coordination variability compared to forward running, signifying that more degrees of freedom were involved in backward running. Speed however, did not affect coordination variability in either task. Copyright © 2015 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved.

  4. Robust coordinated control of a dual-arm space robot

    Science.gov (United States)

    Shi, Lingling; Kayastha, Sharmila; Katupitiya, Jay

    2017-09-01

    Dual-arm space robots are more capable of implementing complex space tasks compared with single arm space robots. However, the dynamic coupling between the arms and the base will have a serious impact on the spacecraft attitude and the hand motion of each arm. Instead of considering one arm as the mission arm and the other as the balance arm, in this work two arms of the space robot perform as mission arms aimed at accomplishing secure capture of a floating target. The paper investigates coordinated control of the base's attitude and the arms' motion in the task space in the presence of system uncertainties. Two types of controllers, i.e. a Sliding Mode Controller (SMC) and a nonlinear Model Predictive Controller (MPC) are verified and compared with a conventional Computed-Torque Controller (CTC) through numerical simulations in terms of control accuracy and system robustness. Both controllers eliminate the need to linearly parameterize the dynamic equations. The MPC has been shown to achieve performance with higher accuracy than CTC and SMC in the absence of system uncertainties under the condition that they consume comparable energy. When the system uncertainties are included, SMC and CTC present advantageous robustness than MPC. Specifically, in a case where system inertia increases, SMC delivers higher accuracy than CTC and costs the least amount of energy.

  5. Open-Switch Fault Diagnosis and Fault Tolerant for Matrix Converter with Finite Control Set-Model Predictive Control

    DEFF Research Database (Denmark)

    Peng, Tao; Dan, Hanbing; Yang, Jian

    2016-01-01

    To improve the reliability of the matrix converter (MC), a fault diagnosis method to identify single open-switch fault is proposed in this paper. The introduced fault diagnosis method is based on finite control set-model predictive control (FCS-MPC), which employs a time-discrete model of the MC...... topology and a cost function to select the best switching state for the next sampling period. The proposed fault diagnosis method is realized by monitoring the load currents and judging the switching state to locate the faulty switch. Compared to the conventional modulation strategies such as carrier...

  6. Constrained model predictive control, state estimation and coordination

    Science.gov (United States)

    Yan, Jun

    In this dissertation, we study the interaction between the control performance and the quality of the state estimation in a constrained Model Predictive Control (MPC) framework for systems with stochastic disturbances. This consists of three parts: (i) the development of a constrained MPC formulation that adapts to the quality of the state estimation via constraints; (ii) the application of such a control law in a multi-vehicle formation coordinated control problem in which each vehicle operates subject to a no-collision constraint posed by others' imperfect prediction computed from finite bit-rate, communicated data; (iii) the design of the predictors and the communication resource assignment problem that satisfy the performance requirement from Part (ii). Model Predictive Control (MPC) is of interest because it is one of the few control design methods which preserves standard design variables and yet handles constraints. MPC is normally posed as a full-state feedback control and is implemented in a certainty-equivalence fashion with best estimates of the states being used in place of the exact state. However, if the state constraints were handled in the same certainty-equivalence fashion, the resulting control law could drive the real state to violate the constraints frequently. Part (i) focuses on exploring the inclusion of state estimates into the constraints. It does this by applying constrained MPC to a system with stochastic disturbances. The stochastic nature of the problem requires re-posing the constraints in a probabilistic form. In Part (ii), we consider applying constrained MPC as a local control law in a coordinated control problem of a group of distributed autonomous systems. Interactions between the systems are captured via constraints. First, we inspect the application of constrained MPC to a completely deterministic case. Formation stability theorems are derived for the subsystems and conditions on the local constraint set are derived in order to

  7. Single-photon switch: Controllable scattering of photons inside a one-dimensional resonator waveguide

    Science.gov (United States)

    Zhou, L.; Gong, Z. R.; Liu, Y. X.; Sun, C. P.; Nori, F.

    2010-03-01

    We analyze the coherent transport of a single photon, which propagates in a one-dimensional coupled-resonator waveguide and is scattered by a controllable two-level system located inside one of the resonators of this waveguide. Our approach, which uses discrete coordinates, unifies low and high energy effective theories for single-photon scattering. We show that the controllable two-level system can behave as a quantum switch for the coherent transport of a single photon. This study may inspire new electro-optical single-photon quantum devices. We also suggest an experimental setup based on superconducting transmission line resonators and qubits. References: L. Zhou, Z.R. Gong, Y.X. Liu, C.P. Sun, F. Nori, Controllable scattering of photons inside a one-dimensional resonator waveguide, Phys. Rev. Lett. 101, 100501 (2008). L. Zhou, H. Dong, Y.X. Liu, C.P. Sun, F. Nori, Quantum super-cavity with atomic mirrors, Phys. Rev. A 78, 063827 (2008).

  8. Atomic switches: atomic-movement-controlled nanodevices for new types of computing

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Takami Hino, Tsuyoshi Hasegawa, Kazuya Terabe, Tohru Tsuruoka, Alpana Nayak, Takeo Ohno and Masakazu Aono

    2011-01-01

    Full Text Available Atomic switches are nanoionic devices that control the diffusion of metal cations and their reduction/oxidation processes in the switching operation to form/annihilate a metal atomic bridge, which is a conductive path between two electrodes in the on-state. In contrast to conventional semiconductor devices, atomic switches can provide a highly conductive channel even if their size is of nanometer order. In addition to their small size and low on-resistance, their nonvolatility has enabled the development of new types of programmable devices, which may achieve all the required functions on a single chip. Three-terminal atomic switches have also been developed, in which the formation and annihilation of a metal atomic bridge between a source electrode and a drain electrode are controlled by a third (gate electrode. Three-terminal atomic switches are expected to enhance the development of new types of logic circuits, such as nonvolatile logic. The recent development of atomic switches that use a metal oxide as the ionic conductive material has enabled the integration of atomic switches with complementary metal-oxide-semiconductor (CMOS devices, which will facilitate the commercialization of atomic switches. The novel characteristics of atomic switches, such as their learning and photosensing abilities, are also introduced in the latter part of this review.

  9. A fuzzy logic controller based approach to model the switching mechanism of the mammalian central carbon metabolic pathway in normal and cancer cells.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Dasgupta, Abhijit; Paul, Debjyoti; De, Rajat K

    2016-07-19

    Dynamics of large nonlinear complex systems, like metabolic networks, depend on several parameters. A metabolic pathway may switch to another pathway in accordance with the current state of parameters in both normal and cancer cells. Here, most of the parameter values are unknown to us. A fuzzy logic controller (FLC) has been developed here for the purpose of modeling metabolic networks by approximating the reasons for the behaviour of a system and applying expert knowledge to track switching between metabolic pathways. The simulation results can track the switching between glycolysis and gluconeogenesis, as well as glycolysis and pentose phosphate pathways (PPP) in normal cells. Unlike normal cells, pyruvate kinase (M2 isoform) (PKM2) switches alternatively between its two oligomeric forms, i.e. an active tetramer and a relatively low activity dimer, in cancer cells. Besides, there is a coordination among PKM2 switching and enzymes catalyzing PPP. These phenomena help cancer cells to maintain their high energy demand and macromolecular synthesis. However, the reduction of initial adenosine triphosphate (ATP) to a very low concentration, decreasing initial glucose uptake, destroying coordination between glycolysis and PPP, and replacement of PKM2 by its relatively inactive oligomeric form (dimer) or inhibition of the translation of PKM2 may destabilize the mutated control mechanism of the mammalian central carbon metabolic (CCM) pathway in cancer cells. The performance of the model is compared appropriately with some existing ones.

  10. Systems and Methods of Coordination Control for Robot Manipulation

    Science.gov (United States)

    Chang, Chu-Yin (Inventor); English, James (Inventor); Tardella, Neil (Inventor); Bacon, James (Inventor)

    2013-01-01

    Disclosed herein are systems and methods for controlling robotic apparatus having several movable elements or segments coupled by joints. At least one of the movable elements can include one or more mobile bases, while the others can form one or more manipulators. One of the movable elements can be treated as an end effector for which a certain motion is desired. The end effector may include a tool, for example, or represent a robotic hand (or a point thereon), or one or more of the one or more mobile bases. In accordance with the systems and methods disclosed herein, movement of the manipulator and the mobile base can be controlled and coordinated to effect a desired motion for the end effector. In many cases, the motion can include simultaneously moving the manipulator and the mobile base.

  11. Communications for Coordinative Control of Wind Power Systems

    DEFF Research Database (Denmark)

    Wei, Mu

    . The performances of FSWT and DFIG connected DGS are compared and analysed. At last, the cyber security study is presented, due to the important place of security in power system communications. A security domain model is proposed to guide the implementation of the security technologies. Cyber security related...... system control strategies for wind power integration, in order to achieve coordinative control for a secure and efficient power system. The project basically contains three main aspects: studies on DGS (Distributed Generation System) characteristics, analysis of communication technologies...... simulation results reveal the important impact of the security configuration on improving the performance of the associated electric power system data communication systems. This PhD study explores a new aspect of the investigations of wind power system components characteristics, from communication...

  12. A fast operating magnetically controlled switch for 1 kA

    NARCIS (Netherlands)

    Mulder, G.B.J.; Kate, ten H.H.J.; Nijhuis, A.; Klundert, van de L.J.M.

    1985-01-01

    The power of fully superconducting rectifiers can be improved by increasing either the operating frequency or the transformer primary inductance [1]. The frequency is usually limited by the recovery time of thermally controlled switches. In order to achieve a higher switching speed, magnetically con

  13. Single-Mask Fabrication of Temperature Triggered MEMS Switch for Cooling Control in SSL System

    NARCIS (Netherlands)

    Wei, J.; Ye, H.; Van Zeijl, H.W.; Sarro, P.M.; Zhang, G.Q.

    2012-01-01

    A micro-electro-mechanical-system (MEMS) based, temperature triggered, switch is developed as a cost-effective solution for smart cooling control of solid-state-lighting systems. The switch (1.0x0.4 mm2) is embedded in a silicon substrate and fabricated with a single-mask 3D micro-machining process.

  14. Synchronization in a Random Length Ring Network for SDN-Controlled Optical TDM Switching

    DEFF Research Database (Denmark)

    Kamchevska, Valerija; Cristofori, Valentina; Da Ros, Francesco;

    2016-01-01

    . In addition, we propose a novel synchronization algorithm that enables automatic synchronization of software defined networking controlled all-optical TDM switching nodes connected in a ring network. Besides providing synchronization, the algorithm also can facilitate dynamic slot size change and failure...... multiplexing transmission and switching of data bursts when using the proposed algorithm to provide synchronization....

  15. Pyranopterin Coordination Controls Molybdenum Electrochemistry in Escherichia coli Nitrate Reductase*

    Science.gov (United States)

    Wu, Sheng-Yi; Rothery, Richard A.; Weiner, Joel H.

    2015-01-01

    We test the hypothesis that pyranopterin (PPT) coordination plays a critical role in defining molybdenum active site redox chemistry and reactivity in the mononuclear molybdoenzymes. The molybdenum atom of Escherichia coli nitrate reductase A (NarGHI) is coordinated by two PPT-dithiolene chelates that are defined as proximal and distal based on their proximity to a [4Fe-4S] cluster known as FS0. We examined variants of two sets of residues involved in PPT coordination: (i) those interacting directly or indirectly with the pyran oxygen of the bicyclic distal PPT (NarG-Ser719, NarG-His1163, and NarG-His1184); and (ii) those involved in bridging the two PPTs and stabilizing the oxidation state of the proximal PPT (NarG-His1092 and NarG-His1098). A S719A variant has essentially no effect on the overall Mo(VI/IV) reduction potential, whereas the H1163A and H1184A variants elicit large effects (ΔEm values of −88 and −36 mV, respectively). Ala variants of His1092 and His1098 also elicit large ΔEm values of −143 and −101 mV, respectively. An Arg variant of His1092 elicits a small ΔEm of +18 mV on the Mo(VI/IV) reduction potential. There is a linear correlation between the molybdenum Em value and both enzyme activity and the ability to support anaerobic respiratory growth on nitrate. These data support a non-innocent role for the PPT moieties in controlling active site metal redox chemistry and catalysis. PMID:26297003

  16. Improved Torque Control Performance in Direct Torque Control using Optimal Switching Vectors

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Muhd Zharif Rifqi Zuber Ahmadi

    2015-02-01

    Full Text Available This paper presents the significant improvement of Direct Torque Control (DTC of 3-phases induction machine using a Cascaded H-Bidge Multilevel Inverter (CHMI. The largest torque ripple and variable switching frequency are known as the major problem founded in DTC of induction motor. As a result, it can diminish the performance induction motor control. Therefore, the conventional 2-level inverter has been replaced with CHMI the in order to increase the performance of the motor either in dynamic or steady-state condition. By using the multilevel inverter, it can produce a more selection of the voltage vectors. Besides that, it can minimize the torque ripple output as well as increase the efficiency by reducing the switching frequency of the inverter. The simulation model of the proposed method has been developed and tested by using Matlab software. Its improvements were also verified via experimental results.

  17. Guest Editorial Special Issue on Recent Advances and New Directions in Switched Control Systems

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    2006-01-01

    @@ As guest editors, it is our great honor to bring this special issue of the Journal of Control Theory and Applications devoted to Recent Advances and New Directions in Switched Control Systems. Recently, switched control systems have attracted much attention in the control systems community. Problems in this area are not only academically challenging for the inherent mathematical complexity, but also are derived or motivated from advanced applications in natural sciences, engineering, and social sciences. For survival, natural biological systems switch their survival strategies in accordance with environmental changes. For improved performance, switching has been extensively utilized/exploited in engineering systems such as automotive drive train control, electronic devices, control of power systems, etc.

  18. Adaptive fuzzy backstepping control for a class of switched nonlinear systems with actuator faults

    Science.gov (United States)

    Hou, Yingxue; Tong, Shaocheng; Li, Yongming

    2016-11-01

    This paper investigates the problem of fault-tolerant control (FTC) for a class of switched nonlinear systems. These systems are under arbitrary switchings and are subject to both lock-in-place and loss-of-effectiveness actuator faults. In the control design, fuzzy logic systems are used to identify the unknown switched nonlinear systems. Under the framework of the backstepping control design, FTC, fuzzy adaptive control and common Lyapunov function stability theory, an adaptive fuzzy control approach is developed. It is proved that the proposed control approach can guarantee that all the signals in the closed-loop switched system are semi-globally uniformly ultimately bounded (SGUUB) and the tracking error remains an adjustable neighbourhood of the origin. Two simulation examples are provided to illustrate the effectiveness of the proposed approach.

  19. Micromagnetic analysis of geometrically controlled current-driven magnetization switching

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    O. Alejos

    2017-05-01

    Full Text Available The magnetization dynamics induced by current pulses in a pair of two “S-shaped” ferromagnetic elements, each one consisting on two oppositely tilted tapered spikes at the ends of a straight section, is theoretically studied by means of micromagnetic simulations. Our results indicate that the magnetization reversal is triggered by thermal activation, which assists the current-induced domain nucleation and the propagation of domain walls. The detailed analysis of the magnetization dynamics reveals that the magnetization switching is only achieved when a single domain wall is nucleated in the correct corner of the element. In agreement with recent experimental studies, the switching is purely dictated by the shape, being independent of the current polarity. The statistical study points out that successful switching is only achieved within a narrow range of the current pulse amplitudes.

  20. Neurobiology: reconstructing the neural control of leg coordination.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Zill, Sasha N; Keller, Bridget R

    2009-05-12

    Walking is adaptable because the timing of movements of individual legs can be varied while maintaining leg coordination. Recent work in stick insects shows that leg coordination set by interactions of pattern generating circuits can be overridden by sensory feedback.

  1. Adaptive switching control of discrete time nonlinear systems based on multiple models

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    Rui KAN

    2004-01-01

    We use the approach of "optimal" switching to design the adaptive control because the design among multiple models is intuitively more practically feasible than the traditional adaptive control in improving the performances. We prove that for a typical class of nonlinear systems disturbed by random noise, the multiple model adaptive switching control based on WLS(Weighted Least Squares) or projected-LS (Least Squares) is stable and convergent.

  2. Recent Advances in Optically Controlled Bulk Semiconductor Switches

    Science.gov (United States)

    1985-06-01

    REO!NT AIJifl,NCES IN (FTICALIX ~1Ra.LW IILK SHttiaHlOCIOR swrrams L. Bovino , T. Burke, R. Youmans, M. Weiner, J. Carter U.S. Ar~ Electronics...fabrication of all of our optically activated switches. B.e.fer.enc.es. 1. L. Bovino , R. Youmans, T. Burke, M.Weiner, "Modulator Circuits Using Q...tically Activated Switches", Record of 16th Power Modulator SYJll>o- siurn, pp 235-239, June 1984. 2. M. Weiner, T. Burke, R. Youmans, L. Bovino , J

  3. Robust reliable sampled-data control for switched systems with application to flight control

    Science.gov (United States)

    Sakthivel, R.; Joby, Maya; Shi, P.; Mathiyalagan, K.

    2016-11-01

    This paper addresses the robust reliable stabilisation problem for a class of uncertain switched systems with random delays and norm bounded uncertainties. The main aim of this paper is to obtain the reliable robust sampled-data control design which involves random time delay with an appropriate gain control matrix for achieving the robust exponential stabilisation for uncertain switched system against actuator failures. In particular, the involved delays are assumed to be randomly time-varying which obeys certain mutually uncorrelated Bernoulli distributed white noise sequences. By constructing an appropriate Lyapunov-Krasovskii functional (LKF) and employing an average-dwell time approach, a new set of criteria is derived for ensuring the robust exponential stability of the closed-loop switched system. More precisely, the Schur complement and Jensen's integral inequality are used in derivation of stabilisation criteria. By considering the relationship among the random time-varying delay and its lower and upper bounds, a new set of sufficient condition is established for the existence of reliable robust sampled-data control in terms of solution to linear matrix inequalities (LMIs). Finally, an illustrative example based on the F-18 aircraft model is provided to show the effectiveness of the proposed design procedures.

  4. Fast and controllable switching the circulation and polarity of magnetic vortices

    Science.gov (United States)

    Wen, Y.; Feng, Z.; Miao, B. F.; Cao, R. X.; Sun, L.; You, B.; Wu, D.; Zhang, W.; Jiang, Z. S.; Cheng, R.; Ding, H. F.

    2014-12-01

    We report a method to switch both the circulation and polarity of magnetic vortices in a controlled manner within a nanosecond utilizing micromagnetic simulations. The controllable switching is achieved with the combination of two different types of magnetic field pulses on submicron permalloy disks with heptagonal shape. When a magnetic field pulse of ~100 mT is applied along one of the edge directions of the heptagon, the circulation of the vortex can be manipulated according to the pulse direction. When a pair of pulses with a few tens of mT in magnitude and relative delay of about 100 ps is applied in orthogonal directions, the polarity can be further controlled without influencing the circulation. The different magnitude of switching fields allows for the combination of both types of pulses in the control of both the circulation and polarity of magnetic vortices. The switching mechanism and the controlling parameters for disks with diameters of 500 and 700 nm are discussed.

  5. The design and testing of a novel mechanomyogram-driven switch controlled by small eyebrow movements

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Alves Natasha

    2010-05-01

    Full Text Available Abstract Background Individuals with severe physical disabilities and minimal motor behaviour may be unable to use conventional mechanical switches for access. These persons may benefit from access technologies that harness the volitional activity of muscles. In this study, we describe the design and demonstrate the performance of a binary switch controlled by mechanomyogram (MMG signals recorded from the frontalis muscle during eyebrow movements. Methods Muscle contractions, detected in real-time with a continuous wavelet transform algorithm, were used to control a binary switch for computer access. The automatic selection of scale-specific thresholds reduced the effect of artefact, such as eye blinks and head movement, on the performance of the switch. Switch performance was estimated by cued response-tests performed by eleven participants (one with severe physical disabilities. Results The average sensitivity and specificity of the switch was 99.7 ± 0.4% and 99.9 ± 0.1%, respectively. The algorithm performance was robust against typical participant movement. Conclusions The results suggest that the frontalis muscle is a suitable site for controlling the MMG-driven switch. The high accuracies combined with the minimal requisite effort and training show that MMG is a promising binary control signal. Further investigation of the potential benefits of MMG-control for the target population is warranted.

  6. Electrophysiological correlates of the cognitive control processes underpinning mixing and switching costs.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Tarantino, Vincenza; Mazzonetto, Ilaria; Vallesi, Antonino

    2016-09-01

    Typically, in task-switching contexts individuals are slower and less accurate when repeating a task in mixed blocks compared to single-task blocks (mixing cost) and when switching to a new task compared to repeating a previous one (switch cost). Previous research has shown that distinct electrophysiological correlates underlie these two phenomena. However, this evidence is not a consistent result. The goal of this study was to better characterize differences between the control processes involved in mixing and switch costs. To this aim, we examined event-related potentials (ERPs) evoked during a cued task-switching experiment. In order to minimize the confounding effects of cognitive demands unrelated to task-switching, we asked participants to shift between two simple tasks (a letter identity task and a letter position task). The mixing cost was defined, in terms of ERPs, by contrasting repeat and single-task trials, whereas the ERP switch cost was obtained from the comparison of switch and repeat trials. Cue-locked ERPs showed that the mixing cost was mediated by two sustained components, an early posterior positivity and a late anterior negativity. On the other hand, the switch cost was associated with two early phasic positive components, one principally distributed over centro-parietal sites and the other located over left posterior sites. In target-locked ERPs the mixing cost was expressed by a frontal positivity, whereas the switch cost was expressed by a reduced parietal P3b. Overall, the results extend previous findings by providing elucidating ERP evidence on distinct proactive and reactive control processes involved in mixing and switch costs.

  7. Controlling the Emission of Electromagnetic Sources by Coordinate transformation

    CERN Document Server

    Luo, Yu; Ran, Lixin; Chen, Hongsheng; Kong, Jin Au

    2007-01-01

    The coordinate transformation on the space that contains electromagnetic sources is studied. We find that, not only the permittivity and permeability tensors of the media, but also the sources inside the media will take another form in order to behave equivalently as the original case. It is demonstrated that, a source of arbitrary shape and position in the free space can be replaced by an appropriately designed metamaterial coating with current distributed on the inner surface and would not be detected by outer observers, because the emission of the source can be controlled at will in this way. As examples, we show how to design conformal antennas by covering the sources with transformation media. The method proposed in this letter provides a completely new approach to develop novel active EM devices.

  8. Transactive Control and Coordination of Distributed Assets for Ancillary Services

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Subbarao, Krishnappa [Pacific Northwest National Lab. (PNNL), Richland, WA (United States); Fuller, Jason C. [Pacific Northwest National Lab. (PNNL), Richland, WA (United States); Kalsi, Karanjit [Pacific Northwest National Lab. (PNNL), Richland, WA (United States); Somani, Abhishek [Pacific Northwest National Lab. (PNNL), Richland, WA (United States); Pratt, Robert G. [Pacific Northwest National Lab. (PNNL), Richland, WA (United States); Widergren, Steven E. [Pacific Northwest National Lab. (PNNL), Richland, WA (United States); Chassin, David P. [Pacific Northwest National Lab. (PNNL), Richland, WA (United States)

    2013-09-18

    The need to diversify energy supplies, the need to mitigate energy-related environmental impact, and the entry of electric vehicles in large numbers present challenges and opportunities to power system professionals. Wind and solar power provide many benefits, and to reap the benefits the resulting increased variability—forecasted as well as unforecasted—should be addressed. A majority of states and the District of Columbia, representing over half of the total load, have passed renewable portfolio standards. California’s plans call for 33% renewable energy by 2020. For grid balancing and for meeting reliability standards, ancillary services are needed. The needs for these services are poised to increase significantly. Demand resources are receiving increasing attention as one means of providing the ancillary services. Control and coordination of a large number (~millions) of distributed smart grid assets requires innovative approaches. One such approach is transactive control and coordination (TC2)—a distributed, hierarchical, agent-based incentive and control system. The TC2 paradigm is to create a market-like control system in which participation is voluntary and the participant sets the price for participation. For transactions that are frequent, automation of bids and responses is necessary. Such an approach has been developed and demonstrated at the Pacific Northwest National Laboratory. The devices, typically thermostatically controlled heating, ventilating, and air conditioning (HVAC) loads, send their bids—the quantity of energy they need and, based on the consumer preferences encoded in a simple user interface, the price they are willing to pay. The typical bid period is 5 minutes. By aggregating all the bids, a demand curve is generated by the aggregating entity, and matched with a supply curve or supply constraint. The aggregator transmits the clearing price to the devices. The winning devices proceed to consume the energy they bid for and won

  9. Control and switching synchronization of fractional order chaotic systems using active control technique

    KAUST Repository

    Radwan, A.G.

    2013-03-13

    This paper discusses the continuous effect of the fractional order parameter of the Lü system where the system response starts stable, passing by chaotic behavior then reaching periodic response as the fractional-order increases. In addition, this paper presents the concept of synchronization of different fractional order chaotic systems using active control technique. Four different synchronization cases are introduced based on the switching parameters. Also, the static and dynamic synchronizations can be obtained when the switching parameters are functions of time. The nonstandard finite difference method is used for the numerical solution of the fractional order master and slave systems. Many numeric simulations are presented to validate the concept for different fractional order parameters.

  10. Control and switching synchronization of fractional order chaotic systems using active control technique

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    A.G. Radwan

    2014-01-01

    Full Text Available This paper discusses the continuous effect of the fractional order parameter of the Lü system where the system response starts stable, passing by chaotic behavior then reaching periodic response as the fractional-order increases. In addition, this paper presents the concept of synchronization of different fractional order chaotic systems using active control technique. Four different synchronization cases are introduced based on the switching parameters. Also, the static and dynamic synchronizations can be obtained when the switching parameters are functions of time. The nonstandard finite difference method is used for the numerical solution of the fractional order master and slave systems. Many numeric simulations are presented to validate the concept for different fractional order parameters.

  11. Analog self-powered harvester achieving switching pause control to increase harvested energy

    Science.gov (United States)

    Makihara, Kanjuro; Asahina, Kei

    2017-05-01

    In this paper, we propose a self-powered analog controller circuit to increase the efficiency of electrical energy harvesting from vibrational energy using piezoelectric materials. Although the existing synchronized switch harvesting on inductor (SSHI) method is designed to produce efficient harvesting, its switching operation generates a vibration-suppression effect that reduces the harvested levels of electrical energy. To solve this problem, the authors proposed—in a previous paper—a switching method that takes this vibration-suppression effect into account. This method temporarily pauses the switching operation, allowing the recovery of the mechanical displacement and, therefore, of the piezoelectric voltage. In this paper, we propose a self-powered analog circuit to implement this switching control method. Self-powered vibration harvesting is achieved in this study by attaching a newly designed circuit to an existing analog controller for SSHI. This circuit aims to effectively implement the aforementioned new switching control strategy, where switching is paused in some vibration peaks, in order to allow motion recovery and a consequent increase in the harvested energy. Harvesting experiments performed using the proposed circuit reveal that the proposed method can increase the energy stored in the storage capacitor by a factor of 8.5 relative to the conventional SSHI circuit. This proposed technique is useful to increase the harvested energy especially for piezoelectric systems having large coupling factor.

  12. Soft-switching PWM full-bridge converters topologies, control, and design

    CERN Document Server

    Ruan, Xinbo

    2014-01-01

    Soft-switching PWM full-bridge converters have been widely used in medium-to-high power dc-dc conversions for topological simplicity, easy control and high efficiency. Early works on soft-switching PWM full-bridge converter by many researchers included various topologies and modulation strategies.  However, these works were scattered, and the relationship among these topologies and modulation strategies had not been revealed. This book intends to describe systematically the soft-switching techniques for pulse-width modulation (PWM) full-bridge converters, including the topologies, control and

  13. An LMI-based variable structure control for a class of uncertain singular Markov switched systems

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    2007-01-01

    An H-infinifty variable structure control is presented for singular Markov switched systems with mismatched norm-bounded uncertainties and mismatched norm-bounded external disturbances.It iS shown that the sliding mode dynamics on the given switching surface is regular,impulse-free,and stochastically stable and satisfies H-infinity performance.A variable structure controller is designed to guarantee that the system trajectory converges to the linear switching surface in some finite time.Finally,a numencal example is solved to show the effectiveness and validness of the theoretical results.

  14. Controlled switching of single-molecule junctions by mechanical motion of a phenyl ring

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Yuya Kitaguchi

    2015-10-01

    Full Text Available Mechanical methods for single-molecule control have potential for wide application in nanodevices and machines. Here we demonstrate the operation of a single-molecule switch made functional by the motion of a phenyl ring, analogous to the lever in a conventional toggle switch. The switch can be actuated by dual triggers, either by a voltage pulse or by displacement of the electrode, and electronic manipulation of the ring by chemical substitution enables rational control of the on-state conductance. Owing to its simple mechanics, structural robustness, and chemical accessibility, we propose that phenyl rings are promising components in mechanical molecular devices.

  15. Sensorless speed control of switched reluctance motor using brain emotional learning based intelligent controller

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Dehkordi, Behzad Mirzaeian, E-mail: mirzaeian@eng.ui.ac.i [Department of Electrical Engineering, Faculty of Engineering, University of Isfahan, Hezar-Jerib St., Postal code 8174673441, Isfahan (Iran, Islamic Republic of); Parsapoor, Amir, E-mail: amirparsapoor@yahoo.co [Department of Electrical Engineering, Faculty of Engineering, University of Isfahan, Hezar-Jerib St., Postal code 8174673441, Isfahan (Iran, Islamic Republic of); Moallem, Mehdi, E-mail: moallem@cc.iut.ac.i [Department of Electrical Engineering, Isfahan University of Technology, Isfahan (Iran, Islamic Republic of); Lucas, Caro, E-mail: lucas@ut.ac.i [Centre of Excellence for Control and Intelligent Processing, Electrical and Computer Engineering Faculty, College of Engineering, University of Tehran, Tehran (Iran, Islamic Republic of)

    2011-01-15

    In this paper, a brain emotional learning based intelligent controller (BELBIC) is developed to control the switched reluctance motor (SRM) speed. Like other intelligent controllers, BELBIC is model free and is suitable to control nonlinear systems. Motor parameter changes, operating point changes, measurement noise, open circuit fault in one phase and asymmetric phases in SRM are also simulated to show the robustness and superior performance of BELBIC. To compare the BELBIC performance with other intelligent controllers, Fuzzy Logic Controller (FLC) is developed. System responses with BELBIC and FLC are compared. Furthermore, by eliminating the position sensor, a method is introduced to estimate the rotor position. This method is based on Adaptive Neuro Fuzzy Inference System (ANFIS). The estimator inputs are four phase flux linkages. Suggested rotor position estimator is simulated in different conditions. Simulation results confirm the accurate rotor position estimation in different loads and speeds.

  16. Bimanual motor coordination controlled by cooperative interactions in intrinsic and extrinsic coordinates.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Sakurada, Takeshi; Ito, Koji; Gomi, Hiroaki

    2016-01-01

    Although strong motor coordination in intrinsic muscle coordinates has frequently been reported for bimanual movements, coordination in extrinsic visual coordinates is also crucial in various bimanual tasks. To explore the bimanual coordination mechanisms in terms of the frame of reference, here we characterized implicit bilateral interactions in visuomotor tasks. Visual perturbations (finger-cursor gain change) were applied while participants performed a rhythmic tracking task with both index fingers under an in-phase or anti-phase relationship in extrinsic coordinates. When they corrected the right finger's amplitude, the left finger's amplitude unintentionally also changed [motor interference (MI)], despite the instruction to keep its amplitude constant. Notably, we observed two specificities: one was large MI and low relative-phase variability (PV) under the intrinsic in-phase condition, and the other was large MI and high PV under the extrinsic in-phase condition. Additionally, using a multiple-interaction model, we successfully decomposed MI into intrinsic components caused by motor correction and extrinsic components caused by visual-cursor mismatch of the right finger's movements. This analysis revealed that the central nervous system facilitates MI by combining intrinsic and extrinsic components in the condition with in-phases in both intrinsic and extrinsic coordinates, and that under-additivity of the effects is explained by the brain's preference for the intrinsic interaction over extrinsic interaction. In contrast, the PV was significantly correlated with the intrinsic component, suggesting that the intrinsic interaction dominantly contributed to bimanual movement stabilization. The inconsistent features of MI and PV suggest that the central nervous system regulates multiple levels of bilateral interactions for various bimanual tasks.

  17. Average Consensus Problems in Networks of Agents with Fixed and Switching Topology and Unknown Control Direction

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Caixian Sun

    2014-01-01

    Full Text Available This paper is devoted to the average consensus problems in directed networks of agents with unknown control direction. In this paper, by using Nussbaum function techniques and Laplacian matrix, novel average consensus protocols are designed for multiagent systems with unknown control direction in the cases of directed networks with fixed and switching topology. In the case of switching topology, the disagreement vector is utilized. Finally, simulation is provided to demonstrate the effectiveness of our results.

  18. H∞ Control Based on LMIs for a Class of Time-delay Switched Systems

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    Chun-ming LI; Xue-min TIAN

    2010-01-01

    The problem of H∞ stability analysis and control synthesis of switched systems with delayed states under arbitrary switching laws is considered. By means of Lyapunov function and linear matrix inequality tools, sufficient condition of H∞ stability is presented in terms of linear matrix inequalities. Furthermore, the robust H∞ control synthesis via state feedback and output feedback is studied. Finally, a numerical example is given to demonstrate the effectiveness of the proposed method.

  19. Stabilization Control for Linear Switching Stochastic Systems Against Time-Delay in Communication Channel

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    Dongfang Lv; Shen Cong

    2015-01-01

    The paper is concerned with stabilization problem for a class of stochastic switching systems with time⁃delay in the detection of switching signal. By using binomial model, Poisson process, and Wiener process to describe time⁃delay, switching signal, and exogenous disturbance, respectively, the system under investigation is entirely set in a stochastic framework. The influence of the random time⁃delay is combined into reconstructing the switching signal of overall closed⁃loop system and changes the distribution property of switching points. Therefore, based on the asymptotical behaviors of Poisson processes and Wiener processes, the almost surely exponential stability conditions are established. Furthermore, a design methodology is posed for solving the stabilization control.

  20. An improved switching control law for the optimized synchronous electric charge extraction circuit

    Science.gov (United States)

    Liu, Weiqun; Badel, Adrien; Formosa, Fabien; Liu, Congzhi; Hu, Guangdi

    2015-12-01

    Nonlinear switching interface circuits are considered as an efficient way to improve the performance of vibration energy harvesters. Among the various approaches, OSECE (Optimized Synchronous Electric Charge Extraction) exhibits satisfying properties: simple switching strategy, good performance in low coupling cases and low load dependency. However, the overdamping induced by the voltage inversion at maximal points leads to performance degeneration in high coupling cases. This paper presents an improved switching control law for the OSECE technique. The new OSECE_PT (OSECE with switching Phase Tuning) technique presented here is to let the switches act ahead or after the maximal point with a phase tuning. Theoretical analysis and numerical simulations show that the OSECE_PT technique can improve the power performance effectively and preserves desired load independence properties.

  1. Exponential Stability of Time-Switched Two-Subsystem Nonlinear Systems with Application to Intermittent Control

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Huang Tingwen

    2009-01-01

    Full Text Available This paper studies the exponential stability of a class of periodically time-switched nonlinear systems. Three cases of such systems which are composed, respectively, of a pair of unstable subsystems, of both stable and unstable subsystems, and of a pair of stable systems, are considered. For the first case, the proposed result shows that there exists periodically switching rule guaranteeing the exponential stability of the whole system with (sufficient small switching period if there is a Hurwitz linear convex combination of two uncertain linear systems derived from two subsystems by certain linearization. For the second case, we present two general switching criteria by means of multiple and single Lyapunov function, respectively. We also investigate the stability issue of the third case, and the switching criteria of exponential stability are proposed. The present results for the second case are further applied to the periodically intermittent control. Several numerical examples are also given to show the effectiveness of theoretical results.

  2. A concept for semi-active vibration control with a serial-stiffness-switch system

    Science.gov (United States)

    Min, Chaoqing; Dahlmann, Martin; Sattel, Thomas

    2017-09-01

    This work deals with a new semi-active vibration control concept with a serial-stiffness-switch system (SSSS), which can be seen as one and a half degree-of-freedom system. The proposed switched system is mainly composed of two serial elements, each of which consists of one spring and one switch in parallel with each other. This mechanical structure benefits from a specified switching law based on the zero crossing of velocity in order to realize vibration reduction. In contrast with conventional ways, the new system is capable of harvesting vibration energy as potential energy stored in springs, and then applies it to vibration reduction. In this paper, the concept is characterized, simulated, evaluated, and proven to be able to improve the system response. The equivalent stiffness and natural frequency of the switched system are mathematically formulated and verified.

  3. A leaky-integrator model as a control mechanism underlying flexible decision making during task switching.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Mitani, Akinori; Sasaki, Ryo; Oizumi, Masafumi; Uka, Takanori

    2013-01-01

    The ability to switch between tasks is critical for animals to behave according to context. Although the association between the prefrontal cortex and task switching has been well documented, the ultimate modulation of sensory-motor associations has yet to be determined. Here, we modeled the results of a previous study showing that task switching can be accomplished by communication from distinct populations of sensory neurons. We proposed a leaky-integrator model where relevant and irrelevant information were stored separately in two integrators and task switching was achieved by leaking information from the irrelevant integrator. The model successfully explained both the behavioral and neuronal data. Additionally, the leaky-integrator model showed better performance than an alternative model, where irrelevant information was discarded by decreasing the weight on irrelevant information, when animals initially failed to commit to a task. Overall, we propose that flexible switching is, in part, achieved by actively controlling the amount of leak of relevant and irrelevant information.

  4. Electric field-controlled magnetization switching in Co/Pt thin-film ferromagnets

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    A. Siddique

    2016-12-01

    Full Text Available A study of dynamic and reversible voltage-controlled magnetization switching in ferromagnetic Co/Pt thin film with perpendicular magnetic anisotropy at room temperature is presented. The change in the magnetic properties of the system is observed in a relatively thick film of 15 nm. A surface charge is induced by the formation of electrochemical double layer between the metallic thin film and non-aqueous lithium LiClO4 electrolyte to manipulate the magnetism. The change in the magnetic properties occurred by the application of an external electric field. As the negative voltage was increased, the coercivity and the switching magnetic field decreased thus activating magnetization switching. The results are envisaged to lead to faster and ultra-low-power magnetization switching as compared to spin-transfer torque (STT switching in spintronic devices.

  5. A low-power circuit for piezoelectric vibration control by synchronized switching on voltage sources

    CERN Document Server

    Shen, Hui; Ji, Hongli; Zhu, Kongjun; Balsi, Marco; Giorgio, Ivan; dell'Isola, Francesco

    2010-01-01

    In the paper, a vibration damping system powered by harvested energy with implementation of the so-called SSDV (synchronized switch damping on voltage source) technique is designed and investigated. In the semi-passive approach, the piezoelectric element is intermittently switched from open-circuit to specific impedance synchronously with the structural vibration. Due to this switching procedure, a phase difference appears between the strain induced by vibration and the resulting voltage, thus creating energy dissipation. By supplying the energy collected from the piezoelectric materials to the switching circuit, a new low-power device using the SSDV technique is proposed. Compared with the original self-powered SSDI (synchronized switch damping on inductor), such a device can significantly improve its performance of vibration control. Its effectiveness in the single-mode resonant damping of a composite beam is validated by the experimental results.

  6. Planar C-Band Antenna with Electronically Controllable Switched Beams

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Mariano Barba

    2009-01-01

    Full Text Available The design, manufacturing, and measurements of a switchable-beam antenna at 3.5 GHz for WLL or Wimax base station antennas in planar technology are presented. This antenna performs a discrete beam scan of a 60∘ sector in azimuth and can be easily upgraded to 5 or more steps. The switching capabilities have been implemented by the inclusion of phase shifters based on PIN diodes in the feed network following a strategy that allows the reduction of the number of switches compared to a classic design. The measurements show that the design objectives have been achieved and encourage the application of the acquired experience in antennas for space applications, such as X-band SAR and Ku-band DBS.

  7. DNA Origami Rotaxanes: Tailored Synthesis and Controlled Structure Switching.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Powell, John T; Akhuetie-Oni, Benjamin O; Zhang, Zhao; Lin, Chenxiang

    2016-09-12

    Mechanically interlocked supramolecular assemblies are appealing building blocks for creating functional nanodevices. Herein, we describe the multistep assembly of large DNA origami rotaxanes that are capable of programmable structural switching. We validated the topology and structural integrity of these rotaxanes by analyzing the intermediate and final products of various assembly routes by electrophoresis and electron microscopy. We further analyzed two structure-switching behaviors of our rotaxanes, which are both mediated by DNA hybridization. In the first mechanism, the translational motion of the macrocycle can be triggered or halted at either terminus. In the second mechanism, the macrocycle can be elongated after completion of the rotaxane assembly, giving rise to a unique structure that is otherwise difficult to access.

  8. Electro-optical switching by liquid-crystal controlled metasurfaces

    CERN Document Server

    Decker, Manuel; Minovich, Alexander; Staude, Isabelle; Miroshnichenko, Andrey E; Chigrin, Dmitry; Neshev, Dragomir N; Jagadish, Chennupati; Kivshar, Yuri S

    2013-01-01

    We study the optical response of a metamaterial surface created by a lattice of split-ring resonators covered with a nematic liquid crystal and demonstrate millisecond timescale switching between electric and magnetic resonances of the metasurface. This is achieved due to a high sensitivity of liquid-crystal molecular reorientation to the symmetry of the metasurface as well as to the presence of a bias electric field. Our experiments are complemented by numerical simulations of the liquid-crystal reorientation.

  9. A Precise Temperature-Responsive Bistable Switch Controlling Yersinia Virulence

    Science.gov (United States)

    Klein, Johannes; Bücker, René; Herbst, Katharina; Heroven, Ann Kathrin; Pisano, Fabio; Wittmann, Christoph; Münch, Richard; Müller, Johannes; Jahn, Dieter

    2016-01-01

    Different biomolecules have been identified in bacterial pathogens that sense changes in temperature and trigger expression of virulence programs upon host entry. However, the dynamics and quantitative outcome of this response in individual cells of a population, and how this influences pathogenicity are unknown. Here, we address these questions using a thermosensing virulence regulator of an intestinal pathogen (RovA of Yersinia pseudotuberculosis) as a model. We reveal that this regulator is part of a novel thermoresponsive bistable switch, which leads to high- and low-invasive subpopulations within a narrow temperature range. The temperature range in which bistability is observed is defined by the degradation and synthesis rate of the regulator, and is further adjustable via a nutrient-responsive regulator. The thermoresponsive switch is also characterized by a hysteretic behavior in which activation and deactivation occurred on vastly different time scales. Mathematical modeling accurately mirrored the experimental behavior and predicted that the thermoresponsiveness of this sophisticated bistable switch is mainly determined by the thermo-triggered increase of RovA proteolysis. We further observed RovA ON and OFF subpopulations of Y. pseudotuberculosis in the Peyer’s patches and caecum of infected mice, and that changes in the RovA ON/OFF cell ratio reduce tissue colonization and overall virulence. This points to a bet-hedging strategy in which the thermoresponsive bistable switch plays a key role in adapting the bacteria to the fluctuating conditions encountered as they pass through the host’s intestinal epithelium and suggests novel strategies for the development of antimicrobial therapies. PMID:28006011

  10. Investigation of Timing to Switch Control Mode in Powered Knee Prostheses during Task Transitions.

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Fan Zhang

    Full Text Available Current powered prosthetic legs require switching control modes according to the task the user is performing (e.g. level-ground walking, stair climbing, walking on slopes, etc.. To allow prosthesis users safely and seamlessly transition between tasks, it is critical to determine when to switch the prosthesis control mode during task transitions. Our previous study defined critical timings for different types of task transitions in ambulation; however, it is unknown whether it is the unique timing that allows safe and seamless transitions. The goals of this study were to (1 systematically investigate the effects of mode switch timing on the prosthesis user's performance in task transitions, and (2 identify appropriate timing to switch the prosthesis control mode so that the users can seamlessly transition between different locomotion tasks. Five able-bodied (AB and two transfemoral (TF amputee subjects were tested as they wore a powered knee prosthesis. The prosthesis control mode was switched manually at various times while the subjects performed different types of task transitions. The subjects' task transition performances were evaluated by their walking balance and success in performing seamless task transitions. The results demonstrated that there existed a time window within which switching the prosthesis control mode neither interrupted the subjects' task transitions nor disturbed their walking balance. Therefore, the results suggested the control mode switching of a lower limb prosthesis can be triggered within an appropriate time window instead of a specific timing or an individual phase. In addition, a generalized criterion to determine the appropriate mode switch timing was proposed. The outcomes of this study could provide important guidance for future designs of neurally controlled powered knee prostheses that are safe and reliable to use.

  11. Atomic switch: atom/ion movement controlled devices for beyond von-neumann computers.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Hasegawa, Tsuyoshi; Terabe, Kazuya; Tsuruoka, Tohru; Aono, Masakazu

    2012-01-10

    An atomic switch is a nanoionic device that controls the diffusion of metal ions/atoms and their reduction/oxidation processes in the switching operation to form/annihilate a conductive path. Since metal atoms can provide a highly conductive channel even if their cluster size is in the nanometer scale, atomic switches may enable downscaling to smaller than the 11 nm technology node, which is a great challenge for semiconductor devices. Atomic switches also possess novel characteristics, such as high on/off ratios, very low power consumption and non-volatility. The unique operating mechanisms of these devices have enabled the development of various types of atomic switch, such as gap-type and gapless-type two-terminal atomic switches and three-terminal atomic switches. Novel functions, such as selective volatile/nonvolatile, synaptic, memristive, and photo-assisted operations have been demonstrated. Such atomic switch characteristics can not only improve the performance of present-day electronic systems, but also enable development of new types of electronic systems, such as beyond von- Neumann computers. Copyright © 2012 WILEY-VCH Verlag GmbH & Co. KGaA, Weinheim.

  12. On Optimal Control of Non-Autonomous Switched Systems with a Fixed Mode Sequence

    Science.gov (United States)

    Kamgarpour, Maryam; Tomlin, Claire

    2012-01-01

    We consider differentiability with respect to the switch times of the value function of an optimal control problem for a non-autonomous switched system. The control variables are the switch times between the modes and the input in each mode. We provide a method to compute the derivative of the cost function given a nominal input. Then, we view the optimal control problem as a parametrized optimization problem in which the switch times are the parameters and the optimization is over the set of feasible inputs of each mode. From this point of view, we provide conditions under which the continuity and differentiability of the optimal value function, that is the cost function optimized over the inputs, can be guaranteed.

  13. Observed-Based Adaptive Fuzzy Tracking Control for Switched Nonlinear Systems With Dead-Zone.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Tong, Shaocheng; Sui, Shuai; Li, Yongming

    2015-12-01

    In this paper, the problem of adaptive fuzzy output-feedback control is investigated for a class of uncertain switched nonlinear systems in strict-feedback form. The considered switched systems contain unknown nonlinearities, dead-zone, and immeasurable states. Fuzzy logic systems are utilized to approximate the unknown nonlinear functions, a switched fuzzy state observer is designed and thus the immeasurable states are obtained by it. By applying the adaptive backstepping design principle and the average dwell time method, an adaptive fuzzy output-feedback tracking control approach is developed. It is proved that the proposed control approach can guarantee that all the variables in the closed-loop system are bounded under a class of switching signals with average dwell time, and also that the system output can track a given reference signal as closely as possible. The simulation results are given to check the effectiveness of the proposed approach.

  14. Mitigation of Power Quality Issues by Nine Switches UPQC Using PI & ANN with Hysteresis Control

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    D. Uma Maheswara Rao

    2014-08-01

    Full Text Available A nine-switch power converter having two sets of output terminals was recently proposed in place of the traditional back-to-back power converter that uses 12 switches in total. The nine-switch converter has already been proven to have certain advantages, in addition to its component saving topological feature. Despite these advantages, the nine-switch converter has so far found limited applications due to its many perceived performance tradeoffs like requiring an oversized dc-link capacitor, limited amplitude sharing, and constrained phase shift between its two sets of output terminals. Instead of accepting these tradeoffs as limitations, a nine-switch power conditioner is proposed here that virtually ―converts‖ most of these topological short comings into interesting performance advantages. Aiming further to reduce its switching losses, Harmonics, Voltage Sag & Swell an appropriate discontinuous modulation scheme is proposed and studied here in detail to doubly ensure that maximal reduction of commutations is achieved. With an appropriately designed control scheme with PI and ANN with Hysteresis controller then incorporated, the nine-switch converter is shown to favorably raise the overall power quality in Simulation, hence justifying its role as a power conditioner at a reduced cost.

  15. Dynamical model of series-resonant converter with peak capacitor voltage predictor and switching frequency control

    Science.gov (United States)

    Pietkiewicz, A.; Tollik, D.; Klaassens, J. B.

    1989-08-01

    A simple small-signal low-frequency model of an idealized series resonant converter employing peak capacitor voltage prediction and switching frequency control is proposed. Two different versions of the model describe all possible conversion modes. It is found that step down modes offer better dynamic characteristics over most important network functions than do the step-up modes. The dynamical model of the series resonant converter with peak capacitor voltage prediction and switching frequency programming is much simpler than such popular control stategies as frequency VCO (voltage controlled oscillators) based control, or diode conduction angle control.

  16. Exciter switch

    Science.gov (United States)

    Mcpeak, W. L.

    1975-01-01

    A new exciter switch assembly has been installed at the three DSN 64-m deep space stations. This assembly provides for switching Block III and Block IV exciters to either the high-power or 20-kW transmitters in either dual-carrier or single-carrier mode. In the dual-carrier mode, it provides for balancing the two drive signals from a single control panel located in the transmitter local control and remote control consoles. In addition to the improved switching capabilities, extensive monitoring of both the exciter switch assembly and Transmitter Subsystem is provided by the exciter switch monitor and display assemblies.

  17. Optimal control of switched linear systems based on Migrant Particle Swarm Optimization algorithm

    Science.gov (United States)

    Xie, Fuqiang; Wang, Yongji; Zheng, Zongzhun; Li, Chuanfeng

    2009-10-01

    The optimal control problem for switched linear systems with internally forced switching has more constraints than with externally forced switching. Heavy computations and slow convergence in solving this problem is a major obstacle. In this paper we describe a new approach for solving this problem, which is called Migrant Particle Swarm Optimization (Migrant PSO). Imitating the behavior of a flock of migrant birds, the Migrant PSO applies naturally to both continuous and discrete spaces, in which definitive optimization algorithm and stochastic search method are combined. The efficacy of the proposed algorithm is illustrated via a numerical example.

  18. Oxide stoichiometry-controlled TaOx-based resistive switching behaviors

    Science.gov (United States)

    Baek, Gwang Ho; Lee, Ah Rahm; Kim, Tae Yoon; Im, Hyun Sik; Hong, Jin Pyo

    2016-10-01

    We examine the influence of variable oxygen concentration in TaOx active layers on the forming process and bipolar resistive switching (BRS) features of TaOx-based resistive switching cells. TaOx active layers prepared using various rf sputtering powers were systematically analyzed to identify the relation between initial compositions and BRS behavior. Proper control of oxygen vacancy concentration was clearly identified as a basic factor in ensuring typical BRS features without affecting the structural properties. We describe the possible origins of both conduction and switching based on the variation of oxygen concentrations initially provided by the growth conditions.

  19. Distributed Consensus of Nonlinear Multi-Agent Systems on State-Controlled Switching Topologies

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Kairui Chen

    2016-01-01

    Full Text Available This paper considers the consensus problem of nonlinear multi-agent systems under switching directed topologies. Specifically, the dynamics of each agent incorporates an intrinsic nonlinear term and the interaction topology may not contain a spanning tree at any time. By designing a state-controlled switching law, we show that the multi-agent system with the neighbor-based protocol can achieve consensus if the switching topologies jointly contain a spanning tree. Moreover, an easily manageable algebraic criterion is deduced to unravel the underlying mechanisms in reaching consensus. Finally, a numerical example is exploited to illustrate the effectiveness of the developed theoretical results.

  20. Inefficient cognitive control in adult ADHD: evidence from trial-by-trial Stroop test and cued task switching performance

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Heuser Isabella

    2007-08-01

    Full Text Available Abstract Background Contemporary neuropsychological models of ADHD implicate impaired cognitive control as contributing to disorder characteristic behavioral deficiencies and excesses; albeit to varying degrees. While the traditional view of ADHD postulates a core deficiency in cognitive control processes, alternative dual-process models emphasize the dynamic interplay of bottom-up driven factors such as activation, arousal, alerting, motivation, reward and temporal processing with top-down cognitive control. However, neuropsychological models of ADHD are child-based and have yet to undergo extensive empirical scrutiny with respect to their application to individuals with persistent symptoms in adulthood. Furthermore, few studies of adult ADHD samples have investigated two central cognitive control processes: interference control and task-set coordination. The current study employed experimental chronometric Stroop and task switching paradigms to investigate the efficiency of processes involved in interference control and task-set coordination in ADHD adults. Methods 22 adults diagnosed with persistent ADHD (17 males and 22 matched healthy control subjects performed a manual trial-by-trial Stroop color-word test and a blocked explicitly cued task switching paradigm. Performance differences between neutral and incongruent trials of the Stroop task measured interference control. Task switching paradigm manipulations allowed for measurement of transient task-set updating, sustained task-set maintenance, preparatory mechanisms and interference control. Control analyses tested for the specificity of group × condition interactions. Results Abnormal processing of task-irrelevant stimulus features was evident in ADHD group performance on both tasks. ADHD group interference effects on the task switching paradigm were found to be dependent on the time allotted to prepare for an upcoming task. Group differences in sustained task-set maintenance and

  1. Transactive Control and Coordination of Distributed Assets for Ancillary Services

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Subbarao, Krishnappa; Fuller, Jason C.; Kalsi, Karanjit; Somani, Abhishek; Pratt, Robert G.; Widergren, Steven E.; Chassin, David P.

    2013-09-18

    The need to diversify energy supplies, the need to mitigate energy-related environmental impact, and the entry of electric vehicles in large numbers present challenges and opportunities to power system professionals. Wind and solar power provide many benefits, and to reap the benefits the resulting increased variability—forecasted as well as unforecasted—should be addressed. Demand resources are receiving increasing attention as one means of providing the grid balancing services. Control and coordination of a large number (~millions) of distributed smart grid assets requires innovative approaches. One such is transactive control and coordination (TC2)—a distributed, agent-based incentive and control system. The TC2 paradigm is to create a market system with the following characteristics: • Participation should be entirely voluntary. • The participant decides at what price s/he is willing to participate. • The bids and responses are automated. Such an approach has been developed and demonstrated by Pacific Northwest National Laboratory for energy markets. It is the purpose of this project to develop a similar approach for ancillary services. In this report, the following ancillary services are considered: • spinning reserve • ramping • regulation. These services are to be provided by the following devices: • refrigerators • water heaters • clothes dryers • variable speed drives. The important results are summarized below: The regulation signal can be divided into an energy-neutral high frequency component and a low frequency component. The high frequency component is particularly well suited for demand resources. The low frequency component, which carries energy non-neutrality, can be handled by a combination of generators and demand resources. An explicit method for such a separation is obtained from an exponentially weighted moving average filter. Causal filters (i.e., filters that process only present and past values of a signal

  2. Microcontroller based PWM controlled four switch three phase inverter fed induction motor drive

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Mohanty Kant Nalin

    2010-01-01

    Full Text Available This paper presents PIC microcontroller based PWM inverter controlled four switch three phase inverter (FSTPI fed Induction Motor drive. The advantage of this inverter that uses of 4 switches instead of conventional 6 switches is lesser switching losses, lower electromagnetic interference (EMI, less complexity of control algorithms and reduced interface circuits. Simulation and experimental work are carried out and results presented to demonstrate the feasibility of the proposed approach. Simulation is carried out using MATLAB SIMULINK and in the experimental work a prototype model is built to verify the simulation results. PIC microcontroller (PIC 16F877A is used to generate the PWM pulses for FSTPI to drive the 0.5 hp 3-phase Induction Motor.

  3. Simple Switching Strategy for High-Torque Control Performance utilizing Neutral Point Clamped Multilevel Inverter

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Nor Faezah Alias

    2013-12-01

    Full Text Available Three-level Neutral Point Clamped (NPC inverter allows the configuration of switching devices to operate at high voltage and produce lower current/voltage harmonics. It is known that, DTC of induction machine which employs hysteresis controller has major drawbacks namely larger torque ripple and variable switching frequency. This paper aims to propose a suitable voltage vector selection to provide better torque regulation and lower switching frequency by employing DTC with 3-level NPC multilevel inverter. A simple switching strategy was formulated using 7-level torque hysteresis and 2-level flux hysteresis controllers to give more options in selecting an appropriate voltage vector, inherently, according the motor operation conditions. The improvements offered were verified through simulations.

  4. Control and switching of first hyperpolarizability by pH

    Science.gov (United States)

    Asselberghs, Inge; Hennrich, Gunther; Coe, Benjamin J.; Koen, Clays

    2006-08-01

    Modulating the electronic, magnetic and optical properties at the molecular level using an external trigger has been extended to the field of nonlinear optics. The switching molecule is designed to have a complexation site or a redox active unit which can guarantee electronic communication over the whole conjugated system. The alteration of the nonlinear property is then induced by the modulation of the internal charge-transfer due to the response of the molecule to the external stimulus. This can be achieved by cation binding, protonation/deprotonation or electrochemically.

  5. Developing a taxonomy of coordination behaviours in nuclear power plant control rooms during emergencies.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Wang, Dunxing; Gao, Qin; Li, Zhizhong; Song, Fei; Ma, Liang

    2017-05-19

    This study aims to develop a taxonomy of coordination behaviours during emergencies in nuclear power plants (NPPs). We summarised basic coordination behaviours from literature in aviation, health care and nuclear field and identified coordination behaviours specific to the nuclear domain by interviewing and surveying control crew operators. The established taxonomy includes 7 workflow stages and 24 basic coordination behaviours. To evaluate the reliability and feasibility of the taxonomy, we analysed 12 videos of operators' training sessions by coding coordination behaviours with the taxonomy and the inter-rater reliability was acceptable. Further analysis of the frequency, the duration and the direction of the coordination behaviours revealed four coordination problems. This taxonomy provides a foundation of systematic observation of coordination behaviours among NPP crews, advances researchers' understanding of the coordination mechanism during emergencies in NPPs and facilitate the possibility to deepen the understanding of the relationships between coordination behaviours and team performance. Practitioner Summary: A taxonomy of coordination behaviours during emergencies in nuclear power plants was developed. Reliability and feasibility of the taxonomy was verified through the analysis of 12 training sessions. The taxonomy can serve as an observation system for analysis of coordination behaviours and help to identify coordination problems of control crews.

  6. A coordinated MIMO control design for a power plant using improved sliding mode controller.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Ataei, Mohammad; Hooshmand, Rahmat-Allah; Samani, Siavash Golmohammadi

    2014-03-01

    For the participation of the steam power plants in regulating the network frequency, boilers and turbines should be co-ordinately controlled in addition to the base load productions. Lack of coordinated control over boiler-turbine may lead to instability; oscillation in producing power and boiler parameters; reduction in the reliability of the unit; and inflicting thermodynamic tension on devices. This paper proposes a boiler-turbine coordinated multivariable control system based on improved sliding mode controller (ISMC). The system controls two main boiler-turbine parameters i.e., the turbine revolution and superheated steam pressure of the boiler output. For this purpose, a comprehensive model of the system including complete and exact description of the subsystems is extracted. The parameters of this model are determined according to our case study that is the 320MW unit of Islam-Abad power plant in Isfahan/Iran. The ISMC method is simulated on the power plant and its performance is compared with the related real PI (proportional-integral) controllers which have been used in this unit. The simulation results show the capability of the proposed controller system in controlling local network frequency and superheated steam pressure in the presence of load variations and disturbances of boiler.

  7. Cross-Platform Android/iOS-Based Smart Switch Control Middleware in a Digital Home

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Guo Jie

    2015-01-01

    Full Text Available With technological and economic development, people’s lives have been improved substantially, especially their home environments. One of the key aspects of these improvements is home intellectualization, whose core is the smart home control system. Furthermore, as smart phones have become increasingly popular, we can use them to control the home system through Wi-Fi, Bluetooth, and GSM. This means that control with phones is more convenient and fast and now becomes the primary terminal controller in the smart home. In this paper, we propose middleware for developing a cross-platform Android/iOS-based solution for smart switch control software, focus on the Wi-Fi based communication protocols between the cellphone and the smart switch, achieved a plugin-based smart switch function, defined and implemented the JavaScript interface, and then implemented the cross-platform Android/iOS-based smart switch control software; also the scenarios are illustrated. Finally, tests were performed after the completed realization of the smart switch control system.

  8. The design of predictive control with characterized set of initial condition for constrained switched nonlinear system

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    SU BaiLi; LI ShaoYuan; ZHU QuanMin

    2009-01-01

    Stabilization of the constrained switched nonlinear systems is an attractive research subject. Predictive control can handle variable constraints well and make the system stable. Its stability is typically based on an assumption of initial feasibility of the optimization problem; however the set of initial conditions, starting from where a given predictive formulation is guaranteed to be feasible, is not explicitly char-acterized. In this paper, a hybrid predictive control method is proposed for a class of switched nonlin-ear systems with input constraints and un-measurable states. The main idea is to design a mixed con-troller using Lyapunov functions and a state observer, which switches appropriately between a bounded feedback controller and a predictive controller, and to give an explicitly characterized set of initial conditions to stabilize each closed-loop subsystem. For the whole switched nonlinear system, a suitable switched law based on the state estimation is designed to orchestrate the transitions between the consistituent modes and their respective controllers, and to ensure the whole closed-loop system's stability. The simulation results for a chemical process show the validity of the controller proposed in this paper.

  9. The design of predictive control with characterized set of initial condition for constrained switched nonlinear system

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    2009-01-01

    Stabilization of the constrained switched nonlinear systems is an attractive research subject. Predictive control can handle variable constraints well and make the system stable. Its stability is typically based on an assumption of initial feasibility of the optimization problem; however the set of initial conditions, starting from where a given predictive formulation is guaranteed to be feasible, is not explicitly characterized. In this paper, a hybrid predictive control method is proposed for a class of switched nonlinear systems with input constraints and un-measurable states. The main idea is to design a mixed controller using Lyapunov functions and a state observer, which switches appropriately between a bounded feedback controller and a predictive controller, and to give an explicitly characterized set of initial conditions to stabilize each closed-loop subsystem. For the whole switched nonlinear system, a suitable switched law based on the state estimation is designed to orchestrate the transitions between the consistituent modes and their respective controllers, and to ensure the whole closed-loop system’s stability. The simulation results for a chemical process show the validity of the controller proposed in this paper.

  10. Implementation of a terminal switching network supervisor: SAURON, an interactive extension of PACX IV control techniques

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Vahle, M O; Tolendino, L F

    1982-04-01

    The rapidly growing number of interactive terminals at Sandia National Laboratories which compete for a limited number of computer ports has given rise to the development of a Terminal Switching Network. This paper describes a minicomputer-based supervisory node which interacts with the switches comprising the network and the operators. The supervisor amplifies the control capabilities of the operators, provides a realtime display of the system status, and records usage statistics.

  11. Effects of Direct Torque Control Switching Strategies on Common Voltage and Bearing Current

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Mohammad Taghi Sadeghzadeh

    2012-04-01

    Full Text Available Bearing current sininduction motorsare considered a sone of the most damaging factors. Induced shaft voltage through the parasitic capacitors cause this type of current. Inthispaper,given the increasing importance of direct torque control of induction motorin industry, various switching tables are assessed in order to ensure the lowest common voltage while maintaining the performance characteristics of the drive. Finally best switching table based on the minimum CMV, less torque rippleand better quality out put reference tracking is proposed.

  12. Adaptive memory in multi-model switching control of uncertain plants

    NARCIS (Netherlands)

    Battistelli, Giorgio; Mosca, Edoardo; Tesi, Pietro

    2014-01-01

    This paper describes some recent results in multi-model switching control. The scheme here considered embeds a finite family of pre-designed controllers and a high-level unit which selects, at each instant of time, the candidate controller to be placed in feedback to the uncertain plant. The study c

  13. CONTROL OPTIMIZATION FOR ASYNCHRONIZED SWITCHED MOTOR OF MINE HOIST PLANT USING BELLMAN – LYAPUNOV METHOD

    OpenAIRE

    Toropov, A. V.; Toropova, L.V.

    2014-01-01

    Тhe problem of synthesis of nonlinear speed controller asynchronized switched motor is considered. To find the optimal control law by, the method of Bellman - Lyapunov by concept of "immersion" is used. Modeling and comparative analysis of the system with the standard PI - controller, as well as the synthesized regulators are made

  14. Novel coordinates for nonlinear multibody motion with applications to spacecraft dynamics and control

    Science.gov (United States)

    Schaub, Hanspeter

    1998-12-01

    Novel sets of attitude coordinates called the Stereographic Parameters (SPs) and configuration quasivelocity coordinates called the Eigenfactor Quasivelocities (EQVs) are discussed. The SPs are generated through stereographic projections of the Euler parameter constraint hypersphere onto hyperplanes. SP sets are non-unique and have distinct alternate sets referred to as shadow sets. They abide by the same differential kinematic equation, but generally display a different singular behavior. Explicit expressions are developed that map the original SP set to the shadow set and thus avoid any singularities. Both symmetric SPs such as the classical and Modified Rodrigues Parameters (MRPs), as well as asymmetric SPs are discussed. A globally asymptotically stable MRP feedback law which tracks any reference trajectory is presented. Both unsaturated and saturated control cases are discussed. Further, an MRP costate switching condition is developed that allows both original and shadow MRPs to be used simultaneously in optimal control problems. The Lagrange equations of motion in terms of the n-dimensional EQV vector are developed. The EQV formulation has an identity mass matrix which results in no matrix inverse being taken in numerical simulations. An explicit expression is presented that incorporates Pfaffian non-holonomic constraints into the EQV formulation without increasing the system order. Unfortunately, the use of EQV in numerical simulations only proved beneficial in selected cases. Generally the computational burden proved too high. However, the EQVs are found to be valuable when used as velocity feedback coordinates. EQV feedback laws have an exponentially decaying kinetic energy, superior performance to traditional state velocity feedback laws and are found to decouple the motion of multi-link robotic systems. The equations of motion and steering laws of spacecraft containing Variable Speed Control Moment Gyroscopes (VSCMGs) are developed. Contrary to classical

  15. Fuzzy Coordinated PI Controller: Application to the Real-Time Pressure Control Process

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    N. Kanagaraj

    2008-01-01

    Full Text Available This paper presents the real-time implementation of a fuzzy coordinated classical PI control scheme for controlling the pressure in a pilot pressure tank system. The fuzzy system has been designed to track the variation parameters in a feedback loop and tune the classical controller to achieve a better control action for load disturbances and set point changes. The error and process inputs are chosen as the inputs of fuzzy system to tune the conventional PI controller according to the process condition. This online conventional controller tuning technique will reduce the human involvement in controller tuning and increase the operating range of the conventional controller. The proposed control algorithm is experimentally implemented for the real-time pressure control of a pilot air tank system and validated using a high-speed 32-bit ARM7 embedded microcontroller board (ATMEL AT91M55800A. To demonstrate the performance of the fuzzy coordinated PI control scheme, results are compared with a classical PI and PI-type fuzzy control method. It is observed that the proposed controller structure is able to quickly track the parameter variation and perform better in load disturbances and also for set point changes.

  16. Adaptive Output-Feedback Neural Control of Switched Uncertain Nonlinear Systems With Average Dwell Time.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Long, Lijun; Zhao, Jun

    2015-07-01

    This paper investigates the problem of adaptive neural tracking control via output-feedback for a class of switched uncertain nonlinear systems without the measurements of the system states. The unknown control signals are approximated directly by neural networks. A novel adaptive neural control technique for the problem studied is set up by exploiting the average dwell time method and backstepping. A switched filter and different update laws are designed to reduce the conservativeness caused by adoption of a common observer and a common update law for all subsystems. The proposed controllers of subsystems guarantee that all closed-loop signals remain bounded under a class of switching signals with average dwell time, while the output tracking error converges to a small neighborhood of the origin. As an application of the proposed design method, adaptive output feedback neural tracking controllers for a mass-spring-damper system are constructed.

  17. Design and Analysis of a Proposed Timer Controller with Constant Switching Frequency Boost PFC Converter

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Mr. D. Lenine

    2011-01-01

    Full Text Available The Proposal of this paper is to introduce a new control technique for power factor correction in ac-dc converters. The increasing of non linear loads such as thyristor rectifiers, switching-mode power supplies and adjustable speed drives, generate harmonic currents causing various problems to the other equipment connected to the point of common coupling. There is a disadvantage in the existing PFC control implementation based on conventional hysteresis current control is variable switching frequency. The proposed control technique, it combines the advantages of conventional hysteresis control strategy and the prominent characteristics of constant switching frequency. The fundamental idea consists in determining the ideal time period that exists between the moment when the input current crosses with the reference current and the converter commutation. Thus the input current can oscillate around the reference current with constant frequency of operation. The principal of operation, theoretical analysis, simulation results on a single phase boost converter are presented.

  18. Harnessing the polariton drag effect to design an electrically controlled optical switch.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Berman, Oleg L; Kezerashvili, Roman Ya; Kolmakov, German V

    2014-10-28

    We propose a design of a Y-shaped electrically controlled optical switch based on the studies of propagation of an exciton-polariton condensate in a patterned optical microcavity with an embedded quantum well. The polaritons are driven by a time-independent force due to the microcavity wedge shape and by a time-dependent drag force owing to the interaction of excitons in a quantum well and the electric current running in a neighboring quantum well. It is demonstrated that by applying the drag force one can direct more than 90% of the polariton flow toward the desired branch of the switch with no hysteresis. By considering the transient dynamics of the polariton condensate, we estimate the response speed of the switch as 9.1 GHz. We also propose a design of the polariton switch in a flat microcavity based on the geometrically identical Y-shaped quantum wells where the polariton flow is only induced by the drag force. The latter setup enables one to design a multiway switch that can act as an electrically controlled optical transistor with on and off functions. Finally, we performed the simulations for a microcavity with an embedded gapped graphene layer and demonstrated that in this case the response speed of the switch can be increased up to 14 GHz for the same switch size. The simulations also show that the energy gap in the quasiparticle spectrum in graphene can be utilized as an additional parameter that controls the propagation of the signals in the switch.

  19. A systematic method of smooth switching LPV controllers design for a morphing aircraft

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Jiang Weilai

    2015-12-01

    Full Text Available This paper is concerned with a systematic method of smooth switching linear parameter-varying (LPV controllers design for a morphing aircraft with a variable wing sweep angle. The morphing aircraft is modeled as an LPV system, whose scheduling parameter is the variation rate of the wing sweep angle. By dividing the scheduling parameter set into subsets with overlaps, output feedback controllers which consider smooth switching are designed and the controllers in overlapped subsets are interpolated from two adjacent subsets. A switching law without constraint on the average dwell time is obtained which makes the conclusion less conservative. Furthermore, a systematic algorithm is developed to improve the efficiency of the controllers design process. The parameter set is divided into the fewest subsets on the premise that the closed-loop system has a desired performance. Simulation results demonstrate the effectiveness of this approach.

  20. A systematic method of smooth switching LPV controllers design for a morphing aircraft

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    Jiang Weilai a; Dong Chaoyang a; Wang Qing b

    2015-01-01

    This paper is concerned with a systematic method of smooth switching linear parameter-varying (LPV) controllers design for a morphing aircraft with a variable wing sweep angle. The morphing aircraft is modeled as an LPV system, whose scheduling parameter is the variation rate of the wing sweep angle. By dividing the scheduling parameter set into subsets with overlaps, output feedback controllers which consider smooth switching are designed and the controllers in over-lapped subsets are interpolated from two adjacent subsets. A switching law without constraint on the average dwell time is obtained which makes the conclusion less conservative. Furthermore, a systematic algorithm is developed to improve the efficiency of the controllers design process. The parameter set is divided into the fewest subsets on the premise that the closed-loop system has a desired performance. Simulation results demonstrate the effectiveness of this approach.

  1. Robust control of uncertain nonlinear switched genetic regulatory networks with time delays: A redesign approach.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Moradi, Hojjatullah; Majd, Vahid Johari

    2016-05-01

    In this paper, the problem of robust stability of nonlinear genetic regulatory networks (GRNs) is investigated. The developed method is an integral sliding mode control based redesign for a class of perturbed dissipative switched GRNs with time delays. The control law is redesigned by modifying the dissipativity-based control law that was designed for the unperturbed GRNs with time delays. The switched GRNs are switched from one mode to another based on time, state, etc. Although, the active subsystem is known in any instance, but the switching law and the transition probabilities are not known. The model for each mode is considered affine with matched and unmatched perturbations. The redesigned control law forces the GRN to always remain on the sliding surface and the dissipativity is maintained from the initial time in the presence of the norm-bounded perturbations. The global stability of the perturbed GRNs is maintained if the unperturbed model is globally dissipative. The designed control law for the perturbed GRNs guarantees robust exponential or asymptotic stability of the closed-loop network depending on the type of stability of the unperturbed model. The results are applied to a nonlinear switched GRN, and its convergence to the origin is verified by simulation.

  2. Research on Adaptive Dual-Mode Switch Control Strategy for Vehicle Maglev Flywheel Battery

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Hui Gao

    2015-01-01

    Full Text Available Because of the jamming signal is real-time changeable and control algorithm cannot timely tracking control flywheel rotor, this paper takes vehicle maglev flywheel battery as the research object. One kind of dual-model control strategy is developed based on the analysis of the vibration response impact of the flywheel battery control system. In view of the complex foundation vibration problems of electric vehicles, the nonlinear dynamic simulation model of vehicle maglev flywheel battery is solved. Through analyzing the nonlinear vibration response characteristics, one kind of dual-mode adaptive hybrid control strategy based on H∞ control and unbalance displacement feed-forward compensation control is presented and a real-time switch controller is designed. The reliable hybrid control is implemented, and the stability in the process of real-time switch is solved. The results of this project can provide important basic theory support for the research of vehicle maglev flywheel battery control system.

  3. High Voltage, Fast-Switching Module for Active Control of Magnetic Fields and Edge Plasma Currents

    Science.gov (United States)

    Ziemba, Timothy; Miller, Kenneth; Prager, James; Slobodov, Ilia

    2016-10-01

    Fast, reliable, real-time control of plasma is critical to the success of magnetic fusion science. High voltage and current supplies are needed to mitigate instabilities in all experiments as well as disruption events in large scale tokamaks for steady-state operation. Silicon carbide (SiC) MOSFETs offer many advantages over IGBTs including lower drive energy requirements, lower conduction and switching losses, and higher switching frequency capabilities; however, these devices are limited to 1.2-1.7 kV devices. As fusion enters the long-pulse and burning plasma eras, efficiency of power switching will be important. Eagle Harbor Technologies (EHT), Inc. developing a high voltage SiC MOSFET module that operates at 10 kV. This switch module utilizes EHT gate drive technology, which has demonstrated the ability to increase SiC MOSFET switching efficiency. The module will allow more rapid development of high voltage switching power supplies at lower cost necessary for the next generation of fast plasma feedback and control. EHT is partnering with the High Beta Tokamak group at Columbia to develop detailed high voltage module specifications, to ensure that the final product meets the needs of the fusion science community.

  4. Model-Free Adaptive Switching Control of Time-Varying Plants

    OpenAIRE

    Battistelli, Giorgio; Hespanha, João P.; Mosca, Edoardo; Tesi, Pietro

    2013-01-01

    This paper addresses the problem of controlling an uncertain time-varying plant by means of a finite family of candidate controllers supervised by an appropriate switching logic. It is assumed that, at every time, the plant consists of an uncertain single-input/single output linear system. It is shown that stability of the switched closed-loop system can be ensured provided that 1) at every time there is at least one candidate controller capable of potentially stabilizing the current time-inv...

  5. Dynamic Output Feedback Passive Control of Uncertain Switched Stochastic Systems with Time-Varying Delay

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Huimei Jia

    2013-01-01

    Full Text Available This paper is concerned with the issues of passivity analysis and dynamic output feedback (DOF passive control for uncertain switched stochastic systems with time-varying delay via multiple storage functions (MSFs method. Firstly, based on the MSFs method, a sufficient condition for the existence of the passivity of the underlying system is established in terms of linear matrix inequalities (LMIs. Furthermore, the problem of dynamic output feedback passive control is investigated. Based on the obtained passivity condition, a sufficient condition for the existence of the desired switched passive controller is derived. Finally, a numerical example is presented to show the effectiveness of the proposed method.

  6. Coordinated Voltage Control of a Wind Farm based on Model Predictive Control

    DEFF Research Database (Denmark)

    Zhao, Haoran; Wu, Qiuwei; Guo, Qinglai

    2016-01-01

    This paper presents an autonomous wind farm voltage controller based on Model Predictive Control (MPC). The reactive power compensation and voltage regulation devices of the wind farm include Static Var Compensators (SVCs), Static Var Generators (SVGs), Wind Turbine Generators (WTGs) and On......-Load Tap Changing (OLTC) Transformer, and they are coordinated to keep the voltages of all the buses within the feasible range. Moreover, the reactive power distribution is optimized throughout the wind farm in order to maximize the dynamic reactive power reserve. The sensitivity coefficients...... are calculated based on an analytical method to improve the computation efficiency and overcome the convergence problem. Two control modes are designed for both voltage violated and normal operation conditions. A wind farm with 20 wind turbines was used to conduct case studies to verify the proposed coordinated...

  7. A Coordination Scheme for Distributed Model Predictive Control: Integration of Flexible DERs

    DEFF Research Database (Denmark)

    Costanzo, Giuseppe Tommaso; Gehrke, Oliver; Bondy, Daniel Esteban Morales

    2013-01-01

    between the grid and a cluster of units in the same feeder in pricedriven demand response applications. Preliminary simulations prove that the proposed coordination scheme for DMPC succeeds in coordinating flexible DER unit, achieving significant peak shaving when required. The rationale of this approach...... consists in coordinating independent units equipped with local MPC controller via simple information passing and hiding in the local controllers the units’ dynamics....

  8. Hybrid model predictive control applied to switching control of burner load for a compact marine boiler design

    DEFF Research Database (Denmark)

    Solberg, Brian; Andersen, Palle; Maciejowski, Jan

    2008-01-01

    This paper discusses the application of hybrid model predictive control to control switching between different burner modes in a novel compact marine boiler design. A further purpose of the present work is to point out problems with finite horizon model predictive control applied to systems for w...

  9. Will seizure control improve by switching from the modified Atkins diet to the traditional ketogenic diet?

    DEFF Research Database (Denmark)

    Kossoff, Eric H; Bosarge, Jennifer L; Miranda, Maria J

    2010-01-01

    It has been reported that children can maintain seizure control when the ketogenic diet (KD) is transitioned to the less-restrictive modified Atkins diet (MAD). What is unknown, however, is the likelihood of additional seizure control from a switch from the MAD to the KD. Retrospective informatio...

  10. Model-Free Adaptive Switching Control of Time-Varying Plants

    NARCIS (Netherlands)

    Battistelli, Giorgio; Hespanha, João P.; Mosca, Edoardo; Tesi, Pietro

    2013-01-01

    This paper addresses the problem of controlling an uncertain time-varying plant by means of a finite family of candidate controllers supervised by an appropriate switching logic. It is assumed that, at every time, the plant consists of an uncertain single-input/single output linear system. It is sho

  11. Event-triggered Dynamic Output Feedback Control for Switched Linear Systems

    NARCIS (Netherlands)

    Qi, Yiwen; Cao, Ming

    2016-01-01

    Switched linear systems and their control have been an active research field in the past two decades; however, no systematic results have been reported in the literature on how such systems behave when event-triggered control is introduced. While the potential advantage of introducing event-triggere

  12. Constant Switching Frequency Self-Oscillating Controlled Class-D Amplifiers

    DEFF Research Database (Denmark)

    Nguyen-Duy, Khiem; Knott, Arnold; Andersen, Michael A. E.

    2014-01-01

    The self-oscillating control approach has been used extensively in class-D amplifiers. It has several advantages such as high bandwidth and high audio performance. However, one of the primary disadvantages in a self-oscillating controlled system is that the switching frequency of the amplifier...

  13. Supervisory control based on minimal cuts and Petri net sub-controllers coordination

    Science.gov (United States)

    Rezig, Sadok; Achour, Zied; Rezg, Nidhal; Kammoun, Mohamed-Ali

    2016-10-01

    This paper addresses the synthesis of Petri net (PN) controller for the forbidden state transition problem with a new utilisation of the theory of regions. Moreover, as any method of control synthesis based on a reachability graph, the theory of regions suffers from the combinatorial explosion problem. The proposed work minimises the number of equations in the linear system of theory of regions and therefore one can reduce the computation time. In this paper, two different approaches are proposed to select minimal cuts in the reachability graph in order to synthesise a PN controller. Thanks to a switch from one cut to another, one can activate and deactivate the corresponding PNcontroller. An application is implemented in a flexible manufacturing system to illustrate the present method. Finally, comparison with previous works with experimental results in obtaining a maximally permissive controller is presented.

  14. Viewing angle switching of liquid crystal display using fringe-field switching to control off-axis phase retardation

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Lim, Young Jin; Kim, Jin Ho; Her, Jung Hwa; Lee, Seung Hee [Polymer BIN Fusion Research Center, Department of Polymer Nano-Science and Technology, Chonbuk National University, Chonju, Chonbuk 561-756 (Korea, Republic of); Park, Kyoung Ho; Lee, Joun Ho; Kim, Byeong Koo [Mobile Product Development Department, LG Display Company, Ltd, Gumi, Gyungbuk 730-350 (Korea, Republic of); Kang, Wan-Seok; Lee, Gi-Dong, E-mail: gdlee@dau.ac.k, E-mail: lsh1@chonbuk.ac.k [Department of Electronics Engineering, Dong-A University, Pusan 604-714 (Korea, Republic of)

    2010-03-03

    A viewing angle switchable liquid crystal display associated with fringe-field switching mode is proposed. In the device, one pixel is composed of a main pixel and a sub-pixel, in which both pixels are formed to generate a fringe electric field. However, the field directions are different from each other so that in the main pixel, the fringe field rotates the liquid crystal for displaying the main image, whereas it controls only the tilt angle of the liquid crystal without rotating in the sub-pixel region. In this way, phase retardation to cause leakage of light at the off-normal axis can be generated in the sub-pixel, and by utilizing the light, the main displayed image in the normal direction can be blocked in the oblique viewing direction.

  15. Adaptive Fuzzy Output Feedback Control for Switched Nonlinear Systems With Unmodeled Dynamics.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Tong, Shaocheng; Li, Yongming

    2017-02-01

    This paper investigates a robust adaptive fuzzy control stabilization problem for a class of uncertain nonlinear systems with arbitrary switching signals that use an observer-based output feedback scheme. The considered switched nonlinear systems possess the unstructured uncertainties, unmodeled dynamics, and without requiring the states being available for measurement. A state observer which is independent of switching signals is designed to solve the problem of unmeasured states. Fuzzy logic systems are used to identify unknown lumped nonlinear functions so that the problem of unstructured uncertainties can be solved. By combining adaptive backstepping design principle and small-gain approach, a novel robust adaptive fuzzy output feedback stabilization control approach is developed. The stability of the closed-loop system is proved via the common Lyapunov function theory and small-gain theorem. Finally, the simulation results are given to demonstrate the validity and performance of the proposed control strategy.

  16. Simulation and stability analysis of neural network based control scheme for switched linear systems.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Singh, H P; Sukavanam, N

    2012-01-01

    This paper proposes a new adaptive neural network based control scheme for switched linear systems with parametric uncertainty and external disturbance. A key feature of this scheme is that the prior information of the possible upper bound of the uncertainty is not required. A feedforward neural network is employed to learn this upper bound. The adaptive learning algorithm is derived from Lyapunov stability analysis so that the system response under arbitrary switching laws is guaranteed uniformly ultimately bounded. A comparative simulation study with robust controller given in [Zhang L, Lu Y, Chen Y, Mastorakis NE. Robust uniformly ultimate boundedness control for uncertain switched linear systems. Computers and Mathematics with Applications 2008; 56: 1709-14] is presented.

  17. Design and real time implementation of fuzzy switched controller for single phase active power filter.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Afghoul, Hamza; Krim, Fateh; Chikouche, Djamel; Beddar, Antar

    2015-09-01

    This paper proposes a novel fuzzy switched controller (FSC) integrated in direct current control (DCC) algorithm for single phase active power filter (SPAPF). The controller under study consists of conventional PI controller, fractional order PI controller (FO-PI) and fuzzy decision maker (FDM) that switches between them using reduced fuzzy logic control. The proposed controller offers short response time with low damping and deals efficiently with the external disturbances while preserving the robustness properties. To fulfill the requirements of power quality, unity power factor and harmonics limitations in active power filtering an experimental test bench has been built using dSPACE 1104 to demonstrate the feasibility and effectiveness of the proposed controller. The obtained results present high performance in steady and transient states. Copyright © 2015 ISA. Published by Elsevier Ltd. All rights reserved.

  18. Control Method for Unified Power Quality Conditioner Using Fuzzy Based Nine-Switch Power Conditioner

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    K.Gowthami

    2015-10-01

    Full Text Available A nine-switch power converter having two sets of out-put terminals was recently proposed in place of the traditional back-to-back power converter that uses 12 switches in total. The nine-switch converter has already been proven to have certain advantages, in addition to its component saving topological feature. Despite these advantages, the nine-switch converter has so far found limited applications due to its many perceived performance tradeoffs like requiring an oversized dc-link capacitor, limited amplitude sharing, and constrained phase shift between its two sets of output terminals. Instead of accepting these tradeoffs as limitations, a nineswitch power conditioner is proposed here that virtually “converts” most of these topological short comings into interesting performance advantages. Aiming further to reduce its switching losses, an appropriate discontinuous modulation scheme is proposed and studied here in detail to doubly ensure that maxi-mal reduction of commutations is achieved. With an appropriately designed control scheme then incorporated, the nine-switch converter is shown to favorably raise the overall power quality in experiment, hence justifying its role as a power conditioner at a reduced semiconductor cost.

  19. A Novel Control Method for Unified Power Quality Conditioner Using Nine-Switch Power Conditioner

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    B.Narendra,

    2015-05-01

    Full Text Available A nine-switch power converter having two sets of out-put terminals was recently proposed in place of the traditional back-to-back power converter that uses 12 switches in total. The nine-switch converter has already been proven to have certain advantages, in addition to its component saving topological feature. Despite these advantages, the nine-switch converter has so far found limited applications due to its many perceived performance tradeoffs like requiring an oversized dc-link capacitor, limited amplitude sharing, and constrained phase shift between its two sets of output terminals. Instead of accepting these tradeoffs as limitations, a nineswitch power conditioner is proposed here that virtually “converts” most of these topological short comings into interesting performance advantages. Aiming further to reduce its switching losses, an appropriate discontinuous modulation scheme is proposed and studied here in detail to doubly ensure that maxi-mal reduction of commutations is achieved. With an appropriately designed control scheme then incorporated, the nine-switch converter is shown to favorably raise the overall power quality in experiment, hence justifying its role as a power conditioner at a reduced semiconductor cost.

  20. Two TPX2-dependent switches control the activity of Aurora A.

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Xue Xu

    Full Text Available Aurora A is an important oncogenic kinase for mitotic spindle assembly and a potentially attractive target for human cancers. Its activation could be regulated by ATP cycle and its activator TPX2. To understand the activation mechanism of Aurora A, a series of 20 ns molecular dynamics (MD simulations were performed on both the wild-type kinase and its mutants. Analyzing the three dynamic trajectories (Aurora A-ATP, Aurora A-ADP, and Aurora A-ADP-TPX2 at the residue level, for the first time we find two TPX2-dependent switches, i.e., switch-1 (Lys-143 and switch-2 (Arg-180, which are tightly associated with Aurora A activation. In the absence of TPX2, Lys-143 exhibits a "closed" state, and becomes hydrogen-bonded to ADP. Once TPX2 binding occurs, switch-1 is forced to "open" the binding site, thus pulling ADP away from Aurora A. Without facilitation of TPX2, switch-2 exits in an "open" conformation which accompanies the outward-flipping movement of P·Thr288 (in an inactive conformation, leading to the crucial phosphothreonine exposed and accessible for deactivation. However, with the binding of TPX2, switch-2 is forced to undergo a "closed" movement, thus capturing P·Thr288 into a buried position and locking its active conformation. Analysis of two Aurora A (K143A and R180A mutants for the two switches further verifies their functionality and reliability in controlling Aurora activity. Our systems therefore suggest two switches determining Aurora A activation, which are important for the development of aurora kinase inhibitors.

  1. Control over variability in nonvolatile hafnium-oxide resistive-switching memory based on modeling of the switching processes

    Science.gov (United States)

    Butcher, Brian Jerad

    Resistive random access memory (ReRAM) technology presents an attractive option for embedded non-volatile (NV) memory systems if its variability (cycle-to-cycle and device-to-device) can be controlled. This dissertation has focused on investigations to identify key mechanisms and parameters which dominate ReRAM variability, and the development of subsequent experimental and simulation-based tools to address this variability. The first component of these efforts entailed identification of the modern-day non-volatile memory technological gaps that have driven the operational requirements and challenges for resistive memory as an emerging NV memory. Initial research confirmed the critical requirement of a sub-stoichiometric (HfO2-x) dielectric regarding the enablement of stable switching and suggested a defect-driven mechanism, which is discussed in detail. Preliminary experimental work was focused on the fabrication of a durable current-limiting (1T1R) testing structure; which was utilized to enable ReRAM device characterization, reduce unwanted parasitic capacitances, and overshoot-current. Initial electrical and physical characterization confirmed a filamentary based (defect-driven) mechanism based on ReRAM scalability-trends (in device sizes ranging from 50x50nm2 to 7x7microm2). Physical analysis (AFM, TEM and EELS) verified a `dominant-filament mechanism' in transmission-metal-oxide (specifically HfO2-x) based ReRAM. A novel characterization and analysis protocol for key electrical parameters affecting filament formation for HfO2-x-based ReRAMs was developed, focusing on the roles of current, voltage, and temperature. This protocol included characterization of the high-resistive-state (HRS) dependence on the maximum FORMING current (seen during 1st RESET Imax) and the characterization of low-power endurance. This characterization protocol was employed to investigate and develop an approach for ReRAM filament formation at elevated temperatures (hot FORMING) to

  2. Reactive control processes contributing to residual switch cost and mixing cost across the adult lifespan.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Whitson, Lisa R; Karayanidis, Frini; Fulham, Ross; Provost, Alexander; Michie, Patricia T; Heathcote, Andrew; Hsieh, Shulan

    2014-01-01

    In task-switching paradigms, performance is better when repeating the same task than when alternating between tasks (switch cost) and when repeating a task alone rather than intermixed with another task (mixing cost). These costs remain even after extensive practice and when task cues enable advanced preparation (residual costs). Moreover, residual reaction time mixing cost has been consistently shown to increase with age. Residual switch and mixing costs modulate the amplitude of the stimulus-locked P3b. This mixing effect is disproportionately larger in older adults who also prepare more for and respond more cautiously on these "mixed" repeat trials (Karayanidis et al., 2011). In this paper, we analyze stimulus-locked and response-locked P3 and lateralized readiness potentials to identify whether residual switch and mixing cost arise from the need to control interference at the level of stimulus processing or response processing. Residual mixing cost was associated with control of stimulus-level interference, whereas residual switch cost was also associated with a delay in response selection. In older adults, the disproportionate increase in mixing cost was associated with greater interference at the level of decision-response mapping and response programming for repeat trials in mixed-task blocks. These findings suggest that older adults strategically recruit greater proactive and reactive control to overcome increased susceptibility to post-stimulus interference. This interpretation is consistent with recruitment of compensatory strategies to compensate for reduced repetition benefit rather than an overall decline on cognitive flexibility.

  3. Effects of state anxiety on performance using a task-switching paradigm: an investigation of attentional control theory.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Derakshan, Nazanin; Smyth, Sinéad; Eysenck, Michael W

    2009-12-01

    Low- and high-anxious participants performed arithmetical tasks under task-switching or nontask-switching conditions. These tasks were low or high in complexity. The task on each trial was either explicitly cued or not cued. We assumed that demands on attentional control would be greater in the task-switching condition than in the nontask-switching condition, and would be greater with high-complexity tasks than with low-complexity ones. We also assumed that demands on attentional control would be greater when cues were absent rather than present. According to attentional control theory (Eysenck, Derakshan, Santos, & Calvo, 2007), anxiety impairs attentional control processes required to shift attention optimally within and between tasks. We predicted that there would be greater negative effects of high state anxiety in the task-switching condition than in the nontask-switching condition. Our theoretical predictions were supported, suggesting that state anxiety reduces attentional control.

  4. Design of photoelectric coordinate sensors based on photoelectric switch model%基于光电开关模型的坐标传感器设计

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    曹勇; 张宇; 付静

    2011-01-01

    针对光栅靶中存在的标校问题,采用了光电坐标传感器,详细分析了坐标传感器的原理;构建了光电开关模型,回避了光电管亮度和发射角的一致性问题,并对坐标传感器进行了线性化分析和校正,取得了良好的改善效果.通过实验证明传感器的设计方案优化、参数选取合理、设计指标实用,具有使用安全、成本低的优点,有效提高了报靶的测试精度.%Aiming at the calibration problem existing in the grating target,photoelectric coordinate sensors are designed and applied. By describing the principle of photoelectric coordinate sensors in detail,photoelectric switch model is set up. The scheme avoids the requirements which ask for the radiation brightness and the emission angle to be uniform. Experimental results proved that the scheme of the coordinate sensor is feasible and the parameters selected are reasonable. The design has the advantages of easy making,high precision and low cost. The shot indicating precision is effectively improved.

  5. Design of a switching controller for nonlinear systems with unknown parameters based on a fuzzy logic approach.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Lam, H K; Leung, F H F; Lee, Y S

    2004-04-01

    This paper deals with nonlinear plants subject to unknown parameters. A fuzzy model is first used to represent the plant. An equivalent switching plant model is then derived, which supports the design of a switching controller. It will be shown that the closed-loop system formed by the plant and the switching controller is a linear system. Hence, the system performance of the closed-loop system can be designed. An application example on controlling a two-inverted pendulum system on a cart will be given to illustrate the design procedure of the proposed switching controller.

  6. Temperature Control of Gas Chromatograph Based on Switched Delayed System Techniques

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Xiao-Liang Wang

    2014-01-01

    Full Text Available We address the temperature control problem of the gas chromatograph. We model the temperature control system of the gas chromatograph into a switched delayed system and analyze the stability by common Lyapunov functional technique. The PI controller parameters can be given based on the proposed linear matrix inequalities (LMIs condition and the designed controller can make the temperature of gas chromatograph track the reference signal asymptotically. An experiment is given to illustrate the effectiveness of the stability criterion.

  7. Digital control of high-frequency switched-mode power converters

    CERN Document Server

    Corradini, Luca; Mattavelli, Paolo; Zane, Regan

    This book is focused on the fundamental aspects of analysis, modeling and design of digital control loops around high-frequency switched-mode power converters in a systematic and rigorous manner Comprehensive treatment of digital control theory for power converters Verilog and VHDL sample codes are provided Enables readers to successfully analyze, model, design, and implement voltage, current, or multi-loop digital feedback loops around switched-mode power converters Practical examples are used throughout the book to illustrate applications of the techniques developed Matlab examples are also

  8. Formation Control for Unmanned Aerial Vehicles with Directed and Switching Topologies

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Yahui Qi

    2016-01-01

    Full Text Available Formation control problems for unmanned aerial vehicle (UAV swarm systems with directed and switching topologies are investigated. A general formation control protocol is proposed firstly. Then, by variable transformation, the formation problem is transformed into a consensus problem, which can be solved by a novel matrix decomposition method. Sufficient conditions to achieve formation with directed and switching topologies are provided and an explicit expression of the formation reference function is given. Furthermore, an algorithm to design the gain matrices of the protocol is presented. Finally, numerical simulations are provided to illustrate the effectiveness of the theoretical results.

  9. Multi-model unfalsified adaptive switching supervisory control

    NARCIS (Netherlands)

    Baldi, Simone; Battistelli, Giorgio; Mosca, Edoardo; Tesi, Pietro

    2010-01-01

    The paper studies how on-line inferring stability of a potential control-loop consisting of an uncertain plant interconnected in feedback with a candidate controller using plant I/O pairs recorded while the plant is possibly driven by a different controller. In such a context, a convenient tool to w

  10. Torque coordinating robust control of shifting process for dry dual clutch transmission equipped in a hybrid car

    Science.gov (United States)

    Zhao, Z.-G.; Chen, H.-J.; Yang, Y.-Y.; He, L.

    2015-09-01

    For a hybrid car equipped with dual clutch transmission (DCT), the coordination control problems of clutches and power sources are investigated while taking full advantage of the integrated starter generator motor's fast response speed and high accuracy (speed and torque). First, a dynamic model of the shifting process is established, the vehicle acceleration is quantified according to the intentions of the driver, and the torque transmitted by clutches is calculated based on the designed disengaging principle during the torque phase. Next, a robust H∞ controller is designed to ensure speed synchronisation despite the existence of model uncertainties, measurement noise, and engine torque lag. The engine torque lag and measurement noise are used as external disturbances to initially modify the output torque of the power source. Additionally, during the torque switch phase, the torque of the power sources is smoothly transitioned to the driver's demanded torque. Finally, the torque of the power sources is further distributed based on the optimisation of system efficiency, and the throttle opening of the engine is constrained to avoid sharp torque variations. The simulation results verify that the proposed control strategies effectively address the problem of coordinating control of clutches and power sources, establishing a foundation for the application of DCT in hybrid cars.

  11. Output Regulation in Discrete-Time Switched Bimodal Systems Based on Youla Parameterized Stabilizing Controllers

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Zhizheng Wu

    2012-01-01

    Full Text Available Motivated by a class of contact vibration control problems in mechanical systems, this paper considers a regulation problem for discrete-time switched bimodal linear systems where it is desired to achieve output regulation against partially known deterministic and unknown random exogenous signals. First, a set of observer-based Youla parameterized stabilizing controllers is constructed, based on which the regulation conditions for the switched system against the deterministic signals along with an H2 performance constraint against the unknown random signals are derived. Then a corresponding regulator synthesis algorithm is developed based on solving properly formulated linear matrix inequalities. The proposed regulator is successfully evaluated on an experimental setup involving a switched bimodal mechanical system subject to contact vibrations, hence, demonstrating the effectiveness of the proposed regulation approach.

  12. A novel adaptive switching function on fault tolerable sliding mode control for uncertain stochastic systems.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Zahiripour, Seyed Ali; Jalali, Ali Akbar

    2014-09-01

    A novel switching function based on an optimization strategy for the sliding mode control (SMC) method has been provided for uncertain stochastic systems subject to actuator degradation such that the closed-loop system is globally asymptotically stable with probability one. In the previous researches the focus on sliding surface has been on proportional or proportional-integral function of states. In this research, from a degree of freedom that depends on designer choice is used to meet certain objectives. In the design of the switching function, there is a parameter which the designer can regulate for specified objectives. A sliding-mode controller is synthesized to ensure the reachability of the specified switching surface, despite actuator degradation and uncertainties. Finally, the simulation results demonstrate the effectiveness of the proposed method.

  13. Extending mode switching to multiple degrees of freedom in hand prosthesis control is not efficient.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Amsuess, Sebastian; Goebel, Peter; Graimann, Bernhard; Farina, Dario

    2014-01-01

    In recent years, many sophisticated control strategies for multifunctional dexterous hand prostheses have been developed. It was indeed assumed that control mechanisms based on switching between degrees of freedom, which are in use since the 1960's, could not be extended to efficient control of more than two degrees of freedom. However, quantitative proof for this assumption has not been shown. In this study, we adopted the mode switching paradigm available in commercial prostheses for two degree of freedom control and we extended it for the control of seven functions (3.5 degrees of freedom) in a modern robotic hand. We compared the controllability of this scaled version of the standard method to a state of the art pattern recognition based control in an applied online study. The aim was to quantify whether multi-functional prosthetic control with mode switching outperformed pattern recognition in the control of a real prosthetic hand for daily life activities online. Although in simple grasp-release tasks the conventional method performed best, tasks requiring more complex control of multiple degrees of freedom required a more intuitive control method, such as pattern recognition, for achieving high performance.

  14. Can task-switching training enhance executive control functioning in children with attention deficit/-hyperactivity disorder?

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Jutta eKray

    2012-01-01

    Full Text Available The key cognitive impairments of children with attention deficit/-hyperactivity disorder (ADHD include executive control functions such as inhibitory control, task switching, and working memory. In this training study we examined whether task-switching training leads to improvements in these functions. Twenty children with combined type ADHD and stable methylphenidate medication performed a single-task and a task-switching training in a crossover training design. The children were randomly assigned to one of two groups. One group started with the single-task training and then performed the task-switching training and the other group vice versa. The effectiveness of the task-switching training was measured as performance improvements (relative to the single-task training on a structurally similar but new switching task and on other executive control tasks measuring inhibitory control and verbal working memory as well as on fluid intelligence (reasoning. The children in both groups showed improvements in task switching, that is, a reduction of switching costs, but not in performing the single tasks across four training sessions. Moreover, the task-switching training lead to selective enhancements in task-switching performance, that is, the reduction of task-switching costs was found to be larger after task-switching than after single-task training. Similar selective improvements were observed for inhibitory control and verbal working memory, but not for reasoning. Results of this study suggest that task-switching training is an effective cognitive intervention that helps to enhance executive control functioning in children with ADHD.

  15. Further results on switched control of linear systems with constraints

    NARCIS (Netherlands)

    Persis, Claudio De; Santis, Raffaella De; Morse, A. Stephen

    2002-01-01

    In a previous paper we proposed a supervisory control system to globally regulate to zero the state of a very poorly modeled, open-loop unstable but not exponentially unstable, linear process in the presence of input constraints. The process to control was unknown but assumed to belong to a finite f

  16. Lyapunov-Based Control for Switched Power Converters

    Science.gov (United States)

    1990-06-01

    up-down converter of Figure 2 which has a state- V( space averaged model of the form MWny stabilizing control schemes can be obtained by in- S= Az...straigL -forward to specify a globally stabilizing control law for performing the described measurement process, it is possible the mcdel (6) of the form

  17. Discontinuous stabilization of nonlinear systems : Quantized and switching controls

    NARCIS (Netherlands)

    Ceragioli, Francesca; De Persis, Claudio

    2007-01-01

    In this paper we consider the classical problem of stabilizing nonlinear systems in the case the control laws take values in a discrete set. First, we present a robust control approach to the problem. Then, we focus on the class of dissipative systems and rephrase classical results available for thi

  18. An overview of coordinated control for multi-agent systems subject to input saturation

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Xiaoling Wang

    2016-03-01

    Full Text Available Coordinated control of multi-agent systems has widespread application in engineering such as unmanned aerial vehicles and unmanned ground vehicles. Due to the fact that input saturation can lead a control system to deterioration and instability, a lot of efforts have been devoted to investigating this subject of great importance. The present article offers a survey of recent developments on coordinated control of multi-agents systems subject to input saturation. Some preliminaries about graph theory, stability theory and input saturation are first provided, followed by some important results in the area, which are categorized into semi-global and global coordinated controls. Future research topics are finally discussed.

  19. Transparency and Coordinated Effects in European Merger Control

    DEFF Research Database (Denmark)

    Albæk, Svend; Møllgaard, H. Peter; Overgaard, Per Baltzer

    2010-01-01

    In this paper, we first outline the foundations in economic theory of so-called coordinated effects with a particular view to mergers and with a special focus on transparency. Then, we review a number of seminal merger cases in EU competition policy (Airtours, Sony/BMG, ABF/GBI Business) in light...... widespread in the market in question. Finally, we briefly present a few other cases in which transparency has been an issue....

  20. Graph-Theoretic Characterizations of Structural Controllability for Multi-Agent System with Switching Topology

    CERN Document Server

    Liu, Xiaomeng; Chen, Ben M

    2012-01-01

    This paper considers the controllability problem for multi-agent systems. In particular, the structural controllability of multi-agent systems under switching topologies is investigated. The structural controllability of multi-agent systems is a generalization of the traditional controllability concept for dynamical systems, and purely based on the communication topologies among agents. The main contributions of the paper are graph-theoretic characterizations of the structural controllability for multi-agent systems. It turns out that the multi-agent system with switching topology is structurally controllable if and only if the union graph G of the underlying communication topologies is connected (single leader) or leader-follower connected (multi-leader). Finally, the paper concludes with several illustrative examples and discussions of the results and future work.

  1. Field Experiments on 10 kV Switching Shunt Capacitor Banks Using Ordinary and Phase-Controlled Vacuum Circuit Breakers

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Wenxia Sima

    2016-01-01

    Full Text Available During the switching on/off of shunt capacitor banks in substations, vacuum circuit breakers (VCBs are required to switch off or to switch on the capacitive current. Therefore, the VCBs have to be operated under a harsh condition to ensure the reliability of the equipment. This study presents a complete comparison study of ordinary and phase-controlled VCBs on switching 10 kV shunt capacitor banks. An analytical analysis for switching 10 kV shunt capacitor banks is presented on the basis of a reduced circuit with an ungrounded neutral. A phase selection strategy for VCBs to switch 10 kV shunt capacitor banks is proposed. Switching on current waveforms and switching off overvoltage waveforms with, and without, phase selection were measured and discussed by field experiments in a 110 kV substation in Chongqing, China. Results show that the operation of phase-controlled VCBs for 10 kV switching shunt capacitor banks is stable, and phase-controlled VCBs can be used to implement the 10 kV switching on/off shunt capacitor banks to limit the transient overvoltage and overcurrent. The values of overvoltage and inrush current using phase-controlled VCBs are all below those with ordinary VCBs.

  2. Brain Circuit for Cognitive Control is Shared by Task and Language Switching.

    Science.gov (United States)

    De Baene, Wouter; Duyck, Wouter; Brass, Marcel; Carreiras, Manuel

    2015-09-01

    Controlling multiple languages during speech production is believed to rely on functional mechanisms that are (at least partly) shared with domain-general cognitive control in early, highly proficient bilinguals. Recent neuroimaging results have indeed suggested a certain degree of neural overlap between language control and nonverbal cognitive control in bilinguals. However, this evidence is only indirect. Direct evidence for neural overlap between language control and nonverbal cognitive control can only be provided if two prerequisites are met: Language control and nonverbal cognitive control should be compared within the same participants, and the task requirements of both conditions should be closely matched. To provide such direct evidence for the first time, we used fMRI to examine the overlap in brain activation between switch-specific activity in a linguistic switching task and a closely matched nonlinguistic switching task, within participants, in early, highly proficient Spanish-Basque bilinguals. The current findings provide direct evidence that, in these bilinguals, highly similar brain circuits are involved in language control and domain-general cognitive control.

  3. Time-Coordination Strategies and Control Laws for Multi-Agent Unmanned Systems

    Science.gov (United States)

    Puig-Navarro, Javier; Hovakimyan, Naira; Allen, B. Danette

    2017-01-01

    Time-critical coordination tools for unmanned systems can be employed to enforce the type of temporal constraints required in terminal control areas, ensure minimum distance requirements among vehicles are satisfied, and successfully perform coordinated missions. In comparison with previous literature, this paper presents an ampler spectrum of coordination and temporal specifications for unmanned systems, and proposes a general control law that can enforce this range of constraints. The constraint classification presented con- siders the nature of the desired arrival window and the permissible coordination errors to define six different types of time-coordination strategies. The resulting decentralized coordination control law allows the vehicles to negotiate their speeds along their paths in response to information exchanged over the communication network. This control law organizes the different members in the fleet hierarchically per their behavior and informational needs as reference agent, leaders, and followers. Examples and simulation results for all the coordination strategies presented demonstrate the applicability and efficacy of the coordination control law for multiple unmanned systems.

  4. Comparison between Networked Control System behaviour based on CAN and Switched Ethernet networks

    OpenAIRE

    Brahimi, Belynda; Rondeau, Eric; Aubrun, Christophe

    2006-01-01

    7 pages; International audience; The distributed control systems are more and more used in many industrial applications. These systems are often referred as “Networked control systems”. The goal of this paper is to show the network influence on feedback control systems. Two networks are considered: Switched Ethernet network and CAN fieldbus. The first one represents the non deterministic network and second one represents the deterministic one. Several scenarii are studied to analyse the stabi...

  5. Seamless Mode Switching for Shared Control of Semiautonomous Vehicles Project

    Data.gov (United States)

    National Aeronautics and Space Administration — Whether it be a crew station, the Shuttle Remote Manipulator System (SRMS), an unmanned ground rover (UGV) or air vehicle (UAV), or teams thereof, the controllers...

  6. Multi-mode controller IC for soft-switched flyback converter with high efficiency over the entire load range

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    Hai CHEN; Meng-lian ZHAO; Xiao-bo WU; Xiao-lang YAN

    2008-01-01

    This paper presents a multi-mode control scheme for a soft-switched flyback converter to achieve high efficiency and excellent load regulation over the entire load range. At heavy load, critical conduction mode with valley switching (CCMVS) is employed to realize soft switching so as to reduce turn-on loss of power switch as well as conducted electromagnetic interference (EMI). At light load, the converter operates in discontinuous conduction mode (DCM) with valley switching and adaptive off-time control (AOT) to limit the switching frequency range and maintain load regulation. At extremely light load or in standby mode,burst mode operation is adopted to provide low power consumption through reducing both switching frequency and static power dissipation of the controller. The multi-mode control is implemented by an oscillator whose pulse duration is adjusted by output feedback. An accurate valley switching control circuit guarantees the minimum turn-on voltage drop of power switch. The pro-totype of the controller IC was fabricated in a 1.5um BiCMOS process and applied to a 310 V/20 V, 90 W flyback DC/DC converter circuitry. Experimental results showed that all expected functions were realized successfully. The flyback converter achieved a high efficiency of over 80% from full load down to 2.5 W, with the maximum reaching 88.8%, while the total power consumption in standby mode was about 300 mW.

  7. Multi-Index Nonlinear Coordinated Control for Battery Energy Storage System and Generator Excitation

    Science.gov (United States)

    Lingyi, Kong; Liying, Liao

    A multi-index nonlinear coordinated control scheme for BESS and generator excitation is proposed. The proposed multi-index nonlinear coordinated controller can effectively coordinate the dynamic and steady-state performance of the controlled system. It can enhance the stability of the system, improve the dynamic characteristics of state variables, and can improve the control accuracy of output variables such as terminal voltage, active power output of the generator. Simulation results show that to control BESS and generator coordinately has the advantage of enhancing the stability of the system. With the ability of BESS to control the active power and reactive power, and the regulate of generator excitation, the dynamic characteristics of state variables can changes more smoothness, responds more speediness.

  8. Finite time coordinated formation control for spacecraft formation flying under directed communication topology

    Science.gov (United States)

    Ran, Dechao; Chen, Xiaoqian; Misra, Arun K.

    2017-07-01

    This paper investigates the finite time coordinated formation control problem for spacecraft formation flying (SFF) under the assumption of directed communication topology. By using the neighborhood state measurements, a robust finite time coordinated formation controller is firstly designed based on the nonsingular terminal sliding mode surface. To address the special case that the desired trajectory of the formation is only accessible to a subset of spacecraft in the formation, an adaptive finite time coordinated formation controller is also proposed by designing a novel sliding mode surface. In both cases, the external disturbances are explicitly taken into account. Rigorous theoretical analysis proves that the proposed control schemes ensure that the closed-loop system can track the desired time-varying trajectory in finite time. Numerical simulations are presented that not only highlights the closed-loop performance benefits from the proposed control algorithms, but also illustrates the effectiveness in the presence of external disturbances when compared with the existing coordinated formation control schemes.

  9. Horizon-Switching Predictive Set-Point Tracking under Mixed Control Saturations and Persistent Disturbances

    NARCIS (Netherlands)

    Mosca, Edoardo; Tesi, Pietro; Zhang, Jingxin

    2008-01-01

    This paper extends of the horizon-switching predictive control approach, so far restricted to positional input saturation and the pure regulation problem, to the case of set-point tracking. It is proved a basic feasibility property which makes it possible to extend this approach so as to achieve off

  10. Guaranteed Cost H∞ Controller Synthesis for Switched Systems Defined on Semi-algebraic Sets

    DEFF Research Database (Denmark)

    Ahmadi, Mohamadreza; Mojallali, Hamed; Wisniewski, Rafael

    2014-01-01

    A methodology to design guaranteed cost H∞ controllers for a class of switched systems with polynomial vector fields is proposed. To this end, we use sum of squares programming techniques. In addition, instead of the customary Carathéodory solutions, the analysis is performed in the framework...

  11. Optimal Switching Control of Burner Setting for a Compact Marine Boiler Design

    DEFF Research Database (Denmark)

    Solberg, Brian; Andersen, Palle; Maciejowski, Jan M.

    2010-01-01

    This paper discusses optimal control strategies for switching between different burner modes in a novel compact  marine boiler design. The ideal behaviour is defined in a performance index the minimisation of which defines an ideal trade-off between deviations in boiler pressure and water level...

  12. Modulation of Language Switching by Cue Timing: Implications for Models of Bilingual Language Control

    Science.gov (United States)

    Khateb, Asaid; Shamshoum, Rana; Prior, Anat

    2017-01-01

    The current study examines the interplay between global and local processes in bilingual language control. We investigated language-switching performance of unbalanced Arabic-Hebrew bilinguals in cued picture naming, using 5 different cuing parameters. The language cue could precede the picture, follow it, or appear simultaneously with it. Naming…

  13. 77 FR 43612 - Certain Lighting Control Devices Including Dimmer Switches and Parts Thereof (IV); Decision To...

    Science.gov (United States)

    2012-07-25

    ... COMMISSION Certain Lighting Control Devices Including Dimmer Switches and Parts Thereof (IV); Decision To..., 2012. The Commission also requests written submissions regarding remedy, bonding, and the public... may also be obtained by accessing its Internet server at http://www.usitc.gov . The public record for...

  14. Analysis of stable isotopes in fish mucus during a controlled diet switch

    Science.gov (United States)

    We have used a controlled diet switch in steelhead trout (Oncorhynchus mykiss) at the Oregon Hatchery Research Center to study the time rates of changes in stable isotopes of carbon and nitrogen (13C and 15N) in epidermal mucus, a rapidly responding “tissue.” Because of the ra...

  15. Stable isotope analysis of fish mucus during a controlled diet switch

    Science.gov (United States)

    We have used a controlled diet switch in steelhead trout (Oncorhynchus mykiss) at the Oregon Hatchery Research Center to study the time rates of changes in stable isotopes of carbon and nitrogen (13C and 15N) in epidermal mucus, a rapidly responding “tissue.” Because of the ra...

  16. The Design of USB Interface in Stored Program Control Switching System for Teaching

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    Wei,Lai; Wang,Xiao-yan; Dong,Yan

    2004-01-01

    This paper introduces the way using AN2131SC to implement USB interface to replace parallel interface in Stored Program Control switching system for teaching. It presents the design of hardware, firmware, device driver and client application, therefore providing an instance for USB peripheral development especially in replacing parallel interface with USB interface.

  17. Hierarchical control framework for integrated coordination between distributed energy resources and demand response

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Wu, Di; Lian, Jianming; Sun, Yannan; Yang, Tao; Hansen, Jacob

    2017-09-01

    Demand response is representing a significant but largely untapped resource that can greatly enhance the flexibility and reliability of power systems. In this paper, a hierarchical control framework is proposed to facilitate the integrated coordination between distributed energy resources and demand response. The proposed framework consists of coordination and device layers. In the coordination layer, various resource aggregations are optimally coordinated in a distributed manner to achieve the system-level objectives. In the device layer, individual resources are controlled in real time to follow the optimal power generation or consumption dispatched from the coordination layer. For the purpose of practical applications, a method is presented to determine the utility functions of controllable loads by taking into account the real-time load dynamics and the preferences of individual customers. The effectiveness of the proposed framework is validated by detailed simulation studies.

  18. Asynchronous H∞ Dynamic Output Feedback Control of Switched Time-Delay Systems with Sensor Nonlinearity and Missing Measurements

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Jiwei Wen

    2014-01-01

    Full Text Available The H∞ dynamic output feedback control problem for a class of discrete-time switched time-delay systems under asynchronous switching is investigated in this paper. Sensor nonlinearity and missing measurements are considered when collecting output knowledge of the system. Firstly, when there exists asynchronous switching between the switching modes and the candidate controllers, new results on the regional stability and l2 gain analysis for the underlying system are given by allowing the Lyapunov-like function (LLF to increase with a random probability. Then, a mean square stabilizing output feedback controller and a switching law subject to average dwell time (ADT are obtained with a given disturbance attenuation level. Moreover, the mean square domain of attraction could be estimated by a convex combination of a set of ellipsoids, the number of which depends on the number of switching modes. Finally, a numerical example is given to illustrate the effectiveness of the proposed method.

  19. Design of a New Intelligent Controller with Switch Management

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Guangfu Wang

    2013-11-01

    Full Text Available This paper has a study on a new intelligent Programmable Logic Controller based on industrial Ethernet (IPLCbIE. It proposes a complete solution for the target segment: MMM, WWW, F&B, Medium Hydro power. The scopes of the solution discussed in this paper are the process and field part of the IPLCbIE architecture. For the process part the scope of our design includes the controllers, the engineering software tools (Unity Pro and the interfaces with the other equipment of this level, typically other controllers or tools like asset management, SCADA or OPC server. Safety and HSBY controllers are also part of our design. For the field part, the scope of our program includes the remote I/Os and the interfaces with the other equipment of this level, typically distributed I/Os & devices. In this paper, we make a study on the design of the controller. It includes the system architecture of IPLCbIE, the application of network module. And it focuses on the discussion of design for the kernel module of the PLC - network module NOC. Our design also includes the interfaces with the operation & management tools. The hardware design is especially introduced in detail in my paper.  

  20. Robust Stability and H∞ Control of Uncertain Piecewise Linear Switched Systems with Filippov Solutions

    DEFF Research Database (Denmark)

    Ahmadi, Mohamadreza; Mojallali, Hamed; Wisniewski, Rafal

    2012-01-01

    This paper addresses the robust stability and control problem of uncertain piecewise linear switched systems where, instead of the conventional Carathe ́odory solutions, we allow for Filippov solutions. In other words, in contrast to the previous studies, solutions with infinite switching in finite...... time along the facets and on faces of arbitrary dimensions are also taken into account. Firstly, based on earlier results, the stability problem of piecewise linear systems with Filippov solutions is translated into a number of linear matrix inequality feasibility tests. Subsequently, a set of matrix...

  1. DamX Controls Reversible Cell Morphology Switching in Uropathogenic Escherichia coli

    DEFF Research Database (Denmark)

    Khandige, Surabhi; Antoinette Asferg, Cecilie; Rasmussen, Karina Juhl

    2016-01-01

    of infection, in which the bacterium transiently adopts alternative morphologies ranging from rod shaped to coccoid and filamentous, rendering it better at immune evasion and host epithelium adhesion. This penchant for morphotype switching might in large measure account for UPEC's success as a pathogen....... In aiming to uncover genes underlying the phenomenon of UPEC morphotype switching, this study identifies damX, a cell division gene, as a mediator of reversible filamentation during UTI. DamX-mediated filamentation represents an additional pathway for bacterial cell shape control, an alternative to Sul...

  2. Adaptive fuzzy switched control design for uncertain nonholonomic systems with input nonsmooth constraint

    Science.gov (United States)

    Li, Yongming; Tong, Shaocheng

    2016-10-01

    In this paper, a fuzzy adaptive switched control approach is proposed for a class of uncertain nonholonomic chained systems with input nonsmooth constraint. In the control design, an auxiliary dynamic system is designed to address the input nonsmooth constraint, and an adaptive switched control strategy is constructed to overcome the uncontrollability problem associated with x0(t0) = 0. By using fuzzy logic systems to tackle unknown nonlinear functions, a fuzzy adaptive control approach is explored based on the adaptive backstepping technique. By constructing the combination approximation technique and using Young's inequality scaling technique, the number of the online learning parameters is reduced to n and the 'explosion of complexity' problem is avoid. It is proved that the proposed method can guarantee that all variables of the closed-loop system converge to a small neighbourhood of zero. Two simulation examples are provided to illustrate the effectiveness of the proposed control approach.

  3. A switched energy saving position controller for variable-pressure electro-hydraulic servo systems.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Tivay, Ali; Zareinejad, Mohammad; Rezaei, S Mehdi; Baghestan, Keivan

    2014-07-01

    The electro-hydraulic servo system (EHSS) demonstrates a relatively low level of efficiency compared to other available actuation methods. The objective of this paper is to increase this efficiency by introducing a variable supply pressure into the system and controlling this pressure during the task of position tracking. For this purpose, an EHSS structure with controllable supply pressure is proposed and its dynamic model is derived from the basic laws of physics. A switching control structure is then proposed to control both the supply pressure and the cylinder position at the same time, in a way that reduces the overall energy consumption of the system. The stability of the proposed switching control system is guaranteed by proof, and its performance is verified by experimental testing.

  4. Optical switches for remote and noninvasive control of cell signaling.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Gorostiza, Pau; Isacoff, Ehud Y

    2008-10-17

    Although the identity and interactions of signaling proteins have been studied in great detail, the complexity of signaling networks cannot be fully understood without elucidating the timing and location of activity of individual proteins. To do this, one needs a means for detecting and controlling specific signaling events. An attractive approach is to use light, both to report on and control signaling proteins in cells, because light can probe cells in real time with minimal damage. Although optical detection of signaling events has been successful for some time, the development of the means for optical control has accelerated only recently. Of particular interest is the development of chemically engineered proteins that are directly sensitive to light.

  5. An Electronically Controlled 8-Element Switched Beam Planar Array

    KAUST Repository

    Sharawi, Mohammad S.

    2015-02-24

    An 8-element planar antenna array with electronically controlled switchable-beam pattern is proposed. The planar antenna array consists of patch elements and operates in the 2.45 GHz ISM band. The array is integrated with a digitally controlled feed network that provides the required phases to generate 8 fixed beams covering most of the upper hemisphere of the array. Unlike typical switchable beam antenna arrays, which operate only in one plane, the proposed design is the first to provide full 3D switchable beams with simple control. Only a 3-bit digital word is required for the generation of the 8 different beams. The integrated array is designed on a 3-layer PCB on a Taconic substrate (RF60A). The total dimensions of the fabricated array are 187.1 × 261.3 × 1.3mm3.

  6. Multi-agent coordination strategy estimation method based on control domain

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    2001-01-01

    For estimation group competition and multiagent coordination strategy, this paper introduces a notion based on multiagent group. According to the control domain, it analyzes the multiagent strategy during competi tion in the macroscopic. It has been adopted in robot soccer and result enunciates that our method does not de pend on competition result. It can objectively quantitatively estimate coordination strategy.

  7. Distributed voltage control coordination between renewable generation plants in MV distribution grids

    DEFF Research Database (Denmark)

    Petersen, Lennart; Iov, Florin

    2017-01-01

    This study focuses on distributed voltage control coordination between renewable generation plants in medium-voltage distribution grids (DGs). A distributed offline coordination concept has been defined in a previous publication, leading to satisfactory voltage regulation in the DG. However, here...

  8. Coordinated Resolved Motion Control of Dual-arm Manipulators with Closed Chain

    OpenAIRE

    Tianliang Liu; Yan Lei; Liang Han; Wenfu Xu; Huaiwu Zou

    2016-01-01

    When applied to some tasks, such as payload handling, assembling, repairing and so on, the two arms of a humanoid robot will form a closed kinematic chain. It makes the motion planning and control for dual‐arm coordination very complex and difficult. In this paper, we present three types of resolved motion control methods for a humanoid robot during coordinated manipulation. They are, respectively, position‐level, velocity‐level and acceleration‐level resolved motion control methods. The desi...

  9. Optical switching of electric charge transfer pathways in porphyrin: a light-controlled nanoscale current router.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Thanopulos, Ioannis; Paspalakis, Emmanuel; Yannopapas, Vassilios

    2008-11-05

    We introduce a novel molecular junction based on a thiol-functionalized porphyrin derivative with two almost energetically degenerate equilibrium configurations. We show that each equilibrium structure defines a pathway of maximal electric charge transfer through the molecular junction and that these two conduction pathways are spatially orthogonal. We further demonstrate computationally how to switch between the two equilibrium structures of the compound by coherent light. The optical switching mechanism is presented in the relevant configuration subspace of the compound, and the corresponding potential and electric dipole surfaces are obtained by ab initio methods. The laser-induced isomerization takes place in two steps in tandem, while each step is induced by a two-photon process. The effect of metallic electrodes on the electromagnetic irradiation driving the optical switching is also investigated. Our study demonstrates the potential for using thiol-functionalized porphyrin derivatives for the development of a light-controlled nanoscale current router.

  10. Light controlled prebreakdown characteristics of a semi-insulating GaAs photoconductive switch

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    Ma Xiangrong; Shi Wei; Ji Weili; Xue Hong

    2011-01-01

    A 4 mm gap semi-insulating(SI)GaAs photoconductive switch(PCSS)was triggered by a pulse laser with a wavelength of 1064 nm and a pulse energy of 0.5 mJ.In the experiment,when the bias field was 4 kV,the switch did not induce self-maintained discharge but worked in nonlinear(lock-on)mode.The phenomenon is analyzed as follows:an exciton effect contributes to photoconduction in the generation and dissociation of excitons.Collision ionization,avalanche multiplication and the exciton effect can supply carrier concentration and energy when an outside light source was removed.Under the combined influence of these factors,the SI-GaAs PCSS develops into self-maintained discharge rather than just in the light-controlled prebreakdown status.The characteristics of the filament affect the degree of damage to the switch.

  11. Light controlled prebreakdown characteristics of a semi-insulating GaAs photoconductive switch

    Science.gov (United States)

    Xiangrong, Ma; Wei, Shi; Weili, Ji; Hong, Xue

    2011-12-01

    A 4 mm gap semi-insulating (SI) GaAs photoconductive switch (PCSS) was triggered by a pulse laser with a wavelength of 1064 nm and a pulse energy of 0.5 mJ. In the experiment, when the bias field was 4 kV, the switch did not induce self-maintained discharge but worked in nonlinear (lock-on) mode. The phenomenon is analyzed as follows: an exciton effect contributes to photoconduction in the generation and dissociation of excitons. Collision ionization, avalanche multiplication and the exciton effect can supply carrier concentration and energy when an outside light source was removed. Under the combined influence of these factors, the SI-GaAs PCSS develops into self-maintained discharge rather than just in the light-controlled prebreakdown status. The characteristics of the filament affect the degree of damage to the switch.

  12. Controlling the Resistive Switching Behavior in Starch-Based Flexible Biomemristors.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Raeis-Hosseini, Niloufar; Lee, Jang-Sik

    2016-03-23

    Implementation of biocompatible materials in resistive switching memory (ReRAM) devices provides opportunities to use them in biomedical applications. We demonstrate a robust, nonvolatile, flexible, and transparent ReRAM based on potato starch. We also introduce a biomolecular memory device that has a starch-chitosan composite layer. The ReRAM behavior can be controlled by mixing starch with chitosan in the resistive switching layer. Whereas starch-based biomemory devices which show abrupt changes in current level; the memory device with mixed biopolymers undergoes gradual changes. Both devices exhibit uniform and robust programmable memory properties for nonvolatile memory applications. The explicated source of the bipolar resistive switching behavior is assigned to formation and rupture of carbon-rich filaments. The gradual set/reset behavior in the memory device based on a starch-chitosan mixture makes it suitable for use in neuromorphic devices.

  13. Chaos in Switching Converters for Power Management Designing for Prediction and Control

    CERN Document Server

    Rodríguez Vilamitjana, Enric; Alarcón, Eduard

    2013-01-01

    This book addresses the need for models and techniques to predict stability boundaries, given trends toward miniaturization of switching power supplies in battery-operated portable devices, which lead to the exhibition of fast-scale chaotic instabilities.  The authors describe a method to predict stability boundaries from a design-oriented perspective, which captures the effect of the different parameters of the system upon the particular boundary.  Unlike previous methods involving complex analysis based on the discrete-time mathematical model, the method introduced here allows for prediction of the overall stability boundaries within the complete design space and is based upon a simple design-oriented index. Provides a valuable reference to the field of nonlinear dynamical behavior and bifurcation analysis and control of switch-mode power supplies. Shows limitations of existing models for predicting chaotic instabilities in switching power converters; Describes a new approach to predict  instabilities fr...

  14. Intra-task variability of trunk coordination during a rate-controlled bipedal dance jump.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Smith, Jo Armour; Siemienski, Adam; Popovich, John M; Kulig, Kornelia

    2012-01-01

    In this study, we investigated trunk coordination during rate-controlled bipedal vertical dance jumps. The aims of the study were to investigate the pattern of coordination and the magnitude of coordination variability within jump phases and relative to phase-defining events during the jump. Lumbar and thoracic kinematics were collected from seven dancers during a series of jumps at 95 beats per minute. The vector coding technique was used to quantify the pattern and variability of trunk coordination. Coordination was predominantly anti-phase during propulsion and landing. Mean coordination variability peaked just before the landing phase and at the transition from landing to propulsion phases, and was lowest during the propulsion phase just before toe-off. The results indicate that peaks in variability could be explained by task and phase-specific biomechanical demands.

  15. Assessment of the operating conditions of coordinated Q-V controller within secondary voltage control system

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Arnautović Dušan

    2014-01-01

    Full Text Available The paper, discusses the possibility to use coordinated Q-V controller (CQVC to perform secondary voltage control at the power plant level. The CQVC performs the coordination of the synchronous generators' (SG reactive power outputs in order to maintain the same total reactive power delivered by the steam power plant (SPP, while at the same time maintaining a constant voltage with programmed reactive droop characteristic at the SPP HV busbar. This busbar is the natural pilot node for secondary voltage control at HV level as the node with maximum power production and maximum power consumption. In addition to voltage control, the CQVC maintains the uniform allocation of reactive power reserves at all SGs in the power plant. This is accomplished by setting the reactive power of each SG at given operating point in accordance to the available reactive power of the same SG at that point. Different limitations imposed by unit's and plant equipment are superimposed on original SG operating chart (provided by the manufacturer in order to establish realistic limits of SG operation at given operating point. The CQVC facilitates: i practical implementation of secondary voltage control in power system, as it is capable of ensuring delivery of reactive power as requested by regional/voltage control while maintaining voltage at system pilot node, ii the full deployment of available reactive power of SGs which in turn contributes to system stability, iii assessment of the reactive power impact/contribution of each generator in providing voltage control as ancillary service. Furthermore, it is also possible to use CQVC to pricing reactive power production cost at each SG involved and to design reactive power bidding structure for transmission network devices by using recorded data. Practical exploitation experience acquired during CQVC continuous operation for over two years enabled implementation of the optimal setting of reference voltage and droop on daily

  16. Deterministic control of ferroelastic switching in multiferroic materials

    NARCIS (Netherlands)

    Balke, N.; Choudhury, S.; Jesse, S.; Huijben, M.; Chu, Y.-H.; Baddorf, A.P.; Chen, L.Q.; Ramesh, R.; Kalinin, S.V.

    2009-01-01

    Multiferroic materials showing coupled electric, magnetic and elastic orderings provide a platform to explore complexity and new paradigms for memory and logic devices. Until now, the deterministic control of non-ferroelectric order parameters in multiferroics has been elusive. Here, we demonstrate

  17. Direct switching control of DC-DC power electronic converters using hybrid system theory

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Zhao, J.; Lin, F. [Wayne State Univ., Detroit, MI (United States). Dept. of Electrical and Computer Engineering; Wang, C. [Wayne State Univ., Detroit, MI (United States). Dept. of Electrical and Computer Engineering; Wayne State Univ., Detroit, MI (United States). Div. of Engineering Technology

    2010-07-01

    A direct switching control (DSC) scheme for power electronics converters was described. The system was designed for use in both traditional and renewable energy applications as well as in electric drive vehicles. The proposed control scheme was based on a detailed hybrid system converter model that used model predictive control (MPC), piecewise affine (PWA) approximations and constrained optimal control methods. A DC-DC converter was modelled as a hybrid machine. Switching among different modes of the DC-DC converter were modelled as discrete events controlled by the hybrid controller. The modelling scheme was applied to a Buck converter. The DSC was used to control the switch of the power converter based on a hybrid machine model. Results of the study showed that the method can be used to regulate output voltage and inductor currents. The method also provides fast transient responses and effectively regulates both currents and voltage. The controller can be used to provide immediate responses to dynamic disturbances and output voltage fluctuations. 23 refs., 7 figs.

  18. Temperature-controlled Hydrothermal Synthesis of Copper(Ⅰ or Ⅱ) Coordination Polymers via a Variety of Copper Coordination Modes

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    QU Xue-jian; WANG Shuang; ZHANG Dao-jun; JING Xue-min; ZHANG Li-rong; LI Guang-hua; HUO Qi-sheng; LIU Yun-ling

    2012-01-01

    Two 1D coordination polymers Cu2Ⅰ(C6N3H4)2(1) and CuⅡ(C6N3H4)2·H2O(2) based on benzotriazole(Bta)were hydrothermally synthesized by controlling the crystallization temperature.Single-crystal X-ray diffraction (XRD) analyses reveal that compound 1 is a 1D tubular structure constructed from two types of 1D chains {—Cu—N=N—N—}n,where the Cu(Ⅰ) ions adopt linear,triangular,and tetrahedral coordination modes to connect two types of Bta ligands via π-π interaction inside the tubular-like chain.For compound 2,the Cu(Ⅱ) ions assume a quadrilateral coordination mode linking to the Bta ligands to give 1D straight chains,which stacks through π-π interactions to construct a 2D layer structure.Further characterizations including elemental analyses,infrared IR spectra,thermogravimetric(TG) analyses and luminescence properties have been done.

  19. Comparison of intelligent fuzzy based AGC coordinated PID controlled and PSS controlled AVR system

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Mukherjee, V. [Department of Electrical Engineering, Asansol Engineering College, Asansol, West Bengal (India); Ghoshal, S.P. [Department of Electrical Engineering, National Institute of Technology, Durgapur, West Bengal (India)

    2007-11-15

    This paper attempts to investigate the performance of intelligent fuzzy based coordinated control of the Automatic Generation Control (AGC) loop and the excitation loop equipped with Proportional Integral Derivative (PID) controlled Automatic Voltage Regulator (AVR) system and Power System Stabilizer (PSS) controlled AVR system. The work establishes that PSS controlled AVR system is much more robust in dynamic performance of the system over a wide range of system operating configurations. Thus, it is revealed that PSS equipped AVR is much more superior than PID equipped AVR in damping the oscillation resulting in improved transient response. The paper utilizes a novel class of Particle Swarm Optimization (PSO) termed as Craziness based Particle Swarm Optimization (CRPSO) as optimizing tool to get optimal tuning of PSS parameters as well as the gains of PID controllers. For on-line, off-nominal operating conditions Takagi Sugeno Fuzzy Logic (TSFL) has been applied to obtain the off-nominal optimal gains of PID controllers and parameters of PSS. Implementation of TSFL helps to achieve very fast dynamic response. Fourth order model of generator with AVR and high gain thyristor excitation system is considered for PSS controlled system while normal gain exciter is considered for PID controlled system. Simulation study also reveals that with high gain exciter, PID control is not at all effective. Transient responses are achieved by using modal analysis. (author)

  20. Controlling the switches: Rho GTPase regulation during animal cell mitosis.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Zuo, Yan; Oh, Wonkyung; Frost, Jeffrey A

    2014-12-01

    Animal cell division is a fundamental process that requires complex changes in cytoskeletal organization and function. Aberrant cell division often has disastrous consequences for the cell and can lead to cell senescence, neoplastic transformation or death. As important regulators of the actin cytoskeleton, Rho GTPases play major roles in regulating many aspects of mitosis and cytokinesis. These include centrosome duplication and separation, generation of cortical rigidity, microtubule-kinetochore stabilization, cleavage furrow formation, contractile ring formation and constriction, and abscission. The ability of Rho proteins to function as regulators of cell division depends on their ability to cycle between their active, GTP-bound and inactive, GDP-bound states. However, Rho proteins are inherently inefficient at fulfilling this cycle and require the actions of regulatory proteins that enhance GTP binding (RhoGEFs), stimulate GTPase activity (RhoGAPs), and sequester inactive Rho proteins in the cytosol (RhoGDIs). The roles of these regulatory proteins in controlling cell division are an area of active investigation. In this review we will delineate the current state of knowledge of how specific RhoGEFs, RhoGAPs and RhoGDIs control mitosis and cytokinesis, and highlight the mechanisms by which their functions are controlled.

  1. Reactive control processes contributing to residual switch cost and mixing cost in young and old adults

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Lisa Rebecca Whitson

    2014-04-01

    Full Text Available In task-switching paradigms, performance is better when repeating the same task than when alternating between tasks (switch cost and when repeating a task alone rather than intermixed with another task (mixing cost. These costs remain even after extensive practice and when task cues enable advanced preparation (residual costs. Moreover, residual RT mixing cost has been consistently shown to increase with age. Residual switch and mixing costs modulate the amplitude of the stimulus-locked P3b. This mixing effect is disproportionately larger in older adults who also prepare more for and respond more cautiously on these ‘mixed’ repeat trials (Karayanidis et al., 2011. In this study, we examine stimulus-locked and response-locked P3 and lateralized readiness potentials to identify whether residual switch and mixing cost arise from the need to control interference at the level of stimulus processing or response processing. Residual mixing cost was associated with control of stimulus-level interference, whereas residual switch cost was also associated with a delay in response selection. In older adults, the disproportionate increase in mixing cost was associated with greater interference at the level of decision-response mapping and response programming for repeat trials in mixed-task blocks. We argue that, together with evidence of greater proactive control and more cautious responding for these trials, these findings suggest that older adults strategically recruit greater proactive and reactive control to overcome increased susceptibility to post-stimulus interference. This interpretation is consistent with recruitment of compensatory strategies to compensate for reduced repetition benefit rather than an overall decline on cognitive flexibility.

  2. Optical control of a rhodopsin-based switch

    Science.gov (United States)

    Ovryn, Ben; Li, Xiang; Chiel, Hillel; Herlitze, Stefan

    2004-07-01

    A preliminary result supports the feasibility of using visible light to modulate the membrane potential of a cell. Human embryonic kidney cells (HEK293) were transfected with vertebrate rhodopsin and a gradient inward rectifying potassium (GIRK) channel. Whole cell patch clamp recordings of HEK293 cells exposed to 9-cis retinal showed that illumination increases the potassium current compared with recordings obtained in the dark. When combined with a rapid scanning device, this approach has the potential to control the activity of many neurons.

  3. Design and Advanced Control of Switched Reluctance Motors

    DEFF Research Database (Denmark)

    Rasmussen, Peter Omand

    with SR technology is the reputation of the high acoustic noise emission compared to other electrical machines. Therefore, extra focus to analyze this specific subject is done. The major origin to the high level of acoustic noise is due to highly concentrated normal forces with a high harmonic content...... with the control strategy and the output is the sound pressure at the top of the stator yoke. This is presented as both a technical A-weighted value and as a subjective value in form of the sound from the PC having the SRDaS program installed. The developed acoustic models are also verified in practice on several...

  4. Morphological control and polarization switching in polymer dispersed liquid crystal materials and devices

    Indian Academy of Sciences (India)

    K K Raina; Pankaj Kumar; Praveen Malik

    2006-11-01

    Liquid crystals dispersed in polymer systems constitute novel class of optical materials. The precise control of the liquid crystal droplet morphology in the polymer matrix is essentially required to meet the prerequisites of display device. Experiments have been carried out to investigate and identify the material properties and processing conditions required for the precise control of the droplet morphology of the dispersed liquid crystal systems. Polarization switching has been studied. Aligned liquid crystal dispersed systems showed higher polarization over unaligned ones.

  5. Target-Triggered Switching on and off the Luminescence of Lanthanide Coordination Polymer Nanoparticles for Selective and Sensitive Sensing of Copper Ions in Rat Brain.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Huang, Pengcheng; Wu, Fangying; Mao, Lanqun

    2015-07-01

    Copper ions (Cu(2+)) in the central nervous system play a crucial role in the physiological and pathological events, so simple, selective, and sensitive detection of cerebral Cu(2+) is of great importance. In this work, we report a facile yet effective fluorescent method for sensing of Cu(2+) in rat brain using one kind of lanthanide coordination polymer nanoparticle, adenosine monophosphate (AMP) and terbium ion (Tb(3+)), i.e., AMP-Tb, as the sensing platform. Initially, a cofactor ligand, 5-sulfosalicylic acid (SSA), as the sensitizer, was introduced into the nonluminescent AMP-Tb suspension, resulting in switching on the luminescence of AMP-Tb by the removal of coordinating water molecules and concomitant energy transfer from SSA to Tb(3+). The subsequent addition of Cu(2+) into the resulting SSA/AMP-Tb can strongly quench the fluorescence because the specific coordination interaction between SSA and Cu(2+) rendered energy transfer from SSA to Tb(3+) inefficient. The decrease ratio of the fluorescence intensities of SSA/AMP-Tb at 550 nm show a linear relationship for Cu(2+) within the concentration range from 1.5 to 24 μM with a detection limit of 300 nM. The method demonstrated here is highly selective and is free from the interference of metal ions, amino acids, and the biological species commonly existing in the brain such as dopamine, lactate, and glucose. Eventually, by combining the microdialysis technique, the present method has been successfully applied in the detection of cerebral Cu(2+) in rat brain with the basal dialysate level of 1.91 ± 0.40 μM (n = 3). This method is very promising to be used for investigating the physiological and pathological events that cerebral Cu(2+) participates in.

  6. 最优转换控制问题的平均化%AVERAGING IN OPTIMAL SWITCHING CONTROL PROBLEMS

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    2000-01-01

    The averaging in optimal switching control problems is considered under the following two cases: the switching cost does not depend on ε and the switching cost vanishes as ε tends to zero. The value function of the original fast problem converges locally uniformly to the value function of the averaged problem under both cases. The ways of averaging turn out to be different between both cases.

  7. Silicon Carbide MOSFET-Based Switching Power Amplifier for Precision Magnet Control

    Science.gov (United States)

    Miller, Kenneth; Ziemba, Timothy; Prager, James; Picard, Julian

    2016-10-01

    Eagle Harbor Technologies, Inc. (EHT) is using the latest in solid-state switching technologies to advance the state-of-the-art in magnet control for fusion science. Silicon carbide (SiC) MOSFETs offer advantages over IGBTs including lower drive energy requirements, lower conduction and switching losses, and higher switching frequency capabilities. When comparing SiC and traditional silicon-based MOSFETs, SiC MOSFETs provide higher current carrying capability allowing for smaller package weights and sizes and lower operating temperature. To validate the design, EHT has developed a low-power switching power amplifier (SPA), which has been used for precision control of magnetic fields, including rapidly changing the fields in coils. This design has been incorporated in to a high power SPA, which has been bench tested. This high power SPA will be tested at the Helicity Injected Torus (HIT) at the University of Washington. Following successful testing, EHT will produce enough SiC MOSFET-based SPAs to replace all of the units at HIT, which allows for higher frequency operation and an overall increase in pulsed current levels.

  8. Adaptive Sliding Mode Control of Mobile Manipulators with Markovian Switching Joints

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Liang Ding

    2012-01-01

    Full Text Available The hybrid joints of manipulators can be switched to either active (actuated or passive (underactuated mode as needed. Consider the property of hybrid joints, the system switches stochastically between active and passive systems, and the dynamics of the jump system cannot stay on each trajectory errors region of subsystems forever; therefore, it is difficult to determine whether the closed-loop system is stochastically stable. In this paper, we consider stochastic stability and sliding mode control for mobile manipulators using stochastic jumps switching joints. Adaptive parameter techniques are adopted to cope with the effect of Markovian switching and nonlinear dynamics uncertainty and follow the desired trajectory for wheeled mobile manipulators. The resulting closed-loop system is bounded in probability and the effect due to the external disturbance on the tracking errors can be attenuated to any preassigned level. It has been shown that the adaptive control problem for the Markovian jump nonlinear systems is solvable if a set of coupled linear matrix inequalities (LMIs have solutions. Finally, a numerical example is given to show the potential of the proposed techniques.

  9. A programming environment to control switching networks based on STC104 packet routing chip

    Science.gov (United States)

    Legrand, I. C.; Schwendicke, U.; Leich, H.; Medinnis, M.; Koehler, A.; Wegner, P.; Sulanke, K.; Dippel, R.; Gellrich, A.

    1997-02-01

    The software environment used to control a large switching architecture based on SGS-Thomson STC104 (an asynchronous 32-way dynamic packet routing chip) is presented. We are evaluating this switching technology for large scale, real-time parallel systems. A Graphical User Interface (GUI) written as a multi-thread application in Java allows to set the switch configuration and to continuously monitor the state of each link. This GUI connects to a multi-thread server via TCP/IP sockets. The server is running on a PC-Linux system and implements the virtual channel protocol in communicating with the STC104 switching units using the Data Strobe link or the VME bus. Linux I/O drivers to control the Data Strobe link parallel adaptor (STC101) were developed. For each client the server creates a new thread and allocates a new socket for communications. The Java code of the GUI may be transferred to any client using the http protocol providing a user friendly interface to the system with real-time monitoring which is also platform independent.

  10. Concepts and Methods in Multi-Person Coordination and Control.

    Science.gov (United States)

    1981-10-01

    IEEE Transactions on Automatic Control , vol AC-25, no. 6, pp. 1154...two-person quadratic deci- sion problems with static information structures", IEEE Transactions on Automatic Control , vol. AC-20, pp. 320-328. [6] Baar...T. (1978a), "Decentralized multicriteria optimization of linear stochastic systems," IEEE Transactions on Automatic Control , vol. AC-23, no. 3,

  11. Analysis of AC Switch Machine in Switch Control Circuit%交流转辙机道岔控制电路重点解析

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    王渝

    2012-01-01

    This paper systematically sorts out and summarizes the key circuits in the switch control circuits of AC switch machine,including the starting circuit,the cutting off circuit,and the failure button relay circuit.And the author analyzes the key points of related designs,which are instructive to the design of AC switch control circuit in the future.%对交流转辙机道岔控制电路中启动电路、切断电路及故障按钮继电器电路等重点电路进行系统梳理和总结,并对相关的设计要点进行分析,对今后交流转辙机道岔控制电路的设计具有一定的指导意义。

  12. Graphene as a photothermal switch for controlled drug release

    Science.gov (United States)

    Matteini, Paolo; Tatini, Francesca; Cavigli, Lucia; Ottaviano, Stefania; Ghini, Giacomo; Pini, Roberto

    2014-06-01

    Graphene has recently emerged as a novel material in the biomedical field owing to its optical properties, biocompatibility, large specific surface area and low cost. In this paper, we provide the first demonstration of the possibility of using light to remotely trigger the release of drugs from graphene in a highly controlled manner. Different drugs including chemotherapeutics and proteins are firmly adsorbed onto reduced graphene oxide (rGO) nanosheets dispersed in a biopolymer film and then released by individual millisecond-long light pulses generated by a near infrared (NIR) laser. Here graphene plays the dual role of a versatile substrate for temporary storage of drugs and an effective transducer of NIR-light into heat. Drug release appears to be narrowly confined within the size of the laser spot under noninvasive conditions and can be precisely dosed depending on the number of pulses. The approach proposed paves the way for tailor-made pharmacological treatments of chronic diseases, including cancer, anaemia and diabetes.Graphene has recently emerged as a novel material in the biomedical field owing to its optical properties, biocompatibility, large specific surface area and low cost. In this paper, we provide the first demonstration of the possibility of using light to remotely trigger the release of drugs from graphene in a highly controlled manner. Different drugs including chemotherapeutics and proteins are firmly adsorbed onto reduced graphene oxide (rGO) nanosheets dispersed in a biopolymer film and then released by individual millisecond-long light pulses generated by a near infrared (NIR) laser. Here graphene plays the dual role of a versatile substrate for temporary storage of drugs and an effective transducer of NIR-light into heat. Drug release appears to be narrowly confined within the size of the laser spot under noninvasive conditions and can be precisely dosed depending on the number of pulses. The approach proposed paves the way for tailor

  13. Coordinated alpha and gamma control of muscles and spindles in movement and posture

    OpenAIRE

    Si eLi; Cheng eZhuang; Manzhao eHao; Xin eHe; Juan Carlos eMarquez Ruiz; Chuanxin Minos Niu; Ning eLan

    2015-01-01

    Mounting evidence suggests that both α and γ motoneurons are active during movement and posture, but how does the central motor system coordinate the α-γ controls in these tasks remains sketchy due to lack of in vivo data. Here a computational model of α-γ control of muscles and spindles was used to investigate α-γ integration and coordination for movement and posture. The model comprised physiologically realistic spinal circuitry, muscles, proprioceptors, and skeletal biomechanics. In the mo...

  14. A conformational switch controls hepatitis delta virus ribozyme catalysis.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Ke, Ailong; Zhou, Kaihong; Ding, Fang; Cate, Jamie H D; Doudna, Jennifer A

    2004-05-13

    Ribozymes enhance chemical reaction rates using many of the same catalytic strategies as protein enzymes. In the hepatitis delta virus (HDV) ribozyme, site-specific self-cleavage of the viral RNA phosphodiester backbone requires both divalent cations and a cytidine nucleotide. General acid-base catalysis, substrate destabilization and global and local conformational changes have all been proposed to contribute to the ribozyme catalytic mechanism. Here we report ten crystal structures of the HDV ribozyme in its pre-cleaved state, showing that cytidine is positioned to activate the 2'-OH nucleophile in the precursor structure. This observation supports its proposed role as a general base in the reaction mechanism. Comparison of crystal structures of the ribozyme in the pre- and post-cleavage states reveals a significant conformational change in the RNA after cleavage and that a catalytically critical divalent metal ion from the active site is ejected. The HDV ribozyme has remarkable chemical similarity to protein ribonucleases and to zymogens for which conformational dynamics are integral to biological activity. This finding implies that RNA structural rearrangements control the reactivity of ribozymes and ribonucleoprotein enzymes.

  15. An acetylation switch controls TDP-43 function and aggregation propensity

    Science.gov (United States)

    Cohen, Todd J.; Hwang, Andrew W.; Restrepo, Clark R.; Yuan, Chao-Xing; Trojanowski, John Q.; Lee, Virginia M.Y.

    2015-01-01

    TDP-43 pathology is a disease hallmark that characterizes amyotrophic lateral sclerosis (ALS) and frontotemporal lobar degeneration (FTLD-TDP). Although a critical role for TDP-43 as an RNA-binding protein has emerged, the regulation of TDP-43 function is poorly understood. Here we identify lysine acetylation as a novel post-translational modification controlling TDP-43 function and aggregation. We provide evidence that TDP-43 acetylation impairs RNA-binding and promotes accumulation of insoluble, hyper-phosphorylated TDP-43 species that largely resemble pathological inclusions in ALS and FTLD-TDP. Moreover, biochemical and cell-based assays identify oxidative stress as a signaling cue that promotes acetylated TDP-43 aggregates that are readily engaged by the cellular defense machinery. Importantly, acetylated TDP-43 lesions are found in ALS patient spinal cord, indicating that aberrant TDP-43 acetylation and loss of RNA binding are linked to TDP-43 proteinopathy. Thus, modulating TDP-43 acetylation represents a plausible strategy to fine-tune TDP-43 activity, which could provide new therapeutic avenues for TDP-43 proteinopathies. PMID:25556531

  16. Guaranteed cost control with pole constraints for uncertain discrete-time switched systems

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    Ying ZHANG; Guangren DUAN; Liyan CHEN

    2009-01-01

    For a class of discrete-time switched systems with norm-bounded uncertainties and a quadratic cost index, the problem of designing a guaranteed cost state feedback controller with pole constraints is considered. A sufficient condition on the existence of robust guaranteed controllers is derived by a quadratic Lyapunov function approach together with linear matrix inequality (LMI)technique. Based on a constructed switching law, the closed-loop system is quadratic D-stable and the closedloop cost function value is not more than a specified upper bound. Furthermore, the design of suboptimal guaranteed cost controllers is turned into a convex optimization problem with linear matrix inequalities constraints. A numerical example demonstrates the effect of the proposed design approach.

  17. Fano resonance control in a photonic crystal structure and its application to ultrafast switching

    CERN Document Server

    Yu, Yi; Hu, Hao; Xue, Weiqi; Peucheret, Christophe; Chen, Yaohui; Oxenløwe, Leif Katsuo; Yvind, Kresten; Mørk, Jesper

    2014-01-01

    Fano resonances appear in quantum mechanical as well as classical systems as a result of the interference between two paths: one involving a discrete resonance and the other a continuum. Compared to a conventional resonance, characterized by a Lorentzian spectral response, the characteristic asymmetric and sharp spectral response of a Fano resonance is suggested to enable photonic switches and sensors with superior characteristics. While experimental demonstrations of the appearance of Fano resonances have been made in both plasmonic and photonic-crystal structures, the control of these resonances is experimentally challenging, often involving the coupling of near-resonant cavities. Here, we experimentally demonstrate two simple structures that allow surprisingly robust control of the Fano spectrum. One structure relies on controlling the amplitude of one of the paths and the other uses symmetry breaking. Short-pulse dynamic measurements show that besides drastically increasing the switching contrast, the tra...

  18. Investigation on TCP/IP Congestion Control in Optical Burst Switched (OBS Network

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Ms. Payal Daryani

    2012-03-01

    Full Text Available Transport Control Protocol (TCP is the dominant protocol in modern communication networks, in which the issues of reliability, flow, and congestion control must be handled efficiently. In this review paper an analytical switching is used to exploit the huge bandwidth of optical fibers for future high speed internet backbone. It carries multiple packets, in their turn. Different aggregation schemes have been considered and evaluated.TCP performance greatly depends on the TCP congestion window behavior that is related to loss events occurring in the optical burst switched network, there is a special term called traffic shaping by which we control over the network according to the network load .that means we increase or decrease the send rate according to the network demand.

  19. Application of Theory of Hybrid Systems to Control the Switching of Buck Converter

    KAUST Repository

    Benmiloud, Mohammed

    2013-08-01

    The field of power electronics poses challenging control problems that can’t be treated in a complete manner using traditional modeling. In this paper, the buck converter operating in Continuous Conduction Mode (CCM) is represented analytically by hybrid automaton model and graphically representation is also given. The hybrid trajectory and the model behavior are presented. The control problem of buck switching converters is transformed to a guard selection problem. The guard selection calculation formulas of buck converter are derived from the basic circuit laws. The stability of the switching is established analytically by the use of multiple Lyapunov functions to ensure the convergence and Poincare map to assess the local stability of the limit cycle. Numerical results clearly bring out the advantages and effectiveness of the proposed control law under varying line voltage and load conditions. Simulation studies are carried out in Matlab/Simulink/Stateflow.

  20. Wide-Area Robust Decentralized Coordinated Control of HVDC Power System Based on Polytopic System Theory

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Shiyun Xu

    2015-01-01

    Full Text Available The present study proposes a hierarchical wide-area decentralized coordinated control framework for HVDC power system that is robust to multiple operating conditions. The upper level wide-area coordinated controller is designed in the form of dynamic output feedback control that coordinates the lower level HVDC supplementary controller, PSS, and SVC. In order to enhance the robustness of the designed controller under various operating conditions, the polytopic model is introduced such that the closed-loop control system can be operated under strong damping mode in virtue of the stability criterion based on damping ratio. Simulation results demonstrate that the proposed controller design algorithm is capable of enhancing the system damping over four different conditions.

  1. A unified model-free controller for switching minimum phase, non-minimum phase and time-delay systems

    CERN Document Server

    Michel, Loïc

    2012-01-01

    This preliminary work presents a simple derivation of the standard model-free control in order to control switching minimum phase, non-minimum phase and time-delay systems. The robustness of the proposed method is studied in simulation.

  2. Coordinated joint motion control system with position error correction

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Danko, George (Reno, NV)

    2011-11-22

    Disclosed are an articulated hydraulic machine supporting, control system and control method for same. The articulated hydraulic machine has an end effector for performing useful work. The control system is capable of controlling the end effector for automated movement along a preselected trajectory. The control system has a position error correction system to correct discrepancies between an actual end effector trajectory and a desired end effector trajectory. The correction system can employ one or more absolute position signals provided by one or more acceleration sensors supported by one or more movable machine elements. Good trajectory positioning and repeatability can be obtained. A two-joystick controller system is enabled, which can in some cases facilitate the operator's task and enhance their work quality and productivity.

  3. Coordinated joint motion control system with position error correction

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Danko, George L.

    2016-04-05

    Disclosed are an articulated hydraulic machine supporting, control system and control method for same. The articulated hydraulic machine has an end effector for performing useful work. The control system is capable of controlling the end effector for automated movement along a preselected trajectory. The control system has a position error correction system to correct discrepancies between an actual end effector trajectory and a desired end effector trajectory. The correction system can employ one or more absolute position signals provided by one or more acceleration sensors supported by one or more movable machine elements. Good trajectory positioning and repeatability can be obtained. A two joystick controller system is enabled, which can in some cases facilitate the operator's task and enhance their work quality and productivity.

  4. A solvent-controlled switch of manganese complex assemblies with a beta-diketonate-based ligand.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Aromí, Guillem; Gamez, Patrick; Roubeau, Olivier; Berzal, Paula Carrero; Kooijman, Huub; Spek, Anthony L; Driessen, Willem L; Reedijk, Jan

    2002-07-15

    The coordination properties of the new polynucleating ligand H(3)L1 (1,3-bis(3-oxo-3-phenylpropionyl)-2-hydroxy-5-methylbenzene) with Mn(II/III) are described. Depending on the solvent used, the reaction of H(3)L1 with Mn(OAc)(2) yields either of the two new multinuclear assemblies [Mn(2)(HL1)(2)(py)(4)] (1) and [Mn(3)(HL1)(3)] (2), as revealed by X-ray crystallography. The structure of 2 is remarkable in that it shows a unique asymmetric triple-stranded helicate. Complexes 1 and 2 can be interconverted by controlling the solvent of the reaction system, and therefore, this ensemble constitutes an interesting externally addressable switch. In the presence of Mn(III)/pyridine, partial degradation of H(3)L1 occurs via oxidative cleavage, and the new complex [Mn(2)(L2)(2)(py)(4)] (3) is formed. The crystal structure of this complex has shown the fully deprotonated form of the new donor H(3)L2 (3-(3-oxo-3-phenylpropionyl)-5-methylsalicylic acid). From the same reaction, the Mn(II) complex 1 is also obtained. A rational synthesis of H(3)L2 is reported, and this has been used to prepare 3 in high yields, directly from its components. Variable-temperature magnetic susceptibility (chi(m)) measurements were performed on complexes 1-3 under a magnetic field of 1 kG. The data for each complex were fit to the appropriate chi(m) vs T theoretical equation, respectively. In 1, the Mn(II) ions are uncoupled, with g = 2.01. The data from 2 were fit by assuming the presence of an exchange coupled Mn(II)...Mn(II) pair next to a magnetically isolated Mn(II) center. The fit gave J = -2.75 cm(-1), g(12) = 1.97, and g(3) = 1.92, respectively. In 3, two models fit the experimental data. In the most satisfactory, the Mn(III) ions are coupled antiferromagnetically with J = -1.48 cm(-1) and g = 1.98 and a term for weak ferromagnetic intermolecular exchange is included with zJ' = 0.39 cm(-1). The other model contemplates the presence of two uncoupled zero field split Mn(III) ions.

  5. Non-fragile hybrid guaranteed cost control for a class of uncertain switched linear systems

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    2006-01-01

    This paper focuses on the problem of non-fragile hybrid guaranteed cost control for a class of uncertain switched linear systems. The controller gain to be designed is assumed to have additive gain variations. Based on multiple-Lyapunov function technique, the design of non-fragile hybrid guaranteed cost controllers is derived to make the corresponding closed-loop system asymptotically stable for all admissible uncertainties. Furthermore, a convex optimization approach with LMIs constraints is introduced to select the optimal non-fragile guaranteed cost controllers. Finally, a simulation example illustrates the effectiveness of the proposed approach.

  6. Attitude tracking control for spacecraft formation with time-varying delays and switching topology

    Science.gov (United States)

    Yang, Hongjiu; You, Xiu; Hua, Changchun

    2016-09-01

    This paper investigates attitude dynamic tracking control for spacecraft formation in the presence of unmeasurable velocity information with time-varying delays and switching topology. Based on an extended state observer, a nonlinear attitude tracking control approach is developed for spacecraft attitude model formulated by Euler-Lagrangian equations. The attitude tracking controller allows for external disturbances and absence of angular velocity information. Both auto-stable region techniques and a Lyapunov function approach are developed to prove ultimately bounded tracking. Simulation results demonstrate effectiveness of the nonlinear control techniques proposed in this paper.

  7. Defense Switched Network Technology and Experiments Program.

    Science.gov (United States)

    2014-09-26

    3) development and test of data communication techniques using DoD-standard data protocols in an integrated voice /data network, and (4) EISN system... communication techniques using DoD-standard data protocols in an integrated voice /data network, and (4) EISN system coordination and experiment planning...control voice trunks that use E&M signaling and go from the RCP switch to the PCI or to another RCP switch; (e) A Dual- Tone Multiple-Frequency (DTMF

  8. Coordinated Voltage Control in Offshore HVDC Connected Cluster of Wind Power Plants

    DEFF Research Database (Denmark)

    Sakamuri, Jayachandra N.; Rather, Zakir Hussain; Rimez, Johan;

    2016-01-01

    This paper presents a coordinated voltage control scheme (CVCS) for a cluster of offshore wind power plants (OWPPs) connected to a VSC HVDC system. The primary control point of the proposed voltage control scheme is the introduced Pilot bus, which is having the highest short circuit capacity...

  9. A control architecture to coordinate distributed generators and active power filters coexisting in a microgrid

    DEFF Research Database (Denmark)

    Hashempour, Mohammad M.; Savaghebi, Mehdi; Quintero, Juan Carlos Vasquez

    2016-01-01

    This paper proposes a control architecture of distributed generators (DGs) inverters and shunt active power filters (APFs) in microgrids to compensate voltage harmonics in a coordinated way. For this, a hierarchical control structure is proposed that includes two control levels. The primary (local...

  10. A Control Architecture to Coordinate Distributed Generators and Active Power Filters Coexisting in a Microgrid

    DEFF Research Database (Denmark)

    Hashempour, Mohammad M.; Firoozabadi, Mehdi Savaghebi; Quintero, Juan Carlos Vasquez

    2016-01-01

    This paper proposes a control architecture of distributed generators (DGs) inverters and shunt active power filters (APFs) in microgrids to compensate voltage harmonics in a coordinated way. For this, a hierarchical control structure is proposed that includes two control levels. The primary (local...

  11. Intelligent system of coordination and control for manufacturing

    Science.gov (United States)

    Ciortea, E. M.

    2016-08-01

    This paper wants shaping an intelligent system monitoring and control, which leads to optimizing material and information flows of the company. The paper presents a model for tracking and control system using intelligent real. Production system proposed for simulation analysis provides the ability to track and control the process in real time. Using simulation models be understood: the influence of changes in system structure, commands influence on the general condition of the manufacturing process conditions influence the behavior of some system parameters. Practical character consists of tracking and real-time control of the technological process. It is based on modular systems analyzed using mathematical models, graphic-analytical sizing, configuration, optimization and simulation.

  12. Distributed Secure Coordinated Control for Multiagent Systems Under Strategic Attacks.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Feng, Zhi; Wen, Guanghui; Hu, Guoqiang

    2017-05-01

    This paper studies a distributed secure consensus tracking control problem for multiagent systems subject to strategic cyber attacks modeled by a random Markov process. A hybrid stochastic secure control framework is established for designing a distributed secure control law such that mean-square exponential consensus tracking is achieved. A connectivity restoration mechanism is considered and the properties on attack frequency and attack length rate are investigated, respectively. Based on the solutions of an algebraic Riccati equation and an algebraic Riccati inequality, a procedure to select the control gains is provided and stability analysis is studied by using Lyapunov's method.. The effect of strategic attacks on discrete-time systems is also investigated. Finally, numerical examples are provided to illustrate the effectiveness of theoretical analysis.

  13. A switching control law approach for cancer immunotherapy of an evolutionary tumor growth model.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Doban, Alina I; Lazar, Mircea

    2017-02-01

    We propose a new approach for tumor immunotherapy which is based on a switching control strategy defined on domains of attraction of equilibria of interest. For this, we consider a recently derived model which captures the effects of the tumor cells on the immune system and viceversa, through predator-prey competition terms. Additionally, it incorporates the immune system's mechanism for producing hunting immune cells, which makes the model suitable for immunotherapy strategies analysis and design. For computing domains of attraction for the tumor nonlinear dynamics, and thus, for deriving immunotherapeutic strategies we employ rational Lyapunov functions. Finally, we apply the switching control strategy to destabilize an invasive tumor equilibrium and steer the system trajectories to tumor dormancy. Copyright © 2016 Elsevier Inc. All rights reserved.

  14. Robust Hinf control of uncertain switched systems defined on polyhedral sets with Filippov solutions

    DEFF Research Database (Denmark)

    Ahmadi, Mohamadreza; Mojallali, Hamed; Wisniewski, Rafal

    2012-01-01

    This paper considers the control problem of a class of uncertain switched systems defined on polyhedral sets known as piecewise linear systems where, instead of the conventional Carathe ́odory solutions, Filippov solutions are studied. In other words, in contrast to the previous studies, solutions...... with infinite switching in finite time along the facets and on faces of arbitrary dimensions are also taken into account. Firstly, established upon previous studies, a set of linear matrix inequalities are brought forward which determines the asymptotic stability of piecewise linear systems with Filippov...... solutions. Subsequently, bilinear matrix inequality conditions for synthesizing a robust controller with a guaranteed Hinf performance are presented. Furthermore, these results has been generalized to the case of piecewise affine systems. Finally, a V–K iteration algorithm is proposed to deal...

  15. Direct Instantaneous Torque Control of 4 Phase 8/6 Switched Reluctance Motor

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Srinivas Pratapgiri

    2011-10-01

    Full Text Available The applications of Switched Reluctance Motor Drives has increased  in the recent past because of advantages like simple structure, no rotor winding, high torque to weight ratio, adaptability to harsh environments like coal mining etc. But the main disadvantage is that torque ripple is high because of the double saliency. This paper presents a high dynamic control technique called Direct Instantaneous Torque Control (DITC where in the torque is maintained within a hysteresis band by changing the switching states of the phases between 1, 0 or -1.Thus torque ripple minimization is an inherent property of DITC. DITC based SRM drive is simulated in MATLAB/SIMULINK environment and results are discussed elaborately

  16. Visual Attention Allocation Between Robotic Arm and Environmental Process Control: Validating the STOM Task Switching Model

    Science.gov (United States)

    Wickens, Christopher; Vieanne, Alex; Clegg, Benjamin; Sebok, Angelia; Janes, Jessica

    2015-01-01

    Fifty six participants time shared a spacecraft environmental control system task with a realistic space robotic arm control task in either a manual or highly automated version. The former could suffer minor failures, whose diagnosis and repair were supported by a decision aid. At the end of the experiment this decision aid unexpectedly failed. We measured visual attention allocation and switching between the two tasks, in each of the eight conditions formed by manual-automated arm X expected-unexpected failure X monitoring- failure management. We also used our multi-attribute task switching model, based on task attributes of priority interest, difficulty and salience that were self-rated by participants, to predict allocation. An un-weighted model based on attributes of difficulty, interest and salience accounted for 96 percent of the task allocation variance across the 8 different conditions. Task difficulty served as an attractor, with more difficult tasks increasing the tendency to stay on task.

  17. Planning and Control of COP-Switch-Based Planar Biped Walking

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    X. Luo; W. Li; C. Zhu

    2011-01-01

    Efficient walking is one of the main goals of researches on biped robots. A feasible way is to translate the understanding from human walking into robot walking, for example, an artificial control approach on a human like walking structure. In this paper, a walking pattern based on Center of Pressure (COP) switched and modeled after human walking is introduced firstly.Then, a parameterization method for the proposed walking gait is presented. In view of the complication, a multi-space planning method which divides the whole planning task into three sub-spaces, including simplified model space, work space and joint space, is proposed. Furthermore, a finite-state-based control method is also developed to implement the proposed walking pattern. The state switches of this method are driven by sensor events. For convincing verification, a 2D simulation system with a 9-link planar biped robot is developed. The simulation results exhibit an efficient walking gait.

  18. High-order sliding mode control of a DC motor drive via a switched controlled multi-cellular converter

    Science.gov (United States)

    Djemaï, M.; Busawon, K.; Benmansour, K.; Marouf, A.

    2011-11-01

    In this article, we present a high-order sliding mode controller of a DC motor drive connected to a multi-cellular converter. More specifically, we design a second-order (super-twisting) control algorithm for the speed regulation of a DC motor. For this, a switching control for the multi-cellular converter is derived in order to supply the correct reference value for the speed regulation. A practical implementation of the controller is realised using a laboratory set-up. The performance and the validity of the controller are shown experimentally.

  19. Autonomous Control of Distributed Generation and Storage to Coordinate P/Q Sharing in Islanded Microgrids

    DEFF Research Database (Denmark)

    Wu, Dan; Tang, Fen; Guerrero, Josep M.;

    2014-01-01

    In this paper, a decentralized control for coordinate both active and reactive powers is proposed for islanded microgrids. Compared with the conventional droop control strategies, the proposed control realizes decentralized power distribution among renewable energy sources (RES) and energy storage...... systems (ESS) according to the local source conditions. Based on bus-signaling method, the ESS is able to limit charging power by decreasing RES power generation automatically. As well, the reactive power coordinated control makes the RES units able to support reactive power in a decentralized way, which...

  20. Coordinated Secondary Control for Balanced Discharge Rate of Energy Storage System in Islanded AC Microgrids

    DEFF Research Database (Denmark)

    Guan, Yajuan; Quintero, Juan Carlos Vasquez; Guerrero, Josep M.

    2016-01-01

    incidents and unintentional outages in DG units, but also aims to provide a fast transient response and an accurate output-current-sharing performance. A complete root locus analysis is given in order to achieve system stability and parameter sensitivity. Experimental results are presented to show......A coordinated secondary control approach based on an autonomous current-sharing control strategy for balancing the discharge rates of energy storage systems (ESSs) in islanded AC microgrids is proposed in this paper. The coordinated secondary controller can regulate the power outputs of distributed...... the performance of the whole system and to verify the effectiveness of the proposed controller....

  1. Coordinated Fast Primary Frequency Control from Offshore Wind Power Plants in MTDC System

    DEFF Research Database (Denmark)

    Sakamuri, Jayachandra N.; Hansen, Anca Daniela; Cutululis, Nicolaos Antonio

    2016-01-01

    In this paper, coordinated fast primary frequency control (FPFC) from offshore wind power plants (OWPPs) integrated to surrounding onshore AC power system through a three terminal VSC HVDC system is presented. The onshore AC grid frequency variations are emulated at offshore AC grid through...... and the dynamics of wind turbine are also discussed. The corresponding impact of OWPPs active power output variation at different wind speeds on the power system frequency control and DC grid voltage is also presented. The results show that the proposed coordinated fast primary frequency control from OWPPs...... improves the power system frequency while relieving the stress on the other AC grid participating in frequency control....

  2. Design of a constant-voltage and constant-current controller with dual-loop and adaptive switching frequency control

    Science.gov (United States)

    Yingping, Chen; Zhiqian, Li

    2015-05-01

    A 5.0-V 2.0-A flyback power supply controller providing constant-voltage (CV) and constant-current (CC) output regulation without the use of an optical coupler is presented. Dual-close-loop control is proposed here due to its better regulation performance of tolerance over process and temperature compared with open loop control used in common. At the same time, the two modes, CC and CV, could switch to each other automatically and smoothly according to the output voltage level not sacrificing the regulation accuracy at the switching phase, which overcomes the drawback of the digital control scheme depending on a hysteresis comparator to change the mode. On-chip compensation using active capacitor multiplier technique is applied to stabilize the voltage loop, eliminate an additional package pin, and save on the die area. The system consumes as little as 100 mW at no-load condition without degrading the transient response performance by utilizing the adaptive switching frequency control mode. The proposed controller has been implemented in a commercial 0.35-μm 40-V BCD process, and the active chip area is 1.5 × 1.0 mm2. The total error of the output voltage due to line and load variations is less than ±1.7%.

  3. Design of practical sliding-mode controllers with constant switching frequency for power converters

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Navarro-Lopez, Eva M. [School of Computer Science, Centre for Interdisciplinary Computational and Dynamical Analysis, The University of Manchester, Oxford Road, Kilburn Building, Manchester M13 9PL (United Kingdom); Cortes, Domingo [Seccion de Mecatronica, Departamento de Ingenieria Electrica, CINVESTAV-IPN, Av. IPN 2508, Col. San Pedro Zacatenco, 07360 Mexico City (Mexico); Castro, Christian [Centro de Investigacion en Computacion del IPN, Av. Jose Othon de Mendizabal s/n, Col. Nueva Industrial Vallejo, 07738 Mexico City (Mexico)

    2009-05-15

    A novel experimentally motivated method in order to design a family of easy-to-implement sliding-mode controllers for power converters is proposed. Two main results are presented. First, the relation between sliding-mode control and average control is reinterpreted so that the limitation of the switching frequency for the closed-loop system is achieved in a more direct way than other methods so far reported in the literature. For this purpose, a class of sliding surfaces which makes the associated equivalent control be the system average control is proposed. Second, the achievement of a constant switching frequency in the controlled system is assured without requiring the sliding-mode-based controller to be modified, unlike most previous works. As a result, the proposed sliding surfaces-type can be directly implemented via a pulse-width modulator. The control methodology is implemented for the voltage control in a boost converter prototype in which the load is considered unknown. Experimental results confirm high performance and robustness under parameters variation. Furthermore, the solution proposed is easy to implement and well-suited for other power converters. (author)

  4. Design of two-layer switching rule for stabilization of switched linear systems with mismatched switching

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    Dan MA

    2014-01-01

    A two-layer switching architecture and a two-layer switching rule for stabilization of switched linear control systems are proposed, under which the mismatched switching between switched systems and their candidate hybrid controllers can be allowed. In the low layer, a state-dependent switching rule with a dwell time constraint to exponentially stabilize switched linear systems is given;in the high layer, supervisory conditions on the mismatched switching frequency and the mismatched switching ratio are presented, under which the closed-loop switched system is still exponentially stable in case of the candidate controller switches delay with respect to the subsystems. Different from the traditional switching rule, the two-layer switching architecture and switching rule have robustness, which in some extend permit mismatched switching between switched subsystems and their candidate controllers.

  5. Coordinated Formation Control of Multiple Autonomous Underwater Vehicles for Pipeline Inspection

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Xianbo Xiang

    2010-02-01

    Full Text Available This paper addresses the control problem of inspecting underwater pipeline on the seabed, with coordinated multiple autonomous underwater vehicles in a formation. Based on the leader-follower strategy, the dedicated nonlinear path following controller is rigorously built on Lyapunov-based design, driving a fleet of vehicles onto assigned parallel paths elevated and offset from the underwater pipeline, while keeping a triangle formation to capture complete 3D images for inspection. Due to the spatial-temporal decoupling characteristics of individual path following controller, the velocities of the followers can be adapted in the coordinated control level, only relying on the information of generalized along-path length from the leader, in order to build the desired formation. Thus, the communication variable broadcast from the leader is kept to a minimum, which is feasible under the severely constraints of acoustic communication bandwidth. Simulation results illustrate the efficiency of coordinated formation controller proposed for underwater pipeline inspection.

  6. Self-tuning fuzzy logic control of a switched reluctance generator for wind energy applications

    DEFF Research Database (Denmark)

    Park, Kiwoo; Chen, Zhe

    2012-01-01

    This paper presents a new self-tuning fuzzy logic control (FLC) based speed controller of a switched reluctance generator (SRG) for wind power applications. Due to its doubly salient structure and magnetic saturation, the SRG possesses an inherent characteristic of strong nonlinearity. In addition...... has better adaptability than a traditional controller so that it provides better performance over a wide range of operating conditions. The current controller is basically a hysteresis controller which controls the phase current in accordance with the turn-on and turn-off angles. Simulation results......, its flux linkage, inductance, and torque are highly coupled with the rotor position and phase current. All these features make the application of traditional controllers to the SRG difficult and unsatisfactory. The proposed controller consists of three main parts: turn-on and turn-off angle...

  7. Guaranteed Cost Finite-Time Control of Fractional-Order Positive Switched Systems

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Leipo Liu

    2017-01-01

    Full Text Available The problem of guaranteed cost finite-time control of fractional-order positive switched systems (FOPSS is considered in this paper. Firstly, a new cost function is defined. Then, by constructing linear copositive Lyapunov functions and using the average dwell time (ADT approach, a state feedback controller and a static output feedback controller are constructed, respectively, and sufficient conditions are derived to guarantee that the corresponding closed-loop systems are guaranteed cost finite-time stable (GCFTS. Such conditions can be easily solved by linear programming. Finally, two examples are given to illustrate the effectiveness of the proposed method.

  8. Iterative learning control for multi-agent systems coordination

    CERN Document Server

    Yang, Shiping; Li, Xuefang; Shen, Dong

    2016-01-01

    A timely guide using iterative learning control (ILC) as a solution for multi-agent systems (MAS) challenges, this book showcases recent advances and industrially relevant applications. Readers are first given a comprehensive overview of the intersection between ILC and MAS, then introduced to a range of topics that include both basic and advanced theoretical discussions, rigorous mathematics, engineering practice, and both linear and nonlinear systems. Through systematic discussion of network theory and intelligent control, the authors explore future research possibilities, develop new tools, and provide numerous applications such as power grids, communication and sensor networks, intelligent transportation systems, and formation control. Readers will gain a roadmap of the latest advances in the fields and can use their newfound knowledge to design their own algorithms.

  9. COMMUNICATION: Improving correct switching rates in a 'hands-free' environmental control system

    Science.gov (United States)

    Craig, Ashley; Tran, Yvonne; Craig, Daniel; Thuraisingham, Ranjit

    2005-12-01

    One potential negative impact on the quality of life of a spinal cord injured person is the loss of the ability to control devices in their immediate environment. Consequently, research and development has been conducted on technology designed to restore some measure of independence by providing means of control over these devices. A previous assistive device using changes in brain signals from eye closure as its switching system was created. Brain signals were processed using spectral analysis and although this was a successful technique, there were limitations that resulted in higher than desired switching errors. This paper presents results of an alternative method for processing brain signals as the basis for switching, called fractal dimension. In comparison to the spectral technique, the fractal dimension technique was successful in reducing the number of false positive and false negative errors. Additionally, it eliminated the need for a baseline setup for this system. This suggests that fractal dimension is a potentially viable method for analysing brain signals for use in assistive control systems.

  10. Methods for Coordinated Inventory Control in Supply Chain Management

    DEFF Research Database (Denmark)

    Larsen, Christian; Thorstenson, Anders

    2010-01-01

    Purpose of this paper Achieving effective and efficient inventory control in supply chain management is a task that requires insights into the workings of multi-stage inventory systems with uncertainty about future demand and supply. In this paper we analyze and compare two basic principles...... of cases. The set of inventory control policies investigated here is also limited and could be extended in future research. Practical implications Guidelines to supply chain managers for allocating safety stocks in supply chains. What is original/value of paper The comparison of effects of different...

  11. Intrinsic Noise Profoundly Alters the Dynamics and Steady State of Morphogen-Controlled Bistable Genetic Switches.

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Ruben Perez-Carrasco

    2016-10-01

    Full Text Available During tissue development, patterns of gene expression determine the spatial arrangement of cell types. In many cases, gradients of secreted signalling molecules-morphogens-guide this process by controlling downstream transcriptional networks. A mechanism commonly used in these networks to convert the continuous information provided by the gradient into discrete transitions between adjacent cell types is the genetic toggle switch, composed of cross-repressing transcriptional determinants. Previous analyses have emphasised the steady state output of these mechanisms. Here, we explore the dynamics of the toggle switch and use exact numerical simulations of the kinetic reactions, the corresponding Chemical Langevin Equation, and Minimum Action Path theory to establish a framework for studying the effect of gene expression noise on patterning time and boundary position. This provides insight into the time scale, gene expression trajectories and directionality of stochastic switching events between cell states. Taking gene expression noise into account predicts that the final boundary position of a morphogen-induced toggle switch, although robust to changes in the details of the noise, is distinct from that of the deterministic system. Moreover, the dramatic increase in patterning time close to the boundary predicted from the deterministic case is substantially reduced. The resulting stochastic switching introduces differences in patterning time along the morphogen gradient that result in a patterning wave propagating away from the morphogen source with a velocity determined by the intrinsic noise. The wave sharpens and slows as it advances and may never reach steady state in a biologically relevant time. This could explain experimentally observed dynamics of pattern formation. Together the analysis reveals the importance of dynamical transients for understanding morphogen-driven transcriptional networks and indicates that gene expression noise can

  12. Multiagent reinforcement learning for urban traffic control using coordination graphs

    NARCIS (Netherlands)

    Kuyer, L.; Whiteson, S.; Bakker, B.; Vlassis, N.

    2008-01-01

    Since traffic jams are ubiquitous in the modern world, optimizing the behavior of traffic lights for efficient traffic flow is a critically important goal. Though most current traffic lights use simple heuristic protocols, more efficient controllers can be discovered automatically via multiagent rei

  13. Impedance Coordinative Control for Cascaded Converter in Bidirectional Application

    DEFF Research Database (Denmark)

    Tian, Yanjun; Deng, Fujin; Chen, Zhe;

    2015-01-01

    difference between forward and reversed power flow. This paper addresses the analysis with the topology of cascaded dual-active-bridge converter (DAB) with inverter, and the proposed control method can also be implemented in unidirectional applications and other general cascaded converter system...

  14. Control and Coordination of Frequency Responsive Residential Water Heaters

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Williams, Tess L.; Kalsi, Karanjit; Elizondo, Marcelo A.; Marinovici, Laurentiu D.; Pratt, Richard M.

    2016-07-31

    Demand-side frequency control can complement traditional generator controls to maintain the stability of large electric systems in the face of rising uncertainty and variability associated with renewable energy resources. This paper presents a hierarchical frequency-based load control strategy that uses a supervisor to flexibly adjust control gains that a population of end-use loads respond to in a decentralized manner to help meet the NERC BAL-003-1 frequency response standard at both the area level and interconnection level. The load model is calibrated and used to model populations of frequency-responsive water heaters in a PowerWorld simulation of the U.S. Western Interconnection (WECC). The proposed design is implemented and demonstrated on physical water heaters in a laboratory setting. A significant fraction of the required frequency response in the WECC could be supplied by electric water heaters alone at penetration levels of less than 15%, while contributing to NERC requirements at the interconnection and area levels.

  15. Dynamic Sliding Mode Control Based on Multi-model Switching Laws for the Depth Control of an Autonomous Underwater Vehicle

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Huanyin Zhou

    2015-07-01

    Full Text Available This manuscript presents an improved control algorithm, called Dynamic Sliding Mode Control based on Multiple Models Switching Laws (DSMC-MMSL, for the control of the depth of the studied Autonomous Underwater Vehicle (AUV system, the diving plane controller of which faces disturbances arising from the coupled states. The diving plane model is strongly coupled with the state variables, such as surge speeds and course angles. To achieve the desired dynamic performance, the proposed algorithm consists of two parts: the diving plane control part and the pitch control part, which is used to avoid large pitch angles. Some direct switching control laws are used for the two parts to avoid some impulse phenomena on the control executions. The error-states exponential decay is recommended to eliminate the chattering on the sliding surface. The DSMC-MMSL controller was successfully implemented and experimentally validated with the studied AUV system designed and built by Shenyang Institute of Automation. The results of some lake trials demonstrated that the depth control performances of the AUV system were as desired, and that the AUV system was robust enough for the coupled state variables under the DSMCMMSL algorithm control.

  16. Dynamic Sliding Mode Control Based on Multi-Model Switching Laws for the Depth Control of an Autonomous Underwater Vehicle

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Huanyin Zhou

    2015-07-01

    Full Text Available This manuscript presents an improved control algorithm, called Dynamic Sliding Mode Control based on Multiple Models Switching Laws (DSMC-MMSL, for the control of the depth of the studied Autonomous Underwater Vehicle (AUV system, the diving plane controller of which faces disturbances arising from the coupled states. The diving plane model is strongly coupled with the state variables, such as surge speeds and course angles. To achieve the desired dynamic performance, the proposed algorithm consists of two parts: the diving plane control part and the pitch control part, which is used to avoid large pitch angles. Some direct switching control laws are used for the two parts to avoid some impulse phenomena on the control executions. The error-states exponential decay is recommended to eliminate the chattering on the sliding surface. The DSMC-MMSL controller was successfully implemented and experimentally validated with the studied AUV system designed and built by Shenyang Institute of Automation. The results of some lake trials demonstrated that the depth control performances of the AUV system were as desired, and that the AUV system was robust enough for the coupled state variables under the DSMC-MMSL algorithm control.

  17. A Coordinated Control Architecture for Disaster Response Robots

    Science.gov (United States)

    2016-01-01

    three computers were installed on the robot for high-frequency feedback control and perception signal processing . 8. The cooling system was redesigned...17 Figure 13: Wall task. The robot must pick up a drill and cut a triangle out of a (drywall...43: Grasp affordances found on a DRC ladder. Without the handle detection /grasping algorithm, the operator would have to manually position a six

  18. Coordination Control Strategy for Compound Fault of MMC-HVDC

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Zhang Ming Guang

    2016-01-01

    Full Text Available Single-line to ground fault of DC side and sub-module fault are typical faults of MMC-HVDC. When each of the above faults occurs, the system will give a signal for circuit-breaker releasing, this will result in interruption of power delivery, the stability of the system is greatly reduced. When these two faults occur simultaneously, research on control strategy for compound fault will help to improve the reliability of the system. While single-line to ground fault of DC side happens, only the electric potential auxiliary point of DC side is changed, system’s power transport normally. When sub-module is fault, redundancy fault-tolerated control strategy is presented, which replace the failed sub-modules with equal number of redundant sub-modules, it can restrain the fluctuation of direct current. A double terminals and 21 voltage-level MMC-HVDC system simulation model is set up in PSCAD/EMTDC. From the computation and simulation results, it is concluded that the proposed control strategy is correct for above compound fault, it can achieve rapid recovery after faults, effectively improve fault tolerance of the system, develop the stability and reliability of the system.

  19. Variable Structure Controller with Time-Varying Switching Surface under the Bound of Input using Evolution Strategy

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Lee, Min Jung; Choi, Young Kiu [Pusan National University (Korea); Kim, Hyun Sik [Agency for Defense Development (Korea); Jeon, Seong Jeub [Pukyong National University (Korea)

    1999-04-01

    Variable structure control law is well known to be a robust control algorithm and evolution strategy is used as an effective search algorithm in optimization problems. In this paper, we propose a variable structure controller with time-varying switching surface. We calculate the maximum value of switching surface gradient under the bound of input. To enhance the robustness, we choose a time-varying switching surface gradient that is of the 3 rd order polynomial form. Evolution strategy is used to optimize the parameters of the switching surface gradient. Finally, the proposed method is applied to position tracking control for BLDC motor. Experimental results show that the proposed method is more useful than the conventional variable structure control. (author). 8 refs., 16 figs., 1 tab.

  20. Centrally Coordinated Control of Multiple HVDC Links for Power Oscillation Damping

    Science.gov (United States)

    Eriksson, Robert; Söder, Lennart

    2010-06-01

    This paper presents a method of how to design a centrally coordinated controller for several HVDC links. The controller increases the damping of the power oscillations by modulating the current through the HVDC links coordinately. To design a centrally coordinated controller a reduced order open system model is estimated. The open system model of the power system is developed by using black-box system identifications techniques. The current setpoint change through the HVDC links is the set of input signals and, the speeds of the generators are the set of outputs. Numerical Algorithms for Subspace State-Space System Identification (N4SID) is used to identify a model. This controller design method increases the damping significantly which is shown for a small power system.

  1. A Signal Coordination Control Based on Traversing Empty between Mid-Block Street Crossing and Intersection

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Changjiang Zheng

    2012-01-01

    Full Text Available To solve the problem in pedestrian Mid-Block street crossing, the method of signal coordination control between mid-block street crossing and intersection is researched in this paper. The paper proposes to use “distance-flow rate-time” graph as the tool for building coordination control system model which is for different situations of traffic control. Through alternating the linear optimization model, the system outputs the distribution of signal timing and system operational factors (delays in vehicles and mid-block street crossing. Finally, taking one section on the Taiping North Road in Nanjing as an example, the signal coordination control is carried out. And the results which are delays in the vehicles and mid-block street crossing are compared to those in the current distribution of signal timing.

  2. Output Tracking Control of Switched Hybrid Systems: A Fliess Functional Expansion Approach

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Fenghua He

    2013-01-01

    Full Text Available The output tracking problem is investigated for a nonlinear affine system with multiple modes of continuous control inputs. We convert the family of nonlinear affine systems under consideration into a switched hybrid system by introducing a multiple-valued logic variable. The Fliess functional expansion is adopted to express the input and output relationship of the switched hybrid system. The optimal switching control is determined for a multiple-step output tracking performance index. The proposed approach is applied to a multitarget tracking problem for a flight vehicle aiming for one real target with several decoys flying around it in the terminal guidance course. These decoys appear as apparent targets and have to be distinguished with the approaching of the flight vehicle. The guidance problem of one flight vehicle versus multiple apparent targets should be considered if no large miss distance might be caused due to the limitation of the flight vehicle maneuverability. The target orientation at each time interval is determined. Simulation results show the effectiveness of the proposed method.

  3. Reduction of current chopping noise with DSP controller in switched reluctance motor drive system

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    郭伟; 詹琼华; 马志源

    2002-01-01

    A novel current chopping mode was used in a switched reluctance motor drive system to make full use of the characteristics of digital signal processor (DSP) TMS320F240. The necessity of this 180° phase-shift current control (PSCC) mode is introduced first and then the principle of PSCC covering both hardware requirement and software programming is described in detail. The analysis made indicated that with this mode, the chopping frequency in winding can reach 20 kHz with 10 kHz power switches and the control frequency can reach 40 kHz at the same time. Subsequently, based on the linear and nonlinear mathematical models of the switched reluctance motor ( SRM), some simulation work has been done. The simulation results show that when this mode is applied to SRM drive (SRD) system, the current waveform becomes better. So the ripple of the torque is reduced simultaneously and the vibration and acoustic noise are reduced involuntarily. Stationary tests show that the acoustic noise is greatly diminished. Finally, some experiments were made using a 50 kW SRD system for electric vehicle (EV). Experimental results indicate that this mode can be implemented feasibly and it has a good action on the SRD system.

  4. Influence of a Circuit Breaker's Grading Capacitor on Controlled Transformer Switching

    Science.gov (United States)

    Corrodi, Yves; Kamei, Kenji; Kohyama, Haruhiko; Ito, Hiroki

    Controlled switching, taking into account the residual flux level within a transformer core, can effectively eliminate inrush currents. Many switching sequences assume the residual flux as a constant value, which can be obtained by a measurement after a transformer de-energization. However, in case of a transformer system that is switched by a circuit breaker equipped with a grading capacitor, the residual flux characteristic cannot be considered as constant. A source voltage will feed the deenergized transformer system through the grading capacitor, which will change the residual flux level and let oscillations appear. It follows that the optimal re-energization targets change and inrush currents might not be optimally minimized. Further, transient voltages based on line failures can influence the residual flux through a grading capacitor as well. At first, this paper evaluates the influence of a grading capacitor on the residual flux characteristic analytically. Further, measurements of two transformer systems at a varied de-energization instant and for different grading capacitors provide actual information for the development of future controller systems.

  5. Poly(A)-tail profiling reveals an embryonic switch in translational control

    Science.gov (United States)

    Subtelny, Alexander O.; Eichhorn, Stephen W.; Chen, Grace R.; Sive, Hazel; Bartel, David P.

    2014-04-01

    Poly(A) tails enhance the stability and translation of most eukaryotic messenger RNAs, but difficulties in globally measuring poly(A)-tail lengths have impeded greater understanding of poly(A)-tail function. Here we describe poly(A)-tail length profiling by sequencing (PAL-seq) and apply it to measure tail lengths of millions of individual RNAs isolated from yeasts, cell lines, Arabidopsis thaliana leaves, mouse liver, and zebrafish and frog embryos. Poly(A)-tail lengths were conserved between orthologous mRNAs, with mRNAs encoding ribosomal proteins and other `housekeeping' proteins tending to have shorter tails. As expected, tail lengths were coupled to translational efficiencies in early zebrafish and frog embryos. However, this strong coupling diminished at gastrulation and was absent in non-embryonic samples, indicating a rapid developmental switch in the nature of translational control. This switch complements an earlier switch to zygotic transcriptional control and explains why the predominant effect of microRNA-mediated deadenylation concurrently shifts from translational repression to mRNA destabilization.

  6. Doping Control Via Molecularly Engineered Surface Ligand Coordination

    KAUST Repository

    Yuan, Mingjian

    2013-08-05

    A means to control the net doping of a CQD solid is identified via the design of the bidentate ligand crosslinking the material. The strategy does not rely on implementing different atmospheres at different steps in device processing, but instead is a robust strategy implemented in a single processing ambient. We achieve an order of magnitude difference in doping that allows us to build a graded photovoltaic device and maintain high current and voltage at maximum power-point conditions. © 2013 WILEY-VCH Verlag GmbH & Co. KGaA, Weinheim.

  7. Coordination Control Strategy for Compound Fault of MMC-HVDC

    OpenAIRE

    Zhang Ming Guang; Zhang Zhao Yu; Qiu Li Jie; Chen Xi

    2016-01-01

    Single-line to ground fault of DC side and sub-module fault are typical faults of MMC-HVDC. When each of the above faults occurs, the system will give a signal for circuit-breaker releasing, this will result in interruption of power delivery, the stability of the system is greatly reduced. When these two faults occur simultaneously, research on control strategy for compound fault will help to improve the reliability of the system. While single-line to ground fault of DC side happens, only the...

  8. Switches of stimulus tagging frequencies interact with the conflict-driven control of selective attention, but not with inhibitory control.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Scherbaum, Stefan; Frisch, Simon; Dshemuchadse, Maja

    2016-01-01

    Selective attention and its adaptation by cognitive control processes are considered a core aspect of goal-directed action. Often, selective attention is studied behaviorally with conflict tasks, but an emerging neuroscientific method for the study of selective attention is EEG frequency tagging. It applies different flicker frequencies to the stimuli of interest eliciting steady state visual evoked potentials (SSVEPs) in the EEG. These oscillating SSVEPs in the EEG allow tracing the allocation of selective attention to each tagged stimulus continuously over time. The present behavioral investigation points to an important caveat of using tagging frequencies: The flicker of stimuli not only produces a useful neuroscientific marker of selective attention, but interacts with the adaptation of selective attention itself. Our results indicate that RT patterns of adaptation after response conflict (so-called conflict adaptation) are reversed when flicker frequencies switch at once. However, this effect of frequency switches is specific to the adaptation by conflict-driven control processes, since we find no effects of frequency switches on inhibitory control processes after no-go trials. We discuss the theoretical implications of this finding and propose precautions that should be taken into account when studying conflict adaptation using frequency tagging in order to control for the described confounds.

  9. Fault Detection for Wireless Networked Control Systems with Stochastic Switching Topology and Time Delay

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Pengfei Guo

    2014-01-01

    Full Text Available This paper deals with the fault detection problem for a class of discrete-time wireless networked control systems described by switching topology with uncertainties and disturbances. System states of each individual node are affected not only by its own measurements, but also by other nodes’ measurements according to a certain network topology. As the topology of system can be switched in a stochastic way, we aim to design H∞ fault detection observers for nodes in the dynamic time-delay systems. By using the Lyapunov method and stochastic analysis techniques, sufficient conditions are acquired to guarantee the existence of the filters satisfying the H∞ performance constraint, and observer gains are derived by solving linear matrix inequalities. Finally, an illustrated example is provided to verify the effectiveness of the theoretical results.

  10. Reversible Control of Interfacial Magnetism through Ionic-Liquid-Assisted Polarization Switching.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Herklotz, Andreas; Guo, Er-Jia; Wong, Anthony T; Meyer, Tricia L; Dai, Sheng; Ward, T Zac; Lee, Ho Nyung; Fitzsimmons, Michael R

    2017-03-08

    The ability to control magnetism of materials via electric field enables a myriad of technological innovations in information storage, sensing, and computing. We use ionic-liquid-assisted ferroelectric switching to demonstrate reversible modulation of interfacial magnetism in a multiferroic heterostructure composed of ferromagnetic (FM) La0.8Sr0.2MnO3 and ferroelectric (FE) PbZr0.2Ti0.8O3. It is shown that ionic liquids can be used to persistently and reversibly switch a large area of a FE film. This is a prerequisite for polarized neutron reflectometry (PNR) studies that are conducted to directly probe magnetoelectric coupling of the FE polarization to the interfacial magnetization.

  11. Phase controllable terahertz switch in a Landau-quantized graphene nanostructure

    Science.gov (United States)

    Shiri, J.; Malakzadeh, A.

    2017-01-01

    The optical properties of a weak probe light by applying coupling fields in Landau-quantized graphene nanostructure is investigated. In this structure the electromagnetic field of terahertz-infrared radiations interfere with the electromagnetic field of the short-wavelength probe field and this effect changes the absorption and dispersion characteristics of the probe field. The linear dynamical properties of the graphene by means of perturbation theory and density matrix method are discussed. We show that the group velocity of a light pulse can be switched from superluminal to subluminal or vice versa by controlling the coupling field’s intensities and relative phase of the applied fields. Therefore, this model can be used as an all-optical switch which is suitable for next generation of future all optical quantum communicational system and networks.

  12. Switching individual quantum dot emission through electrically controlling resonant energy transfer to graphene.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Lee, Jiye; Bao, Wei; Ju, Long; Schuck, P James; Wang, Feng; Weber-Bargioni, Alexander

    2014-12-10

    Electrically controlling resonant energy transfer of optical emitters provides a novel mechanism to switch nanoscale light sources on and off individually for optoelectronic applications. Graphene's optical transitions are tunable through electrostatic gating over a broad wavelength spectrum, making it possible to modulate energy transfer from a variety of nanoemitters to graphene at room temperature. We demonstrate photoluminescence switching of individual colloidal quantum dots by electrically tuning their energy transfer to graphene. The gate dependence of energy transfer modulation confirms that the transition occurs when the Fermi level is shifted over half the emitter's excitation energy. The modulation magnitude decreases rapidly with increasing emitter-graphene distance (d), following the 1/d(4) rate trend unique to the energy transfer process to two-dimensional materials.

  13. Multiple-Vehicle Longitudinal Collision Mitigation by Coordinated Brake Control

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Xiao-Yun Lu

    2014-01-01

    Full Text Available Rear-end collision often leads to serious casualties and traffic congestion. The consequences are even worse for multiple-vehicle collision. Many previous works focused on collision warning and avoidance strategies of two consecutive vehicles based on onboard sensor detection only. This paper proposes a centralized control strategy for multiple vehicles to minimize the impact of multiple-vehicle collision based on vehicle-to-vehicle communication technique. The system is defined as a coupled group of vehicles with wireless communication capability and short following distances. The safety relationship can be represented as lower bound limit on deceleration of the first vehicle and upper bound on maximum deceleration of the last vehicle. The objective is to determine the desired deceleration for each vehicle such that the total impact energy is minimized at each time step. The impact energy is defined as the relative kinetic energy between a consecutive pair of vehicles (approaching only. Model predictive control (MPC framework is used to formulate the problem to be constrained quadratic programming. Simulations show its effectiveness on collision mitigation. The developed algorithm has the potential to be used for progressive market penetration of connected vehicles in practice.

  14. Relative position coordinated control for spacecraft formation flying with communication delays

    Science.gov (United States)

    Ran, Dechao; Chen, Xiaoqian; Misra, Arun K.; Xiao, Bing

    2017-08-01

    This study addresses a relative position coordinated control problem for spacecraft formation flying subject to directed communication topology. Two different kinds of communication delay cases, including time-varying delays and arbitrarily bounded delays are investigated. Using the backstepping control technique, two virtual velocity control inputs are firstly designed to achieve coordinated position tracking for the kinematic subsystem. Furthermore, a hyperbolic tangent function is introduced to guarantee the boundedness of the virtual controller. Then, a finite-time control algorithm is designed for the dynamic subsystem. It can guarantee that the virtual velocity can be followed by the real velocity after finite time. It is theoretically proved that the proposed control scheme can asymptotically stabilize the closed-loop system. Numerical simulations are further presented that not only highlight closed-loop performance benefiting from the proposed control scheme, but also illustrate its superiority in comparison with conventional formation control schemes.

  15. Multiagent System-Based Distributed Coordinated Control for Radial DC Microgrid Considering Transmission Time Delays

    DEFF Research Database (Denmark)

    Dou, Chun-Xia; Yue, Dong; Guerrero, Josep M.

    2017-01-01

    This paper focuses on a multi-agent based distributed coordinated control for radial DC microgrid considering trans-mission time delays. Firstly, a two-level multi-agent system is constructed, where local control is formulated based on local states and executed by means of the first-level agent...

  16. Coordinated Voltage Control Scheme for SEIG-Based Wind Park Utilizing Substation STATCOM and ULTC Transformer

    DEFF Research Database (Denmark)

    S. El Moursi, Mohamed; Bak-Jensen, Birgitte; Abdel-Rahman, Mansour Hassan

    2011-01-01

    and optimal tracking secondary voltage control for wind parks based on self-excited induction generators which comprise STATCOM and under-load tap changer (ULTC) substation transformers. The voltage controllers for the STATCOM and ULTC transformer are coordinated and ensure the voltage support. In steady...

  17. Grip Force Control Is Dependent on Task Constraints in Children with and without Developmental Coordination Disorder

    Science.gov (United States)

    Law, Sui-Heung; Lo, Sing Kai; Chow, Susanna; Cheing, Gladys L.Y.

    2011-01-01

    Excessive grip force (GF) is often found in children with developmental coordination disorder (DCD). However, their GF control may vary when task constraints are imposed upon their motor performance. This study aimed to investigate how their GF control changes in response to task demands, and to examine their tactile sensitivity. Twenty-one…

  18. Sensory Organization of Balance Control in Children with Developmental Coordination Disorder

    Science.gov (United States)

    Fong, Shirley S. M.; Lee, Velma Y. L.; Pang, Marco Y. C.

    2011-01-01

    This study aimed to (1) compare functional balance performance and sensory organization of postural control between children with and without developmental coordination disorder (DCD) and (2) determine the association between postural control and participation diversity among children with DCD. We recruited 81 children with DCD and 67 typically…

  19. Validating the feedback control of intersegmental coordination by fluctuation analysis of disturbed walking.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Funato, Tetsuro; Aoi, Shinya; Tomita, Nozomi; Tsuchiya, Kazuo

    2015-05-01

    A walking motion is established by feedforward control for rhythmic locomotion and feedback control for adapting to environmental variations. To identify the control variables that underlie feedback control, uncontrolled manifold (UCM) analysis has been proposed and adopted for analyzing various movements. UCM analysis searches the controlled variables by comparing the fluctuation size of segmental groups related and unrelated to the movement of candidate variables, based on the assumption that a small fluctuation size indicates a relationship with the feedback control. The present study was based on UCM analysis and evaluated fluctuation size to determine the control mechanism for walking. While walking, the subjects were subjected to floor disturbances at two different frequencies, and the fluctuation sizes of the segmental groups related to characteristic variables were calculated and compared. The characteristic variables evaluated were the motion of the center of mass, limb axis, and head, and the intersegmental coordination of segmental groups with simultaneous coupled movements. Results showed that the fluctuations in intersegmental coordination were almost equally small for any segment, while fluctuations in the other variables were large in certain segments. Moreover, a comparison of the fluctuation sizes among the evaluated variables showed that the fluctuation size for intersegmental coordination was the smallest. These results indicate a possible relationship between intersegmental coordination and the control of walking.

  20. Nonlinear Speed Control of Switched Reluctance Motor Drives Taking into Account Mutual Inductance

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    M. Alrifai

    2008-01-01

    Full Text Available A speed control algorithm is proposed for variable speed switched reluctance motor (SRM drives taking into account the effects of mutual inductances. The control scheme adopts two-phase excitation; exciting two adjacent phases can overcome the problems associated with single-phase excitation such as large torque ripple, increased acoustic noise, and rotor shaft fatigues. The effects of mutual coupling between two adjacent phases and their contribution to the generated electromagnetic torque are considered in the design of the proposed control scheme for the motor. The proposed controller guarantees the convergence of the currents and the rotor speed of the motor to their desired values. Simulation results are given to illustrate the developed theory; the simulation studies show that the proposed controller works well. Moreover, the simulation results indicate that the proposed controller is robust to changes in the parameters of the motor and to changes in the load torque.

  1. Electric-field-controlled suppression of Walker breakdown and chirality switching in magnetic domain wall motion

    Science.gov (United States)

    Chen, Hong-Bo; Li, You-Quan

    2016-07-01

    We theoretically study the dynamics of a magnetic domain wall controlled by an electric field in the presence of the spin flexoelectric interaction. We reveal that this interaction generates an effective spin torque and results in significant changes in the current-driven domain wall motion. In particular, the electric field can stabilize the domain wall motion, leading to strong suppression of the current-induced Walker breakdown and thus allowing a higher maximum wall velocity. We can furthermore use this electric-field control to efficiently switch the chirality of a moving domain wall in the steady regime.

  2. An Improved Fixed Switching Frequency Direct Torque Control of Induction Motor Drives Fed by Direct Matrix Converter

    CERN Document Server

    Taib, Nabil; Francois, Bruno

    2010-01-01

    A few papers have been interested by the fixed switching frequency direct torque control fed by direct matrix converters, where we can find just the use of direct torque controlled space vector modulated method. In this present paper, we present an improved method used for a fixed switching frequency direct torque control (DTC) using a direct matrix converter (DMC). This method is characterized by a simple structure, a fixed switching frequency which causes minimal torque ripple and a unity input power factor. Using this strategy, we combine the direct matrix converters advantages with those of direct torque control (DTC) schemes. The used technique for constant frequency is combined with the input current space vector to create the switching table of direct matrix converter (DMC). Simulation results clearly demonstrate a better dynamic and steady state performances of the proposed method.

  3. Adaptive Fuzzy Output-Feedback Stabilization Control for a Class of Switched Nonstrict-Feedback Nonlinear Systems.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Li, Yongming; Tong, Shaocheng

    2016-03-16

    This paper proposes an fuzzy adaptive output-feedback stabilization control method for nonstrict feedback uncertain switched nonlinear systems. The controlled system contains unmeasured states and unknown nonlinearities. First, a switched state observer is constructed in order to estimate the unmeasured states. Second, a variable separation approach is introduced to solve the problem of nonstrict feedback. Third, fuzzy logic systems are utilized to identify the unknown uncertainties, and an adaptive fuzzy output feedback stabilization controller is set up by exploiting the backstepping design principle. At last, by applying the average dwell time method and Lyapunov stability theory, it is proven that all the signals in the closed-loop switched system are bounded, and the system output converges to a small neighborhood of the origin. Two examples are given to further show the effectiveness of the proposed switched control approach.

  4. White-light-controlled resistive switching chearacteristics of TiO2/Cu2O composite nanorods array

    Science.gov (United States)

    Sun, Bai; Liu, Yonghong; Lou, Fangming; Chen, Peng

    2015-08-01

    TiO2/Cu2O composite nanorods array were grown on fluorine-doped tin oxide (FTO) substrate by hydrothermal process, and white-light-controlled resistive switching characteristics of Ag/[TiO2/Cu2O]/FTO structure were further investigated. The current-voltage characteristics of the composite nanorods array represent a good rectifying property and bipolar resistive switching behavior. Specially, the resistive switching behavior can be regulated by white-light illuminating at room temperature. This study is helpful for exploring the memory materials and their applications in nonvolatile light-controlled memory devices.

  5. Formal-Language-Theoretic Control & Coordination of Mobile Robots

    Science.gov (United States)

    2007-10-29

    Control Specification q1 q2 q3 qA (−1) qB (+1) +1 +1 +1 −1 −1 −1 qA3 qA1 qA2 qB2 qB3 qB1 1/0.4 1/0.2 0/0.6 0/0.8 1/0.3 0/0.70/0.6 1/0.2 0/0.8 1/0.4 1...qB2 qB3 qB1 1/0.4 1/0.2 0/0.6 0/0.8 1/0.3 0/0.70/0.6 1/0.2 0/0.8 1/0.4 1/0.3 0/0.7 qA3 qA1 qA2 qB2 qB3 qB1 1/0.9 1/0.9 0/0.3 0/0.3 1/0.7 0/0.10/0.1 1

  6. Fast Coordinated Control of DFIG Wind Turbine Generators for Low and High Voltage Ride-Through

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Yun Wang

    2014-06-01

    Full Text Available This paper presents a fast coordinated control scheme of the rotor side converter (RSC, the Direct Current (DC chopper and the grid side converter (GSC of doubly fed induction generator (DFIG wind turbine generators (WTGs to improve the low voltage ride through (LVRT and high voltage ride through (HVRT capability of the DFIG WTGs. The characteristics of DFIG WTGs under voltage sags and swells were studied focusing on the DFIG WTG stator flux and rotor voltages during the transient periods of grid voltage changes. The protection schemes of the rotor crowbar circuit and the DC chopper circuit were proposed considering the characteristics of the DFIG WTGs during voltage changes. The fast coordinated control of RSC and GSC were developed based on the characteristic analysis in order to realize efficient LVRT and HVRT of the DFIG WTGs. The proposed fast coordinated control schemes were verified by time domain simulations using Matlab-Simulink.

  7. Synchronization Algorithm for SDN-controlled All-Optical TDM Switching in a Random Length Ring Network

    DEFF Research Database (Denmark)

    Kamchevska, Valerija; Cristofori, Valentina; Da Ros, Francesco

    2016-01-01

    We propose and demonstrate an algorithm that allows for automatic synchronization of SDN-controlled all-optical TDM switching nodes connected in a ring network. We experimentally show successful WDM-SDM transmission of data bursts between all ring nodes.......We propose and demonstrate an algorithm that allows for automatic synchronization of SDN-controlled all-optical TDM switching nodes connected in a ring network. We experimentally show successful WDM-SDM transmission of data bursts between all ring nodes....

  8. Hybrid InGaAsP-InP Mach-Zehnder Racetrack Resonator for Thermooptic Switching and Coupling Control.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Green, William; Lee, Reginald; Derose, Guy; Scherer, Axel; Yariv, Amnon

    2005-03-07

    An InGaAsP-InP optical switch geometry based on electrical control of waveguide-resonator coupling is demonstrated. Thermooptic tuning of a Mach-Zehnder interferometer integrated with a racetrack resonator is shown to result in switching with ON-OFF contrast up to 18.5 dB. The optical characteristics of this unique design enable a substantial reduction of the switching power, to a value of 26 mW in comparison with 40 mW for a conventional Mach-Zehnder interferometer switch. Modulation response measurements reveal a 3 dB bandwidth of 400 kHz and a rise time of 1.8 micros, comparing favorably with current state-of-the-art thermooptic switches.

  9. Electric Drive Discrete Control System with Automatic Switching-On Reserve for Autonomous Settlement

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Tsytovich L.I.

    2015-08-01

    Full Text Available The paper aims at developing of control the water supply system’s electric drives for autonomous settlement. The system provides automatic switching to a reserve control channel at refusal of any of the functional elements of the working regulation channel. Usually, such systems have a test signal generator and analyzer to system response to their impact. This result to an increase in the structural redundancy of the system, increase its cost and increase the requirements for the staff qualification. A specific feature of the system is its ability to self-diagnosis of catastrophic malfunctions of scheme’s components and an automatic switching-on the reserve control channels, without applying any test signals to the whole complex of electrical equipment. Multi-zone integrating regulator with frequency-pulse-width modulation realizes this technical solution. Control system structure and signals timing diagrams are presented. The construction principle of adaptive interval-code synchronization device with improved noise stability to control the voltage regulators serving for smooth start-up of asynchronous motors of water pumps is considered as well. Such solution allowing increase noise stability and reliability work of the system in conditions of limited power electrical networks, which is characteristic for the autonomous settlements. The article may be of interest to specialists in the field of power electronics and information electronics, electric drives and process automation.

  10. Antagonistic control of a dual-input mammalian gene switch by food additives.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Xie, Mingqi; Ye, Haifeng; Hamri, Ghislaine Charpin-El; Fussenegger, Martin

    2014-08-01

    Synthetic biology has significantly advanced the design of mammalian trigger-inducible transgene-control devices that are able to programme complex cellular behaviour. Fruit-based benzoate derivatives licensed as food additives, such as flavours (e.g. vanillate) and preservatives (e.g. benzoate), are a particularly attractive class of trigger compounds for orthogonal mammalian transgene control devices because of their innocuousness, physiological compatibility and simple oral administration. Capitalizing on the genetic componentry of the soil bacterium Comamonas testosteroni, which has evolved to catabolize a variety of aromatic compounds, we have designed different mammalian gene expression systems that could be induced and repressed by the food additives benzoate and vanillate. When implanting designer cells engineered for gene switch-driven expression of the human placental secreted alkaline phosphatase (SEAP) into mice, blood SEAP levels of treated animals directly correlated with a benzoate-enriched drinking programme. Additionally, the benzoate-/vanillate-responsive device was compatible with other transgene control systems and could be assembled into higher-order control networks providing expression dynamics reminiscent of a lap-timing stopwatch. Designer gene switches using licensed food additives as trigger compounds to achieve antagonistic dual-input expression profiles and provide novel control topologies and regulation dynamics may advance future gene- and cell-based therapies.

  11. Coordinated and uncoordinated design of LFO damping controllers with IPFC and PSS using ICA and SFLA

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    Mahdi Toupchi Khosroshahi; Farhad Mohajel Kazemi; Mohammad Reza Jannati Oskuee; Sajad Najafi-Ravadanegh

    2015-01-01

    A single machine-infinite-bus (SMIB) system including the interline power flow controllers (IPFCs) and the power system stabilizer (PSS) controller is addressed. The linearized system model is considered for investigating the interactions among IPFC and PSS controllers. To improve the stability of whole system again different disturbances, a lead-lag controller is considered to produce supplementary signal. The proposed supplementary controller is implemented to improve the damping of the power system low frequency oscillations (LFOs). Imperialist optimization algorithm (ICA) and shuffled frog leaping algorithm (SFLA) are implemented to search for optimal supplementary controllers and PSS parameters. Moreover, singular value decomposition (SVD) method is utilized to select the most effective damping control signal of IPFC lead-lag controllers. To evaluate the system performance, different operating conditions are considered. Reponses of system in five modes including uncoordinated and coordinated modes of IPFC and PSS using ICA and SFLA are studied and compared. Considering the results, response of system without controller shows the highest overshoot and the longest settling time for rotor angel at the different operating conditions. In this mode of system, rotor speed has the highest overshoot. Rotor angel in the system with only PSS includes lower overshoot and oscillation than system without controller. When PSS is only implemented, rotor speed deviation has the longest settling time. Rotor speed deviation in the uncoordinated mode of IPFC and PSS shows lower overshoot than system with only PSS and without controller. It is noticeable that in this mode, rotor angel has higher overshoot than system with only PSS. The superiority of the suggested ICA-based coordinated controllers is obvious compared with SFLA-based coordinated controllers and other system modes. Responses of coordinated PSS and IPFC SFLA-based supplementary controllers include higher peak

  12. Sensorless Control of Low-cost Single-phase Hybrid Switched Reluctance Motor Drive

    DEFF Research Database (Denmark)

    Jakobsen, Uffe; Lu, Kaiyuan; Rasmussen, Peter Omand

    2015-01-01

    This paper presents a sensorless-controlled, low-cost, low-power, and variable-speed drive system suitable for fan and pump applications. The main advantages of this drive system are the low system cost, simple converter structure, and simple but robust sensorless control technique. The drive motor...... is a special hybrid switched reluctance motor. The proposed sensorless control method beneficially utilizes the stator side PM field and its performance is motor parameter independent. The unique low-cost drive system solution, simple and robust sensorless control features of this drive system, is demonstrated...... in detail in this paper. Important design details for practical implementation of the sensorless control algorithm are included. The complete drive system performance is validated using a prototype drive system....

  13. Sensorless control of low-cost single-phase hybrid switched reluctance motor drive

    DEFF Research Database (Denmark)

    Jakobsen, Uffe; Lu, Kaiyuan; Rasmussen, Peter Omand

    2013-01-01

    This paper presents a sensorless-controlled, low-cost, low-power, variable-speed drive system suitable for fan and pump applications. The main advantages of this drive system are the low system cost, simple converter structure, and simple but robust sensorless control technique. The drive motor...... is a special Hybrid Switched Reluctance Motor (HSRM). The proposed sensorless control method utilizes beneficially the stator side permanent magnet field and its performance is motor parameter independent. The unique low-cost drive system solution, simple and robust sensorless control features of this drive...... system, is demonstrated in detail in this paper. Important design details for practical implementation of the sensorless control algorithm are included. The complete drive system performance is validated using a prototype drive system....

  14. Sensorless control of low-cost single-phase hybrid switched reluctance motor drive

    DEFF Research Database (Denmark)

    Jakobsen, Uffe; Lu, Kaiyuan; Rasmussen, Peter Omand;

    2013-01-01

    This paper presents a sensorless-controlled, low-cost, low-power, variable-speed drive system suitable for fan and pump applications. The main advantages of this drive system are the low system cost, simple converter structure, and simple but robust sensorless control technique. The drive motor...... is a special Hybrid Switched Reluctance Motor (HSRM). The proposed sensorless control method utilizes beneficially the stator side permanent magnet field and its performance is motor parameter independent. The unique low-cost drive system solution, simple and robust sensorless control features of this drive...... system, is demonstrated in detail in this paper. Important design details for practical implementation of the sensorless control algorithm are included. The complete drive system performance is validated using a prototype drive system....

  15. A biphasic epigenetic switch controls immunoevasion, virulence and niche adaptation in non-typeable Haemophilus influenzae

    Science.gov (United States)

    Atack, John M.; Srikhanta, Yogitha N.; Fox, Kate L.; Jurcisek, Joseph A.; Brockman, Kenneth L.; Clark, Tyson A.; Boitano, Matthew; Power, Peter M.; Jen, Freda E.-C.; McEwan, Alastair G.; Grimmond, Sean M.; Smith, Arnold L.; Barenkamp, Stephen J.; Korlach, Jonas; Bakaletz, Lauren O.; Jennings, Michael P.

    2015-01-01

    Non-typeable Haemophilus influenzae contains an N6-adenine DNA-methyltransferase (ModA) that is subject to phase-variable expression (random ON/OFF switching). Five modA alleles, modA2, modA4, modA5, modA9 and modA10, account for over two-thirds of clinical otitis media isolates surveyed. Here, we use single molecule, real-time (SMRT) methylome analysis to identify the DNA-recognition motifs for all five of these modA alleles. Phase variation of these alleles regulates multiple proteins including vaccine candidates, and key virulence phenotypes such as antibiotic resistance (modA2, modA5, modA10), biofilm formation (modA2) and immunoevasion (modA4). Analyses of a modA2 strain in the chinchilla model of otitis media show a clear selection for ON switching of modA2 in the middle ear. Our results indicate that a biphasic epigenetic switch can control bacterial virulence, immunoevasion and niche adaptation in an animal model system. PMID:26215614

  16. A biphasic epigenetic switch controls immunoevasion, virulence and niche adaptation in non-typeable Haemophilus influenzae.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Atack, John M; Srikhanta, Yogitha N; Fox, Kate L; Jurcisek, Joseph A; Brockman, Kenneth L; Clark, Tyson A; Boitano, Matthew; Power, Peter M; Jen, Freda E-C; McEwan, Alastair G; Grimmond, Sean M; Smith, Arnold L; Barenkamp, Stephen J; Korlach, Jonas; Bakaletz, Lauren O; Jennings, Michael P

    2015-07-28

    Non-typeable Haemophilus influenzae contains an N(6)-adenine DNA-methyltransferase (ModA) that is subject to phase-variable expression (random ON/OFF switching). Five modA alleles, modA2, modA4, modA5, modA9 and modA10, account for over two-thirds of clinical otitis media isolates surveyed. Here, we use single molecule, real-time (SMRT) methylome analysis to identify the DNA-recognition motifs for all five of these modA alleles. Phase variation of these alleles regulates multiple proteins including vaccine candidates, and key virulence phenotypes such as antibiotic resistance (modA2, modA5, modA10), biofilm formation (modA2) and immunoevasion (modA4). Analyses of a modA2 strain in the chinchilla model of otitis media show a clear selection for ON switching of modA2 in the middle ear. Our results indicate that a biphasic epigenetic switch can control bacterial virulence, immunoevasion and niche adaptation in an animal model system.

  17. The Minimum Requirements of Language Control: Evidence from Sequential Predictability Effects in Language Switching

    Science.gov (United States)

    Declerck, Mathieu; Koch, Iring; Philipp, Andrea M.

    2015-01-01

    The current study systematically examined the influence of sequential predictability of languages and concepts on language switching. To this end, 2 language switching paradigms were combined. To measure language switching with a random sequence of languages and/or concepts, we used a language switching paradigm that implements visual cues and…

  18. Autonomous attitude coordinated control for spacecraft formation with input constraint, model uncertainties, and external disturbances

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    Zheng Zhong; Song Shenmin

    2014-01-01

    To synchronize the attitude of a spacecraft formation flying system, three novel auton-omous control schemes are proposed to deal with the issue in this paper. The first one is an ideal autonomous attitude coordinated controller, which is applied to address the case with certain mod-els and no disturbance. The second one is a robust adaptive attitude coordinated controller, which aims to tackle the case with external disturbances and model uncertainties. The last one is a filtered robust adaptive attitude coordinated controller, which is used to overcome the case with input con-straint, model uncertainties, and external disturbances. The above three controllers do not need any external tracking signal and only require angular velocity and relative orientation between a space-craft and its neighbors. Besides, the relative information is represented in the body frame of each spacecraft. The controllers are proved to be able to result in asymptotical stability almost every-where. Numerical simulation results show that the proposed three approaches are effective for atti-tude coordination in a spacecraft formation flying system.

  19. Aircraft Loss-of-Control Accident Prevention: Switching Control of the GTM Aircraft with Elevator Jam Failures

    Science.gov (United States)

    Chang, Bor-Chin; Kwatny, Harry G.; Belcastro, Christine; Belcastro, Celeste

    2008-01-01

    Switching control, servomechanism, and H2 control theory are used to provide a practical and easy-to-implement solution for the actuator jam problem. A jammed actuator not only causes a reduction of control authority, but also creates a persistent disturbance with uncertain amplitude. The longitudinal dynamics model of the NASA GTM UAV is employed to demonstrate that a single fixed reconfigured controller design based on the proposed approach is capable of accommodating an elevator jam failure with arbitrary jam position as long as the thrust control has enough control authority. This paper is a first step towards solving a more comprehensive in-flight loss-of-control accident prevention problem that involves multiple actuator failures, structure damages, unanticipated faults, and nonlinear upset regime recovery, etc.

  20. Coordinated Power Control Strategy based on Primary-Frequency-Signaling for Islanded Microgrids

    DEFF Research Database (Denmark)

    Wu, Dan; Guerrero, Josep M.; Vasquez, Juan Carlos;

    2013-01-01

    In a flexible microgrid, the power regulation of each electronic-converter-based unit should be not only determined by the load demand, but also controlled according to the power and energy available in each unit. This paper proposes a coordinated control strategy in which each unit can operate i...... with virtual impedance and primary control based on droop method for modes changes. The four modes changes for operation of ESS and RES are illustrated. Finally, simulation results will be presented to demonstrate and validate the proposed control strategy.......In a flexible microgrid, the power regulation of each electronic-converter-based unit should be not only determined by the load demand, but also controlled according to the power and energy available in each unit. This paper proposes a coordinated control strategy in which each unit can operate...

  1. Immersion and Invariance-Based Coordinated Generator Excitation and SVC Control for Power Systems

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Adirak Kanchanaharuthai

    2014-01-01

    Full Text Available A nonlinear coordinated control of excitation and SVC of an electrical power system is proposed for transient stability, and voltage regulation enhancement after the occurrence of a large disturbance and a small perturbation. Using the concept of Immersion and Invariance (I&I design methodology, the proposed nonlinear controller is used to not only achieve power angle stability, frequency and voltage regulation but also ensure that the closed-loop system is transiently and asymptotically stable. In order to show the effectiveness of the proposed controller design, the simulation results illustrate that, in spite of the case where a large perturbation occurs on the transmission line or there is a small perturbation to mechanical power inputs, the proposed controller can not only keep the system transiently stable but also simultaneously accomplish better dynamic properties of the system as compared to operation with the existing controllers designed through a coordinated passivation technique controller and a feedback linearization scheme, respectively.

  2. Research on On-Line Coordinated Control Strategy to Improve the Voltage Vulnerability after Disturbance

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    Qun-Ying Liu; Qi-Fang Liu; Deng Liu; Yong-Feng Liao

    2014-01-01

    The on-line coordinated control strategy among multi-voltage controls is important to keep voltage security in post-fault systems. Based on the wide area measuring information, the energy function, which can qualify the impacts of the different control actions on voltage of different nodes, is proposed. And then, considering the impacts of different control actions on the node voltage being treated as a weight matrix, the energy margin is used as the objective function and the reactive power margin is innovatively used as the constraint to regulate the control actions globally according to the weight values. At last, the objective functions are solved to get the optimal global coordinated control strategies. The proposed method is identified in an IEEE-30 Bus system and the simulation results show that it effectively improves the voltage stability.

  3. Model Predictive Controlled Active NPC Inverter for Voltage Stress Balancing Among the Semiconductor Power Switches

    Science.gov (United States)

    Parvez Akter, Md.; Dah-Chuan Lu, Dylan

    2017-07-01

    This paper presents a model predictive controlled three-level three-phase active neutral-point-clamped (ANPC) inverter for distributing the voltage stress among the semiconductor power switches as well as balancing the neutral-point voltage. The model predictive control (MPC) concept uses the discrete variables and effectively operates the ANPC inverter by avoiding any linear controller or modulation techniques. A 4.0 kW three-level three-phase ANPC inverter is developed in the MATLAB/Simulink environment to verify the effectiveness of the proposed MPC scheme. The results confirm that the proposed model predictive controlled ANPC inverter equally distributes the voltage across all the semiconductor power switches and provides lowest THD (0.99%) compared with the traditional NPC inverter. Moreover, the neutral-point voltage balancing is accurately maintained by the proposed MPC algorithm. Furthermore, this MPC concept shows the robustness capability against the parameter uncertainties of the system which is also analyzed by MATLAB/Simulink.

  4. Brain mechanisms for predictive control by switching internal models: implications for higher-order cognitive functions.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Imamizu, Hiroshi; Kawato, Mitsuo

    2009-07-01

    Humans can guide their actions toward the realization of their intentions. Flexible, rapid and precise realization of intentions and goals relies on the brain learning to control its actions on external objects and to predict the consequences of this control. Neural mechanisms that mimic the input-output properties of our own body and other objects can be used to support prediction and control, and such mechanisms are called internal models. We first summarize functional neuroimaging, behavioral and computational studies of the brain mechanisms related to acquisition, modular organization, and the predictive switching of internal models mainly for tool use. These mechanisms support predictive control and flexible switching of intentional actions. We then review recent studies demonstrating that internal models are crucial for the execution of not only immediate actions but also higher-order cognitive functions, including optimization of behaviors toward long-term goals, social interactions based on prediction of others' actions and mental states, and language processing. These studies suggest that a concept of internal models can consistently explain the neural mechanisms and computational principles needed for fundamental sensorimotor functions as well as higher-order cognitive functions.

  5. Inductance and Active Phase Vector Based Torque Control for Switched Reluctance Motor Drives.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Kalpathi, Ramani Raman

    The Switched Reluctance Motor (SRM) drive technology has developed significantly over the last few years. The simplicity in both motor design and power converter requirement along with the availability of high frequency, high power semiconductor switches have made SRMs compete with conventional adjustable speed drive technologies. The subject of winding current control in switched reluctance machines has always been associated with the shaft position information. The use of inductance for direct commutation control is the central subject of this dissertation. In contrast to the conventional methods based on position commutation, new methods of control based on inductance commutation are presented. The object of a commutation algorithm is to switch the currents in the phase coils, in order to provide continuous energy conversion with maximum torque output for a given unit of input current. Since torque production in a SRM is based on the concept of variable reluctance, it makes more sense to observe the instantaneous phase inductance or reluctance instead of estimating the rotor position. The inductance sensors observe the machine parameters and provide sufficient information on the electrical characteristics of the coils. This control strategy avoids the inductance to position transformation blocks conventionally used in SRM control systems. In a typical SRM, the phase coils have a nonlinear behavior of inductance due to effects of current saturation. Also the parameters of one phase coil differ from those of the other due to manufacturing tolerances or due to bearing wear. In such cases, the algorithms written during the stage of manufacturing may not be valid after parameter changes. Optimizing torque production in the event of phase asymmetry and saturation is developed in this research. Indirect sensors connected to the active phase coil of the SRM are based on sensing the flux level in the active coil. New commutation algorithms based on flux sensing concepts

  6. Care coordinators: a controlled evaluation of an inpatient mental health service innovation.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Stewart, Malcolm W; Wilson, Michael; Bergquist, Karla; Thorburn, John

    2012-02-01

    The study aimed to evaluate the impact of introducing designated care coordinators into an acute mental health inpatient unit in terms of service delivery, clinical outcomes, and service user and significant other perceptions. A pre-post-controlled design was implemented with a consecutive sample of 292 service users admitted and staying more than 5 days in two wards, with care coordinators introduced in one ward. Data were obtained from clinical records, standard measures, and service user and significant other surveys. Care coordinator input was associated with significant improvements in service delivery and stronger involvement of significant others and community resources. Care-coordinated clients showed significantly better clinical outcomes, including the Health of Nations Outcome Scales behaviour subscale, less time in the intensive care subunit, less community crisis team input in the week following discharge, and lower rates of readmission in the month following discharge. Care-coordinated service users and their significant others gave higher ratings of service delivery, outcome, and satisfaction. The results indicate that designated care coordinators significantly improve care processes, outcomes, and service user experience in acute inpatient mental health settings. © 2011 The Authors. International Journal of Mental Health Nursing © 2011 Australian College of Mental Health Nurses Inc.

  7. Output Feedback Based Admissible Control of Switched Linear Singular Systems%切换线性奇异系统输出反馈容许控制

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    孟斌; 张纪峰

    2006-01-01

    The admissibility analysis and robust admissible control problem of the uncertain discretetime switched linear singular (SLS) systems for arbitrary switching laws are investigated. Based on linear matrix inequalities, some sufficient conditions are given for: A) the existence of generalized common Lyapunov solution and the admissibility of the SLS systems for arbitrary switching laws,B) the existence of static output feedback control laws ensuring the admissibility of the closed-loop SLS systems for arbitrary switching laws and norm-bounded uncertainties.

  8. 有限时区非线性系统的最优切换控制%Optimal Switching Control for Nonlinear Systems in A Finite Duration

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    慕小武; 刘海军

    2006-01-01

    This paper proposes a optimal control problem for a general nonlinear systems with finitely many admissible control settings and with costs assigned to switching of controls. With dynamic programming and viscosity solution theory we show that the switching lower-value function is a viscosity solution of the appropriate systems of quasi-variational inequalities(the appropriate generalization of the Hamilton-Jacobi equation in this context)and that the minimal such switching-storage function is equal to the continuous switching lower-value for the game. With the lower value function a optimal switching control is designed for minimizing the cost of running the systems.

  9. Coordination control of behavior-based distributed networked robotic systems: a state modeling approach

    Science.gov (United States)

    Kuppan Chetty, R. M.; Singaperumal, M.; Nagarajan, T.

    2007-12-01

    The coordinated motion of group of autonomous mobile robots for the achievement of goal has been of high interest since the last decade. Previous research works have revealed that one of the essential problems in the area is to plan, navigate and coordinate the motion of robots, avoiding obstacles as well as each other while still achieving the goal. In this paper, Behavior Based approach for the control of distributed networked robotic system, concentrated towards the navigation, planning and coordination between them in unknown complex environment is addressed. A layered behavior based control architecture, with the basic behaviors of Message passing, Obstacle avoidance, Safe wandering and Pit sensing have been designed and assigned to the individual robotic systems to form a navigation algorithm. Validation of this guidance algorithm is carried out through simulations using SIMULINK/State flow.

  10. Inversionless light amplification and optical switching controlled by state-dependent alignment of molecules

    CERN Document Server

    Popov, A K

    2003-01-01

    We propose a method to achieve amplification without population inversion by anisotropic molecules whose orientation by an external electric field is state-dependent. It is based on decoupling of the lower-state molecules from the resonant light while the excited ones remain emitting. The suitable class of molecules is discussed, the equation for the gain factor is derived, and the magnitude of the inversionless amplification is estimated for the typical experimental conditions. Such switching of the sample from absorbing to amplifying via transparent state is shown to be possible both with the aid of dc and ac control electric fields.

  11. Optical switching and inversionless amplification controlled by state-dependent alignment of molecules

    CERN Document Server

    Popov, A K

    2005-01-01

    Switching anisotropic molecules from strongly-absorbing to strongly-amplifying through a transparent state is shown to be possible by application of dc or ac control electric fields without the requirement of the population inversion. It is based on decoupling of the lower-level molecules from the resonant light while the excited ones remain emitting due to their state-dependent alignment. The amplification index may become dependent only on a number of excited molecules and not on the population of the lower state. A suitable class of molecules and applications in optoelectronics, fiberoptics and nanophotonics are outlined.

  12. A Nanostructured Composites Thermal Switch Controls Internal and External Short Circuit in Lithium Ion Batteries

    Science.gov (United States)

    McDonald, Robert C.; VanBlarcom, Shelly L.; Kwasnik, Katherine E.

    2013-01-01

    A document discusses a thin layer of composite material, made from nano scale particles of nickel and Teflon, placed within a battery cell as a layer within the anode and/or the cathode. There it conducts electrons at room temperature, then switches to an insulator at an elevated temperature to prevent thermal runaway caused by internal short circuits. The material layer controls excess currents from metal-to-metal or metal-to-carbon shorts that might result from cell crush or a manufacturing defect

  13. Voltage-Controlled Square/Triangular Wave Generator with Current Conveyors and Switching Diodes

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Martin Janecek

    2012-12-01

    Full Text Available A novel relaxation oscillator based on integrating the diode-switched currents and Schmitt trigger is presented. It is derived from a known circuit with operational amplifiers where these active elements were replaced by current conveyors. The circuit employs only grounded resistances and capacitance and is suitable for high frequency square and triangular signal generation. Its frequency can be linearly and accurately controlled by voltage that is applied to a high-impedance input. Computer simulation with a model of a manufactured conveyor prototype verifies theoretic assumptions.

  14. Remote His50 Acts as a Coordination Switch in the High-Affinity N-Terminal Centered Copper(II) Site of α-Synuclein.

    Science.gov (United States)

    De Ricco, Riccardo; Valensin, Daniela; Dell'Acqua, Simone; Casella, Luigi; Dorlet, Pierre; Faller, Peter; Hureau, Christelle

    2015-05-18

    Parkinson's disease (PD) etiology is closely linked to the aggregation of α-synuclein (αS). Copper(II) ions can bind to αS and may impact its aggregation propensity. As a consequence, deciphering the exact mode of Cu(II) binding to αS is important in the PD context. Several previous reports have shown some discrepancies in the description of the main Cu(II) site in αS, which are resolved here by a new scenario. Three Cu(II) species can be encountered, depending on the pH and the Cu:αS ratio. At low pH, Cu(II) is bound to the N-terminal part of the protein by the N-terminal amine, the adjacent deprotonated amide group of the Asp2 residue, and the carboxylate group from the side chain of the same Asp2. At pH 7.4, the imidazole group of remote His50 occupies the fourth labile equatorial position of the previous site. At high Cu(II):αS ratio (>1), His50 leaves the coordination sphere of the first Cu site centered at the N-terminus, because a second weak affinity site centered on His50 is now filled with Cu(II). In this new scheme, the remote His plays the role of a molecular switch and it can be anticipated that the binding of the remote His to the Cu(II) ion can induce different folding of the αS protein, having various aggregation propensity.

  15. Motion coordination for VTOL unmanned aerial vehicles attitude synchronisation and formation control

    CERN Document Server

    Abdessameud, Abdelkader

    2013-01-01

    Motion Coordination for VTOL Unmanned Aerial Vehicles develops new control design techniques for the distributed coordination of a team of autonomous unmanned aerial vehicles. In particular, it provides new control design approaches for the attitude synchronization of a formation of rigid body systems. In addition, by integrating new control design techniques with some concepts from nonlinear control theory and multi-agent systems, it presents  a new theoretical framework for the formation control of a class of under-actuated aerial vehicles capable of vertical take-off and landing. Several practical problems related to the systems’ inputs, states measurements, and  restrictions on the interconnection  topology  between the aerial vehicles in the team  are addressed. Worked examples with sufficient details and simulation results are provided to illustrate the applicability and effectiveness of the theoretical results discussed in the book. The material presented is primarily intended for researchers an...

  16. Neural network-based distributed attitude coordination control for spacecraft formation flying with input saturation.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Zou, An-Min; Kumar, Krishna Dev

    2012-07-01

    This brief considers the attitude coordination control problem for spacecraft formation flying when only a subset of the group members has access to the common reference attitude. A quaternion-based distributed attitude coordination control scheme is proposed with consideration of the input saturation and with the aid of the sliding-mode observer, separation principle theorem, Chebyshev neural networks, smooth projection algorithm, and robust control technique. Using graph theory and a Lyapunov-based approach, it is shown that the distributed controller can guarantee the attitude of all spacecraft to converge to a common time-varying reference attitude when the reference attitude is available only to a portion of the group of spacecraft. Numerical simulations are presented to demonstrate the performance of the proposed distributed controller.

  17. Coordination control of quadrotor VTOL aircraft in three-dimensional space

    Science.gov (United States)

    Do, K. D.

    2015-03-01

    This paper presents a constructive design of distributed coordination controllers for a group of N quadrotor vertical take-off and landing (VTOL) aircraft in three-dimensional space. A combination of Euler angles and unit-quaternion for the attitude representation of the aircraft is used to result in an effective control design, and to reduce singularities in the aircraft's dynamics. The coordination control design is based on a new bounded control design technique for second-order systems and new pairwise collision avoidance functions. The pairwise collision functions are functions of both relative positions and relative velocities between the aircraft instead of only their relative positions as in the literature. To overcome the inherent underactuation of the aircraft, the roll and pitch angles of the aircraft are considered as immediate controls. Simulations illustrate the results.

  18. Data-based virtual unmodeled dynamics driven multivariable nonlinear adaptive switching control.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Chai, Tianyou; Zhang, Yajun; Wang, Hong; Su, Chun-Yi; Sun, Jing

    2011-12-01

    For a complex industrial system, its multivariable and nonlinear nature generally make it very difficult, if not impossible, to obtain an accurate model, especially when the model structure is unknown. The control of this class of complex systems is difficult to handle by the traditional controller designs around their operating points. This paper, however, explores the concepts of controller-driven model and virtual unmodeled dynamics to propose a new design framework. The design consists of two controllers with distinct functions. First, using input and output data, a self-tuning controller is constructed based on a linear controller-driven model. Then the output signals of the controller-driven model are compared with the true outputs of the system to produce so-called virtual unmodeled dynamics. Based on the compensator of the virtual unmodeled dynamics, the second controller based on a nonlinear controller-driven model is proposed. Those two controllers are integrated by an adaptive switching control algorithm to take advantage of their complementary features: one offers stabilization function and another provides improved performance. The conditions on the stability and convergence of the closed-loop system are analyzed. Both simulation and experimental tests on a heavily coupled nonlinear twin-tank system are carried out to confirm the effectiveness of the proposed method.

  19. Regulation for Switched Bimodal Systems with the Application to the Flying Height Control in Data Storage Devices

    Science.gov (United States)

    Wu, Zhizheng

    This paper considers a regulation problem for discrete-time switched bimodal linear systems where it is desired to achieve regulation against partially known disturbance or reference signals. First, a set of observer-based Q - parameterized stabilizing controllers for the switched system is constructed. Then a sufficient regulation condition for the switched system is obtained, and a regulator synthesis method is derived based on solving a set of properly formulated linear matrix inequalities. Finally, the proposed regulator design method is evaluated on an experimental setup motivated by the flying height regulation problem in data storage devices.

  20. Optimal torque coordinating control of the launching with twin clutches simultaneously involved for dry dual-clutch transmission

    Science.gov (United States)

    Zhao, Z. G.; Chen, H. J.; Zhen, Z. X.; Yang, Y. Y.

    2014-06-01

    As for the self-developed six-speed dry dual-clutch transmission (DCT), the optimal torque-coordinated control strategy between engine and dual clutches is proposed to resolve the problem of launching with twin clutches simultaneously involved based on the minimum value principle. Focusing on the sliding friction phase of the launching process, dynamics equations of dry DCT with two intermediate shafts are firstly established, and then the optimal transmitting torque variation rate and the driven plate's rotating speed of dual clutches are deduced by using the minimum value principle, in which the jerk intensity and friction work are taken as the performance indexes, and the terminal constraints of state variables are determined according to the driver's launching intention. Besides, the separating conditions of non-target gear clutch and the torque distributing relations of twin clutches are derived from the launching control targets that guarantee the approximately equal friction extent of two clutches and no power cycle. After the synchronisation of driving and driven plates of on-coming clutch, the output torque of engine is smoothly switched to the driver's demand level. Furthermore, launching the simulation model of the dry DCT vehicle is set up on the Matlab/Simulink platform. Simulation results indicate that the proposed launching control strategy not only can effectively reflect the driver's intention and extend the life span of twin clutches, but also obtain an excellent launching quality. Finally, the torque control laws of two clutches obtained through the simulation are transformed into clutch position control laws for the future realisation in the real car, and the closed-loop position controls of twin clutches in the launching process are conducted on the test bench with two sets of clutch actuator, obtaining preferable tracking effects.